Bulletin 100 Line - Rockwell Automation · Circuit Breaker Type Page 264 • Bulletin 105 Reversing...

3

Bulletin 100 LineIEC Contactors, Starters, and Overload Relays

Section Overview

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers• Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Page 7

• Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Page 9

• Bulletin 140M Accessories Page 14

Molded Case Circuit Breakers• Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers Page 38

IEC Contactors• Bulletin 100/104-M Miniature Contactors Page 65

• Bulletin 100/104-C Contactors Page 66

• Bulletin 100/104-D Contactors Page 69

• Bulletin 100-G Contactors Page 73

• Bulletin 100Q Capacitor Switching Contactors Page 74

• Bulletin 100L Lighting Contactors Page 75

• Bulletin 100S/104S Safety Contactors Page 76

• Bulletin 170 Wye-Delta Kits Page 88

• Bulletin 100 DeviceNet™ Starter Accessory Page 81

• Bulletin 100 Line Accessories Page 84

IEC Overload Relays• Bulletin 193-E (E1 and E2) Solid-State Overload Relays Page 138

• Bulletin 193 E3 and E3 Plus Solid-StateOverload Relays Page 143

• Bulletin 193-EF Solid-State Overload Relays Page 158

• Bulletin 193-T Bimetallic Overload Relays Page 162

• Bulletin 193-M Bimetallic Overload Relays Page 167

Overload Relay Code Selection forIEC Starters

74

Bulletin 100 LineIEC Contactors, Starters, and Overload Relays

4

Section Overview, Continued

Eco and Compact Starters• Bulletin 190E Direct-On-Line Eco Starters Page 170

• Bulletin 191E Reversing Eco Starters Page 173

• Bulletin 190S Direct-On-Line Compact Starters Page 172

• Bulletin 191S Reversing Compact Starters Page 175

• Bulletin 190-CPS Coordinated Starters Page 183

Mounting System and Starters• Bulletin 141A Mounting System Page 200

• Bulletin 103S/107S Compact Combination Starter Assemblies Page 222

IEC Enclosed StartersBulletin 100 Line• Bulletin 103H/107H/140M Combination Starters Page 251

• Bulletin 109 Non-Reversing Starter Page 262

• Bulletin 112 Combination Starter Disconnect Type Page 263

• Bulletin 113 Combination Starter Circuit Breaker Type Page 264

• Bulletin 105 Reversing Starter Page 265

• Bulletin 106 Reversing Combination Starter Fusible Disconnect Type Page 266

• Bulletin 120E Multi-Speed Starter Two-Speed Separate Winding Page 267

• Bulletin 132 Pump Control Panels Disconnect Type Page 268

• Bulletin 133 Pump Control Panels Circuit Breaker Type Page 268

• Bulletin 198 IEC Enclosures Page 273

• Bulletin 198 Accessories Page 270

IEC Renewal PartsPage 282

5

Bulletin 140MMotor Protection Circuit Breakers

Overview

Your order must include: cat. no. of the Motor Protection Circuit Breaker selected and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories.

Product Line Overview

➊ Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers• Current Range 0.1…315 A• UL Listed for Motor Loads

• Short Circuit Protection• Overload Protection

• Visible Trip Indication• High Current Limiting• High Switching Capacity

The Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers provide short circuit and overload protection for individual motor loads. Factory-installed internal accessories make installation and wiring easy.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection . . . . . . . . .7Approximate Dimensions . .34

Conformity to StandardsIEC 947-1/2/4/5IEC 204-1CSA, C22.2 No.14UL 508UL 489

ApprovalsCECSA CertifiedUL Listed

C-Frame D-Frame F-Frame CMN-Frame I-Frame K-FrameMax. Current Ie 25 A 25 A 45 A 90 A 205 A 315 ACurrent Rating 0.1…25 A 1.6…25 A 6.3…45 A 16…90 A 40…205 A 160…315 AShort Circuit Protection

Standard Magnetic Trip

High Magnetic Trip — —Overload Protection

Trip Class 10 10 10 10 5, 10, 15, 20 5, 10, 15, 20Magnetic only Trip (MCP) — — —Standards Compliance:

CSA 22.2, No. 14

CSA 22.2, No. 5 — — — —

UL 508 (Group Install.) — —UL 508 (Type E) — — —UL 508 (Overload Protection)

UL489 — — — —

IEC 60947-2 ➊ ➊

IEC 60947-4 ➊ ➊

CE ➊ ➊

AccessoriesExt. Rotary Operator

Flex Cable Operator — — — —

Auxiliary Contacts

Trip Indication Contacts


6

Product Overview

General InformationThe Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) provide overload protection as well as current limiting short-circuit protection for individual motor loads.

The C-, D-, and F-Frame MPCBs are approved for use as circuit breakers per IEC 947-2 for applications outside of North America. In the United States and Canada, they are UL/CSA listed as Manual Starters with the optional approvals for Motor Disconnecting and Group Motor applications. More importantly, these devices are UL/CSA listed as Manual Self-Protected (Type E) Combination Starters. Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers eliminate the requirement for additional short-circuit protection in motor circuit applications per NEC Article 430-52(c)(6).

The I- and K-Frame Bulletin 140 MPCBs are UL/CSA Listed as circuit breakers per UL 489 and CSA22.2, No. 5. They are also listed for motor overload protection per UL 508 and CSA 22.2, No. 14.

The Bulletin 140M MPCBs reduce both panel space and cost in installations, and provide for truly global panel design. they also simplify engineering of multi-motor panels since the NEC/CEC rules that pertained to Manual Starters used in Group Motor applications no longer apply.

The following information is provided to aid in proper system design utilizing the capabilities of the new Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers in North American applications. Please be sure to follow all local and national codes for your particular installation.

140M-C2E

-C10

100-C09

14 AWG

7.6AFan #25 HP

Motor Protector as

IEC Circuit Breaker

Contactor

Motor

400V, 50 Hz, 3-Phase Power Supply

Single Motor Installation

140M-C2E

-C10

100-C09

14 AWG

7.6AFan #15 HP

140M-C2E

-C10

100-C09

14 AWG

7.6AFan #25 HP

140M-C2E

-C10

100-C16

14 AWG

7.6AFan #35 HP

140M-C2E

-C10

100-C16

14 AWG

7.6AFan #45 HP

140M-C2E

-C16

100-C16

12 AWG

14.0APump #1

10 HP

6 AWG

194R-NN100P3 100A 80HP

480Y/277V, 60 Hz, 3-Phase Power Supply

Non-FusibleDisconnect

Commoning Links

Motor Protectors

Contactors

Motors

Milti-Motor Installation

7


Product Selection

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers• Short Circuit Protection — Standard Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 13 x le)• Overload Protection — Trip Class 10 (Adjustable Current Range)

➊ Horsepower ratings shown in the table above are maximum values for each device. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.

Rated Operational

Current [A] (Ie)

Motor Current Adjustment Range

[A]

Magnetic Trip Current

[A]

1-phase Hp Ratings [Hp] ➊ 3-phase Hp Ratings [Hp] ➊

Cat. No. 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V

C-Frame0.16 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — — — 140M-C2E-A160.25 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — — — 140M-C2E-A250.40 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2E-A400.63 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2E-A631.0 0.63…1.0 13 — — — — 1/2 3/4 140M-C2E-B101.6 1.0…1.6 21 — 1/10 — — 1 1 140M-C2E-B162.5 1.6…2.5 33 1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 140M-C2E-B254 2.5…4 52 1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 140M-C2E-B40

6.3 4…6.3 82 1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 140M-C2E-B6310 6.3…10 130 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 140M-C2E-C1016 10…16 208 1 3 3 5 10 15 140M-C2E-C1620 14.5…20 260 1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 140M-C2E-C2025 18…25 325 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 140M-C2E-C25

D-Frame2.5 1.6…2.5 33 1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 140M-D8E-B254.0 2.5…4 52 1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 140M-D8E-B406.3 4…6.3 82 1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 140M-D8E-B6310 6.3…10 130 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 140M-D8E-C1016 10…16 208 1 3 3 5 10 15 140M-D8E-C1620 14.5…20 260 1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 140M-D8E-C2025 18…25 325 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 140M-D8E-C25

F-Frame10 6.3…10 130 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 140M-F8E-C1016 10…16 208 1 3 3 5 10 15 140M-F8E-C1620 14.5…20 260 1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 140M-F8E-C2025 18…25 325 2 3 7-1/2 10 20 25 140M-F8E-C2532 23…32 416 2 5 10 10 25 30 140M-F8E-C3245 32…45 585 3 7-1/2 15 15 30 40 140M-F8E-C45

CMN-Frame25 16…25 350 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 25 140-CMN-250040 25…40 560 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 40 140-CMN-400063 40…63 882 5 10 20 20 50 60 140-CMN-630090 63…90 1260 7-1/2 20 30 30 60 75 140-CMN-9000

I-Frame80 40…80 1200 7-1/2 10 25 30 60 75 140M-I8E-C80100 80…100 1500 10 — 30 40 75 100 140M-I8E-D10160 100…160 2400 — — 50 60 125 150 140M-I8E-D16205 160…205 2665 — — 60 75 150 200 140M-I8E-D20

K-Frame315 160…315 4725 — — 100 125 250 300 140M-K8E-D31

Cat. No. 140M-FCat. No. 140M-DCat. No. 140M-C


8

Product Selection, Continued

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers• Short Circuit Protection — High Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 16…20 x le)• Overload Protection — Trip Class 10


Rated Operational

Current [A] (le)


[A]

Magnetic Trip Current [A]

1-phase Hp Ratings [Hp] ➊ 3-phase Hp Ratings [Hp] ➊

Cat. No. 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V

C-Frame0.16 0.10…0.16 3.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2T-A160.25 0.16…0.25 5.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2T-A250.40 0.25…0.40 8.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2T-A400.63 0.40…0.63 13 — — — — — — 140M-C2T-A631.0 0.63…1.0 21 — — — — 1/2 3/4 140M-C2T-B101.6 1.0…1.6 32 — 1/10 — — 1 1 140M-C2T-B162.5 1.6…2.5 52 1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 140M-C2T-B254.0 2.5…4 82 1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 140M-C2T-B406.3 4…6.3 130 1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 140M-C2T-B6310 6.3…10 208 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 140M-C2T-C1016 10…16 260 1 3 3 5 10 15 140M-C2T-C16

D-Frame16 10…16 260 1 3 3 5 10 15 140M-D8T-C1620 14.5…20 325 1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 140M-D8T-C20

F-Frame25 18…25 416 2 3 7-1/2 10 20 25 140M-F8T-C2532 23…32 585 2 5 10 10 25 30 140M-F8T-C32

CMT-Frame40 25…40 560 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 40 140-CMT-400063 40…63 882 5 10 20 20 50 60 140-CMT-6300


9

Bulletin 140MMotor Circuit Protectors


Motor Circuit Protectors• Short Circuit Protection — Standard Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 13 x le)• Overload Protection — None (Magnetic Trip Only)


Rated Operational

Current [A] (Ie)


[A]

Magnetic Trip Current [A]

1-Phase Hp Ratings [Hp] ➊ 3-Phase Hp Ratings [Hp] ➊

Cat. No. 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V

C-Frame0.16 — 2.1 — — — — — — 140M-C2N-A160.25 — 3.3 — — — — — — 140M-C2N-A250.40 — 5.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2N-A400.63 — 8.2 — — — — — — 140M-C2N-A631.0 — 13 — — — — 1/2 3/4 140M-C2N-B101.6 — 21 — 1/10 — — 1 1 140M-C2N-B162.5 — 33 1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 140M-C2N-B25

D-Frame2.5 — 33 1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 140M-D8N-B254.0 — 52 1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 140M-D8N-B406.3 — 82 1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 140M-D8N-B6310 — 130 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 140M-D8N-C1016 — 208 1 3 3 5 10 15 140M-D8N-C1625 — 325 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 140M-D8N-C25

F-Frame25 — 325 2 3 7-1/2 10 20 25 140M-F8N-C2532 — 416 2 5 10 10 25 30 140M-F8N-C3245 — 585 3 7-1/2 15 15 30 40 140M-F8N-C45



10


UL Listed Application Ratings

Cat. No.

UL 508 — Manual Motor Controller UL 508 Manual Self-Protected

(Type E) Combination Motor Controller

UL 489 Inverse Time Circuit Breaker with

UL 508 Motor ProtectionGroup Installation Motor Disconnect

Max. Short Circuit Current [kA]

Max. Fuse or C.B. per

NEC

For Use With Contactors Below

(or larger)




480V 600V 480V 600V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V 480V 600V

C-Frame

140M-C2E-A16 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47 — —

140M-C2E-A25 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47 — —

140M-C2E-A40 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47 — —

140M-C2E-A63 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47 — —

140M-C2E-B10 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47 — —

140M-C2E-B16 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47 — —

140M-C2E-B25 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-C2E-B40 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 25 65 25 — —

140M-C2E-B63 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 — — —

140M-C2E-C10 65 30 450 100-M09,100-C09 65 30 65 — — —

140M-C2E-C16 30 30 450 100-C12 30 30 30 — — —

140M-C2E-C20 30 30 450 100-C16 10 10 10 — — —

140M-C2E-C25 25 10 450 100-C23 10 — — — — —

D-Frame

140M-D8E-B25 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-D8E-B40 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-D8E-B63 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-D8E-C10 65 30 450 100-M09,100-C09 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-D8E-C16 65 30 450 100-C12 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-D8E-C20 65 30 450 100-C16 65 30 65 — — —

140M-D8E-C25 65 30 450 100-C23 35 30 35 — — —

F-Frame

140M-F8E-C10 65 30 600 100-C09 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-F8E-C16 65 30 600 100-C12 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-F8E-C20 65 30 600 100-C16 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-F8E-C25 65 30 600 100-C23 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-F8E-C32 65 30 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30 — —

140M-F8E-C45 65 30 600 100-C37 65 30 65 — — —

CMN-Frame

140-CMN-2500 65 42 1000 100-C16 65 42 — — — —

140-CMN-4000 65 42 1000 100-C30 65 42 — — — —

140-CMN-6300 42 18 1000 100-C43 42 18 — — — —

140-CMN-9000 35 10 1000 100-C72 35 10 — — — —

I-Frame

140M-I8E-C80 — — — — — — — — 65 30

140M-I8E-D10 — — — — — — — — 65 30

140M-I8E-D16 — — — — — — — — 65 30

140M-I8E-D20 — — — — — — — — 65 30

K-Frame

140M-K8E-D31 — — — — — — — — 65 30

11



UL Listed Application Ratings, Continued

Cat. No.

Manual Motor Controller Manual Self-Protected (Type E) Combination Motor

ControllerGroup Installation Motor Disconnect

Max. Short Circuit Current [kA] Max. Fuse or

C.B. per NECFor Use With Contactors

Below (or larger)



480V 600V 480V 600V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V

C-Frame

140M-C2T-A16 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47

140M-C2T-A25 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47

140M-C2T-A40 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47

140M-C2T-A63 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47

140M-C2T-B10 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 47

140M-C2T-B16 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47 65 30

140M-C2T-B25 65 25 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 25 65 25

140M-C2T-B40 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 —

140M-C2T-B63 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30 65 —

140M-C2T-C10 30 30 450 100-M09,100-C09 30 30 30 —

140M-C2T-C16 30 30 450 100-C12 10 10 10 —

D-Frame

140M-D8T-C16 65 30 450 100-C12 65 30 65 30

140M-D8T-C20 65 30 450 100-C16 35 30 35 —

F-Frame

140M-F8T-C25 65 30 600 100-C23 65 30 65 30

140M-F8T-C32 65 30 600 100-C30 65 30 65 30

CMN-Frame

140-CMT-4000 65 42 1000 100-C30 65 42 — —

140-CMT-6300 42 18 1000 100-C43 42 18 — —

Cat. No.

Manual Motor Controller

Group Installation Motor Disconnect

Max. Short Circuit Current [kA] Max. Fuse or

C.B. per NEC

For Use With Contactors below

(or larger)


480V 600V 480V 600V

C-Frame

140M-C2N-A16 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47

140M-C2N-A25 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47

140M-C2N-A40 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47

140M-C2N-A63 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47

140M-C2N-B10 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47

140M-C2N-B16 65 47 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 47

140M-C2N-B25 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30

D-Frame

140M-D8N-B25 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30

140M-D8N-B40 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30

140M-D8N-B63 65 30 450 100-M05,100-C09 65 30

140M-D8N-C10 65 30 450 100-M09,100-C09 65 30

140M-D8N-C16 65 30 450 100-C12 65 30

140M-D8N-C25 65 30 450 100-C23 35 30

F-Frame

140M-F8N-C25 65 30 600 100-C23 65 30

140M-F8N-C32 65 30 600 100-C30 65 30

140M-F8N-C45 65 30 600 100-C37 65 30


12


Type 2 Coordination per UL508E

Definition of Type 2 Short Circuit Coordination:• The contactor or starter must not endanger persons or plant in the event of a short circuit.• No damage to the overload relay or other parts may occur with the exception of welding of the contactor or starter contacts if these can be easily separated without

appreciable deformation (such as with a screwdriver).

In the event of short circuit, fast-opening, strong current-limiting Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers make it possible to build economical,fully short-circuit coordinated starter combinations to Type 2 coordination.

Cat. No. Max. Short Circuit Current [kA] For Use With Contactors Below (or larger)Standard Trip High Trip Mag Only Trip 480V

C-Frame

140M-C2E-A16 140M-C2T-A16 140M-C2N-A16 65 100-M05, 100-C09

140M-C2E-A25 140M-C2T-A25 140M-C2N-A25 65 100-M05, 100-C09

140M-C2E-A40 140M-C2T-A40 140M-C2N-A40 65 100-M05, 100-C09

140M-C2E-A63 140M-C2T-A63 140M-C2N-A63 65 100-M05, 100-C09

140M-C2E-B10 140M-C2T-B10 140M-C2N-B10 65 100-M05, 100-C09

140M-C2E-B16 140M-C2T-B16 140M-C2N-B16 65 100-M05, 100-C09

140M-C2E-B25 140M-C2T-B25 140M-C2N-B25 50 100-C09

140M-C2E-B40 140M-C2T-B40 — 50 100-C30

140M-C2E-B63 140M-C2T-B63 — 50 100-C30

140M-C2E-C10 140M-C2T-C10 — 50 100-C30

140M-C2E-C16 140M-C2T-C16 — 10 100-C30

140M-C2E-C20 — — 10 100-C30

140M-C2E-C25 — — 10 100-C30

D-Frame

140M-D8E-B25 — 140M-D8N-B25 65 100-C09

140M-D8E-B40 — 140M-D8N-B40 65 100-C09

140M-D8E-B63 — 140M-D8N-B63 65 100-C09

140M-D8E-C10 — 140M-D8N-C10 65 100-C09

140M-D8E-C16 140M-D8T-C16 140M-D8N-C16 65 100-C12

140M-D8E-C20 140M-D8T-C20 — 65 100-C23

140M-D8E-C25 — 140M-D8N-C25 65 100-C23

F-Frame

140M-F8E-C10 — — 65 100-C09

140M-F8E-C16 — — 65 100-C12

140M-F8E-C20 — — 65 100-C16

140M-F8E-C25 140M-F8T-C25 140M-F8N-C25 65 100-C23

140M-F8E-C32 140M-F8T-C32 140M-F8N-C32 65 100-C30

140M-F8E-C45 — 140M-F8N-C45 65 100-C37

CMN-Frame

140-CMN-2500 — — 65 100-C16

140-CMN-4000 140-CMT-4000 — 65 100-C30

140-CMN-6300 140-CMT-6300 — 42 100-C43

140-CMN-9000 — — 35 100-C72

13



Type 2 Coordination per UL508E, Continued

Definition of Type 2 Short Circuit Coordination:• The contactor or starter must not endanger persons or plant in the event of a short circuit.• No damage to the overload relay or other parts may occur with the exception of welding of the contactor or starter contacts if these can be easily separated without

appreciable deformation (such as with a screwdriver).

In the event of short circuit, fast-opening, strong current-limiting Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers make it possible to build economical,fully short-circuit coordinated starter combinations to Type 2 coordination.

Cat. No. Max. Short Circuit Current [kA] For Use With Contactors Below (or larger)Standard Trip High Trip Mag Only Trip 600V

C-Frame

140M-C2E-A16 140M-C2T-A16 140M-C2N-A16 47 100-C09

140M-C2E-A25 140M-C2T-A25 140M-C2N-A25 47 100-C09

140M-C2E-A40 140M-C2T-A40 140M-C2N-A40 47 100-C09

140M-C2E-A63 140M-C2T-A63 140M-C2N-A63 47 100-C09

140M-C2E-B10 140M-C2T-B10 140M-C2N-B10 47 100-C09

140M-C2E-B16 140M-C2T-B16 140M-C2N-B16 47 100-C09

140M-C2E-B25 140M-C2T-B25 140M-C2N-B25 10 100-C16

140M-C2E-B40 140M-C2T-B40 — 10 100-C16

140M-C2E-B63 140M-C2T-B63 — 5 100-C23

140M-C2E-C10 140M-C2T-C10 — 5 100-C30

140M-C2E-C16 140M-C2T-C16 — 5 100-C30

140M-C2E-C20 — — 5 100-C30

140M-C2E-C25 — — 5 100-C30

D-Frame

140M-D8E-B25 — 140M-D8N-B25 30 100-C09

140M-D8E-B40 — 140M-D8N-B40 30 100-C16

140M-D8E-B63 — 140M-D8N-B63 30 100-C23

140M-D8E-C10 — 140M-D8N-C10 30 100-C30

140M-D8E-C16 140M-D8T-C16 140M-D8N-C16 30 100-C30

140M-D8E-C20 140M-D8T-C20 — 5 100-C30

140M-D8E-C25 — 140M-D8N-C25 5 100-C30

F-Frame

140M-F8E-C10 — — 30 100-C30

140M-F8E-C16 — — 30 100-C30

140M-F8E-C20 — — 30 100-C30

140M-F8E-C25 140M-F8T-C25 140M-F8N-C25 30 100-C30

140M-F8E-C32 140M-F8T-C32 140M-F8N-C32 30 100-C30

140M-F8E-C45 — 140M-F8N-C45 10 100-C37

CMN-Frame

140-CMN-2500 — — 42 100-C16

140-CMN-4000 140-CMT-4000 — 42 100-C30

140-CMN-6300 140-CMT-6300 — 18 100-C43

140-CMN-9000 — — 10 100-C72


14

Accessories

➊ X = Contact ClosedO = Contact Open

➋

Description

Connection Diagram ➋For Use

With Cat. No.

Operator Position ➊

Term. No. Description

OFF ON Tripped

Front-Mounted Auxiliary Contact• 1-pole or 2-pole• No additional space

required

O X O 13-14 N.O. Aux 140M 140M-C-AFA10

X O X 11-12 N.C. Aux 140M 140M-C-AFA01

O X O 13-14 N.O. Aux

140M 140M-C-AFA11

X O X 21-22 N.C. Aux


140M 140M-C-AFA20



140M 140M-C-AFA02


Right Side-Mounted Auxiliary Contact• 2-pole• Adds 9 mm to the

width of the device


140M 140M-C-ASA20



140M 140M-C-ASA02



140M 140M-C-ASA11


I >>

13

14

I >>

11

12

13

14

21

22

I >>

I >>

13

14

23

24

I >>

11

12

21

22

I >>

33

34

43

44

I >>

31

32

41

42

33

34

41

42

I >>

I >>

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) TripShort-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

15


Accessories, Continued


➋

Description


With Cat. No.



OFF ON Tripped

Front-MountedTrip Contact• 2-pole• Indicates tripping of

device• No additional space

required


140M 140M-C-AFAR10A10

O O X 27-28N.O. Trip

(Short-Circuit & Overload)


140M 140M-C-AFAR10A01



Right Side-Mounted Trip Contact• 2-pole• Indicates tripping of

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker

• Adds 9 mm to the width of the circuit breaker



140M 140M-C-ASAR10M10

O O X 67-68 N.O. Trip(Short-Circuit)



140M 140M-C-ASAR10M01

X X O 65-66 N.C. Trip(Short-Circuit)

X X O 55-56N.C. Trip


140M 140M-C-ASAR01M10




140M 140M-C-ASAR01M01



140M 140M-C-ASAM11

X X O 65-66 N.C. Trip (Short-Circuit)

13 27

14I >>

28

11

12I >>

27

28

57

58

67

68

I >>

I >>

57

58

65

66

I >>

55

56

67

68

I >>

65

66

55

56

I >>

77

78

65

66

I >>

140 M Operator



16



➋

Description


With Cat. No.



OFF ON Tripped

Front-Mounted Auxiliary Contacts• Internal• 2-Pole


140-CMN 140-CA20



140-CMN 140-CA02



140-CMN 140-CA11


Front-MountedTrip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts• Internal• 2-Pole

O O X 37-38 N.O. Trip(Overload)

140-CMN 140-CT10-10


X X O 35-36 N.C. Trip(Overload)

140-CMN 140-CT01-01



140-CMN 140-CT01-10



140-CMN 140-CT10-01


13

14

23

24

I >>

140-CMN

140-CA20

I >>

21

22

11

12

140-CMN

140-CA02

I >>

13

14

21

22

140-CMN

140-CA11

37

38

43

44

I >>

140-CMN

140-CT10-10

a

b

a) Overload Tripb) Short-Circuit Trip

I >>

41

42

35

36

140-CMN

140-CT01-01

a

b


I >>

35

36

43

44

140-CMN

140-CT01-10

a

b


I >>

37

38

41

42

140-CMN

140-CT10-01

a

b


I >>

140 M Operator


17



➊

Description Connection Diagram ➊For Use

With Cat. No.

Undervoltage Trip• Left-side mounted• Adds 18 mm to the width of the

circuit breaker• Trips motor protector when

voltage is removed

24V, 60 Hz24V, 50 Hz

120V, 60 Hz110V, 50 Hz

220…230V, 50 Hz240…260V, 60 Hz

277V, 60 Hz380…400V, 50 Hz

480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz600V, 60 Hz

575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140M

140M-C-UXJ140M-C-UXK140M-C-UXD140M-C-UXC140M-C-UXF140M-C-UXA140M-C-UXT140M-C-UXN140M-C-UXB

140M-C-UXUB140M-C-UXM

Shunt Trip• Left-side mounted• Adds 18 mm to the width of the

circuit breaker• Trips motor protector when

voltage is applied

24V, 60 Hz24V, 50 Hz

120V, 60 Hz110V, 50 Hz

220…230V, 50 Hz240…260V, 60 Hz

277V, 60 Hz380…400V, 50 Hz

480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz600V, 60 Hz

575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140M

140M-C-SNJ140M-C-SNK140M-C-SND140M-C-SNC140M-C-SNF140M-C-SNA140M-C-SNT140M-C-SNN140M-C-SNB

140M-C-SNUB140M-C-SNM

Undervoltage Trip Unit• Internal, front mounted• Integrated short circuit trip

indication• Trips Motor Protection Circuit

Breaker when voltage is removed

24V 50/60 Hz110V 50 Hz/120V 60 Hz220V 50 Hz/240V 60 Hz

140-CMN140-CUV-KJ140-CUV-D140-CUV-A

Shunt Trip Unit• Internal, front mounted• Integrated short circuit trip

indication• Trips Motor Protection Circuit

Breaker when voltage is applied

24V 50/60 Hz110V 50 Hz/120V 60 Hz220V 50 Hz/240V 60 Hz

140-CMN140-CRT-KJ140-CRT-D140-CRT-A

D1

D2I >>

U <

C1

C2I >>

I >>

140-CMN

b) Short-Circuit Trip

b

D1

D2

U <

43

44

140-CUV...

I >>

140-CMN

b) Short-Circuit Trip

b

C1

C2

43

44

140-CRT...

I >>

140 M Operator



18


Description For Use With Cat. No.

Anti-Tamper Shield• Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the

current setting10 pcs/pkg 140M 140M-C-CA

Lockable Twist Knob• For 1 padlock 4…8 mm (5/16") dia. shackle• Can be locked in OFF position

black 140M 140M-C-KN

red/yellow 140M-C/-D 140M-C-KRY

red/yellow 140M-F 140M-F-KRY

Padlockable Operating Knob• Accepts 8 mm (5/16") padlock — up to three padlocks• Permits padlocking in the off position

black

140-CMN

140-KN

red/yellow 140-KRY

Door Coupling Handle• For 3 padlocks 4…8 mm (5/16") in diameter• IP66 Protection/Type 1, 12• Interlock override capability• Can be modified for locking in ON position• Ships with coupling — order extension shaft and legend plate

separately• Mounting depth (adapter-door):

140-C: 105.5 mm ± 5 mm (4.15" ± 3/16")140-D: 114.5 mm ± 5 mm (4.5" ± 3/16")140-F: 137.1 mm ± 5 mm (5.4" ± 3/16")

black

140M 140M-C-DN66

140-CMN 140-CDN66

red/yellow

140M 140M-C-DRY66

140-CMN 140-CDRY66

Extension Shaft• Cut to required length for mounting depth (adapter-door):

140-C: 117…338 mm (4.6"…13.3")140-D: 126…347 mm (5.0"…13.7")140-F: 149…369 mm (5.4"…14.5")

140M-C-DN66140M-C-DRY66

140-CDN66140-CDRY66

140M-C-DS

Legend Plate• Marking: "Haupschalter" and "Main Switch"• Marking: "Not-Aus" and "Emergency Off"

140M-C-DN66 140M-C-DFCN

140M-C-DRY66 140M-C-DFCRY

Locking Tag• Padlock attachment to the lockable handles• Up to three padlocks 4…8 mm (5/16") shackle

140M-C-KN140M-C-KRY140M-F-KRY

140M-C-M3

IP65 Non-Metallic Enclosure• Knockouts for PG16 and PG21 fittings• Suitable for flexible cable with internal ground wire or conduit

when externally grounded around the outside of the enclosure

black handle 140M-C 198E-AYTG2

red/yellow handle 140M-C 198E-AYTJ2

Terminal Cover• For covering of unused Commoning Link terminals• IP2X finger protection

140M-C140M-D 140M-C-WS

140M-F 140M-F-WS

Screw Adapter• For screw arrangement of a Motor Protection Circuit Breaker 10 pcs/pkg 140M 140M-C-N45

19




ECO Connecting Modules — 25 A• Eco-starters mount on SINGLE DIN Rail (140M on DIN Rail)• ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL interconnection of 140M MPCB and 100-M

(with AC or DC coils) or 100-C (with AC coils) contactors

140M-C to100-M 140M-C-PEM12

140M-C to100-C09…C23 140M-C-PEC23

140M-D to100-C09…C23 140M-D-PEC23

Connecting Modules — 25 A and 45 A• Contactor and MPCB MUST BE mounted separately on (2) DIN Rails• ELECTRICAL interconnection between 140M MPCB and 100-C contactors

(with AC coils)

140M-C to100-C09…C23 140M-C-PNC23

140M-D to100-C09…C23 140M-D-PNC23

140M-D to100-C30…C37 140M-D-PNC37

140M-F to100-C30…C37 140M-F-PNC37

140M-F to100-C43 140M-F-PNC43

Spacing Adapter• Required for Self-Protected combination motor controller (Type E) applications

of 140M-C, -D, and -F MPCBs

140M-C, -D 140M-C-TE

140M-F 140M-F-TE

Commoning Link Feeder Terminal• For supply of commoning links• Top feed — overlaps commoning link

140M-C140M-D 140M-C-WTE

140M-F 140M-F-WTE

Three-Phase Commoning Link for 25 A Motor Protection Circuit Breakers — 63 A Max. Continuous Current

• 45 mm spacing• For use with front-mounted auxiliary contact

2 connections

140M-C140M-D

140M-C-W4523 connections 140M-C-W4534 connections 140M-C-W4545 connections 140M-C-W455

• 54 mm spacing• For use with side-mounted auxiliary contact

2 connections

140M-C140M-D


• 63 mm spacing• For use with side-mounted undervoltage trip and shunt trip

2 connections

140M-C140M-D


Jumper for 140M-D to 140M-C• Accommodates difference in depth from 140M-D to

140M-C• Can be used with all other commoning links• 54 mm spacing

2 connections140M-D

to140M-C

140M-C-WD542

Three-Phase Commoning Link for 45 A Motor Protection Circuit Breakers — 115 A Max Continuous Current

• 54 mm spacing• For use with front-mounted auxiliary contact

2 connections140M-F

140M-F-W5423 connections 140M-F-W5434 connections 140M-F-W544

• 63 mm spacing• For use with side-mounted auxiliary contact

2 connections

140M-F

140M-F-W6323 connections 140M-F-W633

4 connections 140M-F-W634

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail• 35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long• Zinc-plated, yellow chromated • EN 50022

10 pcs/kg 140M-D140M-F 199-DR1

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail• 35 mm x 15 mm x 1 m long 5 pcs/pkg

140M-C140M-D140M-F

140-CMN

1492-DR9

140M-D 140M-C


20


140M-C/D/F Factory Modifications (Open)Note: For modifications add (option code ➍ ) for desired features to cat. no.➍ Add desired option codes. Example: 140M-C2E-A16-KY

External Accessories — I-Frame

Modifications Price Adder US $

KN Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Black 15.00KY Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Red/Yellow 18.00TE Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E 13.00

Description Cat. No.Terminal End Cover — 0.25 in. Qty: 1 140U-I-TC2Terminal End Cover — 0.41 in. Qty: 1 140U-I-TC4

Terminal Shields (Plastic) IP20 Ingress Protection Qty: 1 140U-I-TS1

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism NEMA Type 1/3/12/4/4X Flange-Mount Handle

3 ft. Cable Mechanism 140U-I-FCX03




Rotary Close Couple Handle International Gray 140U-I-RCB

Rotary Close Couple Handle International Red/Yellow 140U-I-RCR

Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp — Off only Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only — 140U-I-PL

End Cap KitProvides 3-phase connections for terminal or bolt-on connections

Metric HardwareQty: 1 140U-I-ECM

Phase Barriers Provides additional phase clearance when special connections are required Qty: 2 140U-I-PB

Cu/Al #4-4/0 Aluminum TerminalAluminum Terminal

Copper/Aluminum wire#4-4/0 AWG

Qty: 3 140U-I-TLA1

Cu/Al #14-1/0 Steel TerminalSteel Terminal

Copper/Aluminum wire#4-4/0 AWG

Qty: 3 140U-I-TLS1

Cu/Al #4-4/0 Stainless Steel TerminalStainless Steel TerminalCopper/Aluminum wire

#4-4/0 AWGQty: 3 140U-I-TLS2

21



External Accessories — K-Frame

Description Cat. No.

Terminal Shields IP20 Ingress Protection Qty: 1 140U-K-TS

Flex Cable Operating Mechanism NEMA Type 1/3/12/4/4X Flange-Mount Handle

3 ft. Cable Mechanism 140U-K-FCX03




Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating Mechanism

Type 1/12 Rotary Handle12 in. operating rod

Black Handle 140U-K-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-K-RM12R

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating Mechanism Type 1 Rotary HandleBreaker Mounted

Black Handle 140U-K-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-K-RCR

Operating Handle Extension Provides handle extension for ease of operation Qty: 1 140U-K-OHE

Phase BarriersProvides additional phase

clearance when special connections are required

Qty: 2 140U-K-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only — 140U-K-PL

Terminal Lugs

Copper wire only(1) 250…500 MCM Qty: 1 140U-K-TLC1

Copper wire only(1) 3/0…250 MCM Qty: 3 140U-K-TLC2

Aluminum or copper wire(1) 250…500 MCM Qty: 1 140U-K-TLA1


Metric HardwareQty: 1 140U-K-ECM


22

Specifications

0 00IEC Performance Data

➊ No back-up fuse required.

Cat. No. 140M-C2E-

A16 A25 A40 A63 B10 B16 B25 B40 B63 C10 C16 C20 C25

Rated Operational Current, Ie [A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 20 25

Magnetic Release Current [A] 2.1 3.3 5.2 8.2 13 21 33 52 82 130 208 260 325

Switching of StandardThree-Phase Motors

AC-2, AC-3

230/240V [kW] — — — 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 —

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11

500V [kW] — — — 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15

690V [kW] — — — 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 18.5/22

Back-Up FusesgG, gL, only if Icc > Icu

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 100 100

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 63 63 80 80

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 80 80

690V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 16 20 35 50 50 63 63 63

Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity

Icu

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 15 15

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 10 10

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 6 6

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 10 8 8 4 4 3 3 3

Rated Service Short CircuitBreaking Capacity

Ics

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 15 15

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 6 6

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 6 6

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 3 3

23


Specifications, Continued

IEC Performance Data, Continued

➊ No back-up fuse required.➋ Power ratings: Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1

Cat. No. 140M-D8E- Cat. No. 140M-F8E-

B25 B40 B63 C10 C16 C20 C25 C10 C16 C20 C25 C32 C45

Rated Operational Current, Ie [A] 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 16 20 25 10 16 20 25 32 45

Magnetic Release Current [A] 33 52 82 130 208 260 325 130 208 260 325 416 585


AC-2, AC-3

230/240V [kW] 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 — 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 5.5/6.3 7.5 11/13

400/415V [kW] 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 15 18.5/22

500V [kW] 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15 15/20 22/30

690V [kW] 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 22/25 30/40


230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100 80 100 100 100 125 125

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 100 100 80 100 100 100 125 125

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 80 80 100 100 125 125 125

690V [A] 20 35 50 50 63 63 63 63 80 80 80 100 100

Ultimate Short CircuitBreaking Capacity

Icu

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 50 65 65 65 65 65 65 65

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 50

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10


Ics

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 4 4 4 10 10 10 10 6 6

Cat. No.140-CMN-…

-2500 -4000 -6300 -9000Rated Operational Current, Ie [A] 25 40 63 90

Switching of Standard Three-Phase MotorsAC-2, AC-3

230/240 V ➋ [kW] 5.5/7.5 10/11 13/20 22/25400/415 V ➋ [kW] 7.5/13 15/22 25/32 37/45500 V ➋ [kW] 11/15 18.5/25 30/40 45/55690 V ➋ [kW] 15/22 25/30 37/55 63/75

Back-up fusesgG, gL,, only if Icc > Icu

230/240 V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

400/415 V [A] 160 160 160 160500 V [A] 160 160 160 160690 V [A] 160 160 160 160

Ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu

230/240 V [kA] 100 100 100 100400/415 V [kA] 65 65 65 50500 V [kA] 50 30 30 25690 V [kA] 15 8 8 6

Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics

230/240 V [kA] 100 100 100 100400/415 V [kA] 65 50 50 25500 V [kA] 50 25 25 13690 V [kA] 15 6 6 6


24


0 00IEC Performance Data, Continued


Cat. No. 140M-C2N-

A16 A25 A40 A63 B10 B16 B25

Rated Operational Current,Ie [A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5

Magnetic Release Current [A] 2.1 3.3 5.2 8.2 13 21 32


AC-2, AC-3

230/240V [kW] — — — 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75

500V [kW] — — — 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1

690V [kW] — — — 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8

Back-Up FusesgG, gL, only if Icc > Icu ➊

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

690V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 16 20


Icu

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 8


Ics

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8

25




➊ No back-up fuse required.➋ Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Cat. No. 140M-D8N- Cat. No. 140M-F8N-

B25 B40 B63 C10 C16 C25 C25 C32 C45

Rated Operational Current,Ie [A] 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 16 25 25 32 45

Magnetic Release Current [A] 32 52 82 130 208 325 325 416 585


AC-2, AC-3

230/240V [kW] 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 — 5.5/6.3 7.5 11/13

400/415V [kW] 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 11 11 15 18.5/22

500V [kW] 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 15 15 15/20 22/30

690V [kW] 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 18.5/22 18.5/22 22/25 30/40


230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100 125 125

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 100 100 125 125

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 125 125 125

690V [A] 20 35 50 50 63 63 80 100 100


Icu

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 50 65 65 65

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 65 50 65 65 50

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 6 6 10 10 10


Ics

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 25 50 50 50

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 50 50 50

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 50 50 50

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 4 4 10 6 6


26




Cat. No. 140M-C2T-

A16 A25 A40 A63 B10 B16 B25 B40 B63 C10 C16

Rated Operational Current,Ie [A] 0.16 0.25 0.40 0.63 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0 6.3 10 16

Magnetic Release Current [A] 3.2 5.2 8.2 13 21 32 52 82 130 208 260


AC-2, AC-3

230/240V [kW] — — — 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5

500V [kW] — — — 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10

690V [kW] — — — 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13


230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 63 63

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80

690V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 16 20 35 50 50 63


Icu

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 65 10

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3


Ics

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 15

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3

27




➊ No back-up fuse required.➋ Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Cat. No. 140M-D8T- Cat. No. 140M-F8T-

C16 C20 C25 C32

Rated Operational Current,Ie [A] 16 20 25 32

Magnetic Release Current [A] 260 325 416 585

Switching of Standard Three-Phase MotorsAC-2, AC-3

230/240V [kW] 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 5.5/6.3 7.5

400/415V [kW] 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 15

500V [kW] 7.5/10 11 15 15/20

690V [kW] 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 22/25


230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

400/415V [A] 80 100 100 125

440/460V [A] 80 100 100 125

500V [A] 80 80 100 125

690V [A] 63 63 80 100

Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking CapacityIcu

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 65 65 65 65

440/460V [kA] 65 65 65 65

500V [kA] 50 50 50 50

690V [kA] 6 6 10 10

Rated Service Short Circuit Breaking CapacityIcs

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100

400/415V [kA] 25 25 50 50

440/460V [kA] 25 25 50 50

500V [kA] 25 25 50 50

690V [kA] 4 4 10 6


28


General Data

Cat. No. 140M-C 140M-D 140M-F 140-CMNRated Insulation Voltage UiIEC, SEV, VDE 0660 [V]

690 690

UL, CSA [V] 600 690Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage UimpPollution degreeMain circuitsAuxiliary circuits

6 kV/36 kV/3 6 kV/3

6 kV/3Rated Frequency [Hz] 50/60 40…60Utilization Category IEC 947-2 (Circuit breaker) IEC 947-4-1 (Motor starter)

AAC-3

Life SpanMechanical [operations] 100 000 30 000 30 000

Electrical (Ie max.) [operations] 100 000 30 000 10 000 (up to 63 A)5 000 (up to 90 A)

Switching Frequency [operations/h] max. 25 (motor starts) max. 20Ambient TemperatureStorage [°C] - 40…+ 80 - 25…+ 80

Operation [°C] - 25…+ 60 - 25…+ 60Resistance to Climatic Change IEC 68-2 C IV (acc. to IEC 68)

Moisture/heat resistance 40 °C, 92 %, 56 days

Moisture/change resistance 23 °C, 8 %/40 ×C, 93 %, 56 cycles

Site Altitude [m] to 2000 N.N.Protection Class IP20, when wired IP20Resistance to Shock [g] 30, 11 ms in preparation 30, 11 msResistance to VibrationFrequency range [Hz]in all directions [g]

IEC 68-210…150

under testingRated Thermal Current IthIEC, SEV, VDE 0660up to 40°C ambient temperature [A]up to 60°C ambient temperature [A]

0.1…250.1…25

1.6…251.6…25

6.3…456.3…45

16…9016…90

Rated Supply Current Ie [A]Number of setting ranges

0.1…2513

1.6…257

6.3…456

16…904

Dependence on Temperature40 °C [A]50 °C [A]60 °C [A]

no reduction no reduction

70 °C [A] 15 % current reduction of the upper rated current Ie15 % current reduction of the upper

rated current Ie

Overload ProtectionCharacteristics

IEC 60947-4-1 Motor protection (except 140M-C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N)

IEC 60947-4-1Motor protection

Ambient Temperature Compensation [°C] - 20…+ 60 - 20…+ 60Phase-loss Protection Differential release Differential release

Trip class 10 (except 140M-C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N) 10

Magnetic ReleaseRelease current

fixed setting13 x Iemax. (for 140M-C2E, 140M-D8E, 140M-F8E, 140M-

C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N)16…20 x Ie max. (for 140M-C2T, 140M-D8T, 140M-F8T)

Ie max. = maximum values of setting ranges

fixed setting14 x Ie max.

Total Power loss PvCircuit Breaker at rated load operating temperature [W]

6…8 6…8 9…16 33

Main Circuit Breaker Application Usable as main circuit breaker according to IEC 204 with corresponding accessories

29



General Data

Accessories for Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. 140M-C… 140M-D… 140M-F… 140-CMN

Conformity to StandardsIEC 947;

EN 60947;UL 508; CSA 22.2

IEC 60947;EN 60947;

UL 508; CSA 22.2

Approvals CE, UL, CSA

CE, UL Listed, CSA, (Germanischer Lloyd, Bureau Veritas,

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping,Maritime Register of Shipping, RINA,

in preparation)

Terminal PartsType of terminals

Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3

1. conductor [mm2]/[AWG]2. conductor [mm2]/[AWG]

1…4/No. 16…121…4/No. 16…12

2.5…16/No.14…62.5…10/No. 14…8

2.5…35


1…6/No. 16…81…6/No. 16…8

2.5…25/No. 14…42.5…16/No. 14…6 4…50 / No. 12…2


1.5…6/No. 16…81.5…6/No. 16…8

2.5…25/No. 14…42.5…16/No. 14…6

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in] 1…2.5/8.9…22 1.5…3.5/13…31 6…10/53…120

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Front Mounting

Cat. No. 140M-C-AFA…, 140M-C-AFAR…

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Right-Side Mounting

Cat. No. 140M-C-ASA…, 140M-C-ASAR…

Rated Thermal Current Ithat 40°C ambient temperature [A]at 60°C ambient temperature [A]

54

106

Contact Class CoordinationAccording to NEMA(UL/CSA Standards) AC

DCB 300Q 300

B 600Q 600

Back-Up Fuses gG, gL [A] 10 10

Rated Supply Current [V]AC-15 [A]

244

1203

2401.5

246

1205

2403

4152

6900.7

DC-13 [V][A]

242

1200.5

2400.25

242

1200.5

2400.25

4150.15


Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3


0.5…2.5/No. 18…140.5…2.5/No. 18…14


0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14


0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in.] 1.5/13.3


30


Accessories for Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers, Continued

Weights

Undervoltage Tripfor Left-Side MountingCat. No. 140M-C-UX…

Undervoltage Tripwith 2 Auxiliary Contacts

for Left-Side MountingCat. No. 140M-C-UC…

Shunt Trip for Left-Side MountingCat. No. 140M-C-SN…

Actuating VoltagePull-inDrop-out

0.85…1.1 x Us0.7…0.35 x Us

0.85…1.1 x Us0.7…0.35 x Us

0.7…1.1 x Us

Rated Control Voltage min.max.

21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz600V 50 Hz

21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz600V 50 Hz

21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz600V 50 Hz

On-Time 100% 100% 100%

Coil Rating Pull-inHold

8.5 VA, 6 W3 VA, 1.2 W

8.5 VA, 6 W3 VA, 1.2 W

8.5 VA, 6 W3 VA, 1.2 W


Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3


0.5…2.5/No. 18…140.5…2.5/No. 18…14


0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14


0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in] 1.5/13.3

Commoning Link Feeder Terminal 140M-C-WTE Commoning Link 140M-C-W

Rated Thermal Current Ithat 60°C ambient temperature [A] 63 63


4…164…10 —


6…25/No. 14…46…16/No. 14…6 —


6…25/No. 14…46…16/No. 14…6 —

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in] 3/27 —

Description Cat. No. Weight

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

140M-C2E-…140M-D8E-…140M-F8E-…

317 g373 g782 g

140M-C2N-…140M-D8N-…140M-F8N-…

315 g365 g782 g

140M-C2T-…140M-D8T-…140M-F8T-…

315 g365 g782 g

140-CMN-… 1845 g

Auxiliary Contacts

140M-C-AFA10140M-C-AFA01

10 g140M-C-AFA11140M-C-AFA20

140M-C-ASA…

140M-C-AFAR10A…15 g140M-C-ASAR…M…

140M-C-ASAM11

140-A… 31 g

Undervoltage Trip

140M-C-UX… 108 g

140M-C-SN… 110 g

140M-C-UC… 116 g

140-CUV… 94 g

Trip Contact Blocks 140-CT… 31 g

Shunt Trip 140-CRT… 94 g

Description Cat. No. Weight

Anti-Tamper Cover 140M-C-CA 2 g

Lockable Twist Knob 140M-C-KN140M-C-KRY 5 g

Locking Tag 140M-C-M3 30 g

Door Coupling Handle 140M-C-DN66140M-C-NRY66 123 g

Extension Shaft 140M-C-DS 46 g

Legend Plate 140M-C-DFC… 4 g

Feeder Terminal 140M-C-WT140M-F-WT 172 g

Commoning Links

140M-C-W452140M-C-W453140M-C-W454140M-C-W455

47 g80 g104 g132 g

140M-C-W542140M-C-W543140M-C-W544140M-C-W545

52 g86 g118 g154 g

140M-C-W632140M-C-W633140M-C-W634140M-C-W635

56 g92 g134 g170 g

31



Accessories for Bulletin 140-CMN Circuit BreakersCat. No. 140-CT

Trip Contact Block for Flush Mounting on Cat. No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. 140-CRT, 140-CUV Undervoltage Trip and Shunt Trip for Flush Mounting on Cat.

No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Rated Thermal Current Ith

up to 40 °C ambient temperature [A] 10 2

up to 60 °C ambient temperature [A] 6 2

NEMA contact class(UL/CSA-Approval) AC

DCB 600 Standard Pilot Duty

R 300 Light Pilot Duty

MakeBrake max. voltage432 VA72 VA480 V28 VA28 VA250 V

Back-Up Fuse gG, gL 16 A 16 A

Rated Current Ie[V]

AC-15: [A]2303

4002.5

5001.5

6900.75 AC-14: 24

1.51101.5

2301.0

4001.0

5000.75

[V]DC-13: [A]

242

480.6

1100.2

2300.1

4400.04 DC 13: 24

1.5480.5

600.4

1100.2

Terminals

Screwdriver

1.conductor [mm2]/[AWG]2.conductor [mm2]/[AWG]

0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14

0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14

1.conductor [mm2]/[AWG]2.conductor [mm2]/[AWG]

0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14

0.75…2.5/No. 18…140.75…2.5/No. 18…14

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in] 1…1.5/8.8…10.3 1…1.5/8.8…10.3

Cat. No. 140-CUV…Undervoltage Trip Unit for Right-Side Mounting on

Cat. No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. 140-CRT…Shunt Trip for Flush Mounting on

Cat. No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Operating Voltage

Pick-up 0.8…1.1 x Us 0.7…1.1 x Us

Drop-out 0.7…0.35 x Us —

Duty cycle 100 % ED 100 % ED

Control Voltagemin. 12 V 50 Hz/14 V 60 Hz 12 V 50 Hz/14 V 60 Hz

max. 600 V 50 Hz 600 V 50 Hz

Coil PerformancePick-up [VA/W] 11 / 8 12 / 7

Drop-out [VA/W] 4 / 1 6 / 2

TerminalsTerminal type

Fine-stranded [mm2] 2 x 0.75…2.5 2 x 0.75…2.5

Coarse-strande [mm2] 2 x 0.75…2.5 2 x 0.75…2.5

Tightening torque [Nm] 1…1.5 1…1.5

Coarse-stranded [AWG] No. 18…. 14 No. 18…. 12

Tightening torque [lb-in] 8.8…10.3 8.8…10.3


32


Cut-off current

Î s

Icc

Icc

I D asymmetrical

symmetrical

The Bulletin 140-M limits solid short-circuit current Icc (prospective short-circuit current). ID is the maximum cut-off current (highest instantaneous value of the limited short-circuit current). This value is indicated in the following diagrams as a function of the progressive system short-circuit current.

1

10

100

1 10 100

25A 16A20A

10A

6.3A

4.0A

1

10

100

1 10 100

25A

0.25

0.30

0.50

0.70

0.80

cos ϕ =

16A

20A10A

6.3A

4.0A

0.90

140M-C Circuit BreakerMaximum cut-off currentRated operating voltage 415V

max

. cut

-off

curr

ent I

D [k

A]

max

. for

war

d en

ergy

Maximum forward energyRated operating voltage 415V

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA] Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

i2t

103

A2

s[

]d

∫

33



1

10

100

1 10 100

25A

0.25

0.30

0.50

0.70

0.80

0.90

cos ϕ =

16A20A

10A

6.3A

4.0A

1

10

100

1 10 100

25A

16A20A

6.3A

10A

4.0A

140M-D Circuit BreakerMaximum cut-off currentRated operating voltage 415V

Maximum cut-off currentRated operating voltage 415V

max

. cut

-off

curr

ent I

D [k

A]

max

. for

war

d en

ergy


i2t

103

A2

s[

]d

∫

1

10

100

1000

1 10 100

45A32A25A20A

10A

16A

1

10

100

1 10 100

0.25

0.30

0.50

0.70

0.80

0.90

cos ϕ = 45A32A25A20A16A

10A

140M-F Circuit BreakerMaximum cut-off currentRated operating voltage 415V

Maximum cut-off currentRated operating voltage 415V

max

. cut

-off

curr

ent I

D [k

A]

max

. for

war

d en

ergy


i2t

103

A2

s[

]d

∫


34

Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions

Time-Current Characteristic

Approximate DimensionsDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 140M Motor Protector

1) Thermal Release Trip CurrentThe adjustable current-dependent delayed bimetal release protects motors against overload. The curve shows the mean operating current at an ambient temperature of 20°C starting from the cold state. Careful testing and setting ensures effective motor protection even in the case of single-phasing. The overload characteristic is also valid for transformer protection.

2) Magnetic Release Trip CurrentThe instantaneous magnetic trip has a fixed operating current setting. This corresponds to 13 times the maximum value of setting range. (Transformer protection up to 20 x Ie max.) At a lower setting it is correspondingly higher.

Current Setting IeF

The overload trip corresponds to a thermal overload relay in a motor starter conforming to IEC 947-4-1. If a different value is prescribed (e.g., reduced Ie for cooling medium having a temperature higher than 40°C or a place of installation higher than 2000 m above sea level), the setting current is equal to the reduced rated current Ie of the motor.

0.8

1 000

1h

10 000

100

10

1

0.1

0.01

0.001

1 2 4 6 20 40 60 10010

1

2

Multiple of set current IeF

Trip

ping

tim

e [s

]

9(23/64)

24.8 (31/32)

90 (

3-35

/64)

18(23/32)

4.5

(3/1

6)

45(1-25/32)

➌

➋ 54 (2-1/8)

72 (2-53/64) 7.5(19/64)

4.5(3/16)

➍

➊45

(1-

25/3

2)

45 (

1-25

/32)

44 (1-47/64)

62 (2-7/16)

4.5(3/16) 7.5

(19/64)

➍

➊

45 (

1-25

/32)

45 (

1-25

/32)

45 (

1-25

/32)

➋

➍

18(23/32)

4.5

(3/1

6)

➌

55 (

2-11

/64)

110

(4-2

1/64

)

29.4 (1-5/32)

54(2-1/8)

9(23/64)

91 (3-37/64)

➊

55 (

2-11

/64)

4.5(3/16) 102 (4-1/64) 7.5

(19/64)

45 (

1-25

/32) ➊ Mounting on 35 mm DIN Rail EN 50 022-35

➋ Auxiliary contact (side-mounted)➌ Undervoltage trip or Shunt trip➍ Auxiliary contact (front-mounted)

140M-C…, 140M-D… 140M-C…. 140M-D…

140M-F….

35


Approximate Dimensions, Continued

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 140M-C, -D, -F

9(23/64)

90 (

3-35

/64)

18(23/32)

4.5

(3/1

6)

45(1-25/32)

➌ ➋

54(2-1/8)

72(2-53/64)

7.5(19/64)

4.5(3/16)

➍

➊

45 (

1-25

/32)

45 (

1-25

/32)

44(1-47/64)

62(2-7/16)

4.5(3/16)

7.5(19/64)

➍

➊

12 (

15/3

2)45 (

1-25

/32)

45 (

1-25

/32)

24.8(31/32)

45 (

1-25

/32)

12 (

15/3

2)

➋ ➍

18

(23/32)

4.5

(3/1

6)

➌

55 (

2-11

/64)

110

(4-

21/6

4)

29.4

(1-5/32)

54

(2-1/8)

9

(23/64)

91

(3-37/64)

➊

55 (

2-11

/64)

4.5

(3/16)

102

(4-1/64)7.5

(19/64)

45 (

1-25

/32)

12 (

15/3

2)

min. 100

53.5

53.5

a

1.5...5Ø 35...45

4.5

Ø 3.5

Ø 4...8

b

± 5 mm

2.4

4.5

c2c1

90˚ 90˚90˚ 90˚d

d

➊ Can be mounted on DIN Rail EN 50 022-35➋ Auxiliary contact block (Side mounting)➌ Undervoltage trip or shunt trip➍ Auxiliary contact (Front mounting)

Mounting position/safety clearance of Cat. No. 140M-C…, 140M-D…, 140M-F…

140M-C…, 140M-D… 140M-C… 140M-D…

140M-F….

140M-C-D…66

Cat. No. a b c1 c2 d140M-C 117…338 105.5 ±5 49.5 40.5 25140M-D 126…347 114.5 ±5 49.5 40.5 25140M-F 148.6…369.6 137.1 ±5 59.35 50.35 30


36



Cat. No. 198E…

130

(5-1

/8)

47(1-27/32)

101(3-31/32)

4 (5/32)

150

(5-2

9/32

)

22 (

55/6

4)

50

(1-31/32)

ø 2

0.5

(13/

16)

ø 2

5.5

(1)

30(1-3/16)

I

90

(3-35/64)

50

(1-31/32)

70 (

2-3/

4)

53.5

(2-7/64)

53.5

(2

-7/6

4)

130

(5-1

/8)

ø 4,6 (3/16)

198E-AYT..

37




Cat. No. 140-CMN…

90˚ 30˚7070

90˚ 90˚

25.5

(1)

25 (63/64)

45.4 (1-51/64)

ø 4.5(3/16)

160

(6-1

9/64

)

77.5

(3-

3/64

)

2 (5/64)

25

(63/64)

4 (5

/32)

12.5 (1/4) 12.5 (1/4)

168

(6-3

9/64

)

165

(6-1

/2) 45.4 (1-51/64)

EN 50022

24(15/16)

24(15/16)

2 (5

/64)

140

(5-3

3/64

)10

(25/

64)

5 (13/64)

15 (19/32)

68.3

(2-

11/1

6)35

.4

(1-2

5/64

)

64.3

(2-

17/3

2)

16 (5/8

)45

(1-2

5/32

)16 (5/8

)41

.5(1

-41/

64)

41.5

(1-4

1/64

)

6 (1/4)

63 (2-31/64)

97 (3-13/16)

114 (4-31/64)

140.6 (5-17/32)

56 (2-13/64)

79.5 (3-1/8) ø 7 (15/64)

10 (25/64)

120 (4-23/32)

T

TESTmin. 100

53.5

53.5180...402

1.5...5Ø 35...45

5

Ø 3.5

Ø 4...8

169±5

±5 mm

140-CMN

Mounting position/safety clearance of Cat. No. 140-CMN

140-CD…

Bulletin 140UMolded Case Circuit Breakers

38

Overview


Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers• 15…1200 A Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Thermal-Magnetic 15…800 AElectronic 70…1200 A

-LS — Long Time/Short Time-LSI — Long Time/Short Time/High Instantaneous-LSG — Long Time/Short Time/Ground Fault-LSIG — Long Time/Short Time/High Instantaneous/Ground Fault

Molded Case Switches 125…1200 A• Factory- or field-installed accessories• Flex cable operating mechanisms• Rotary variable-depth operating mechanisms• High interrupting ratings in compact dimensions• Globally rated and approved product line for worldwide application

Product Selection125 A H-Frame .............. 41250 A J-Frame ............... 45400 A K-Frame .............. 49600 A Q-Frame .............. 53800 A M-Frame.............. 571200 A N-Frame ............ 61

Conformity to StandardsUL 489CSA 22.2, No. 5IEC 60947-2

ApprovalsUL ListedCSA CertifiedCEKEMA-KEUR

Frame Reference H-Frame J-Frame K-Frame Q-Frame M-Frame N-FrameMax. Current In 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 ACurrent Range 15…125 A 70…250 A 100…400 A 300…600 A 300…800 A 600…1200 AThermal Magnetic —Electronic: —

LS —

LSI —

LSG —

LSIG —

Interrupting Ratings:380…415V (Icu) 25 40 70 25 40 70 40 65 100 45 70 50 70 50 70 100480V 25 35 65 25 35 65 35 65 100 35 65 50 65 50 65 100600V 18 22 25 18 18 25 25 35 50 25 35 25 35 25 35 50690V (Icu) 3 4 6 6 6 7 10 13 18 20 25 20 25 20 25 30

Molded Case Switches

Flex Cable Operators

Rotary Operators

Internal Control Modules (Field installed)

Standards ComplianceUL 498

CSA 22.2, No. 5

IEC 60947-2 —

CE —

KEMA-KEUR

39


Catalog Number Explanation

Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all combinations will produce a valid cat. no. Refer to the tables on the following pages for descriptions of options.

Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies

Bulletin No.

Code Description

140U Molded Case Circuit Breaker

140U - H 6 C 3 – C50 – H ⊗

Frame/Rating

Code Description

H 125 A

J 250 A

K 400 A

Q 600 A

M 800 A

N 1200 A

Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity (based on Ic at 480V)

Code Description

2 20…29 kA

3 30…39 kA

5 50…59 kA

6 60…69 kA

8 80…89 kA

0 ≥100 kA

Protection Type

Code Description

C Fixed Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

D Fixed Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

E Adjust Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

F Adjust Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

G Electronic (LSG) — Long, short, ground fault

H Electronic (LSI) — Long, short, high instant

I Electronic (LSIG) — Long, short, high instant, ground fault

L Electronic (LS) — Long and Short time

S Molded Case Switch (Isolator)

Poles

Code Description

3 3 poles

Current Range

Code Description

C 10 rr. A

D 100 rr0 A

E 1000 rr00 A

Internal Control Modules

Code Description

A 1 Auxiliary contact

B 2 Auxiliary contacts

D 1 Alarm contact

F 1 Auxiliary + 1 Alarm contact

G Undervoltage release only

P Shunt trip only

Control Module Combinations

Code Description

H 1 Auxiliary contact + undervoltage release

J 2 Auxiliary contacts + undervoltage release

L 1 Auxiliary + 1 Alarm contact + undervoltage release

N 1 Alarm contact + undervoltage release

Q 1 Auxiliary contact + shunt trip

R 2 Auxiliary contacts + shunt trip

T 1 Auxiliary + 1 Alarm contact + shunt trip

V 1 Alarm contact + shunt trip

Voltage Code

See the following pages forvoltage code descriptions:

H-Frame Page 41

J-Frame Page 45

K-Frame Page 49

Q-Frame Page 53

M-Frame Page 57

N-Frame Page 61


40


Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all combinations will produce a valid cat. no. Refer to the tables on the following pages for descriptions of options.

Frames

Trip Units

Bulletin No.

Code Description


140U - J 3 X 3

Frame/Rating

Code Description

J 250 A

K 400 A

L 600 A

M 800 A


Code Description

2 20…29 kA

3 30…39 kA

5 50…59 kA

6 60…69 kA

8 80…89 kA

0 ≥100 kA

Protection Type

Code Description

X Frame Only

Poles

Code Description

3 3 poles

Bulletin No.

Code Description


140U - J T F 3 – C50

Frame/Rating

Code Description

J 250 A

K 400 A

Q 600 A

M 800 A


Code Description

T Trip Unit

Protection Type

Code Description

C Fixed Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

D Fixed Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

E Adjust Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

F Adjust Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

G Electronic (LSG) — Long, short, ground fault

H Electronic (LSI) — Long, short, high instant

I Electronic (LSIG) — Long, short, high instant, ground fault

L Electronic (LS) — Long and Short time

S Molded Case Switch (isolator)

Poles

Code Description

3 3 poles

Current Range

Code Description

C 10 rr. A

D 100 rr0 A

E 1000 rr00 A

41


Product Selection — 125 A, H-Frame

40/35 kA, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic

70/65 kA, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magneticl

Molded Case Switch — UL 1087

Rated Current

In [A]

Thermal Trip [A]

Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic Trip [A]

Im = 10 x In

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)[kA] Cat. No.Icu /Ics [kA]

220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600/347V15 15 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C1520 20 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C2025 25 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C2530 30 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C3035 35 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C3540 40 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C4045 45 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C4550 50 500 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C5060 60 600 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C6070 70 700 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C7080 80 800 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C8090 90 900 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-C90

100 100 1000 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-D10110 110 1100 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-D11125 125 1250 35 35 25 25 22 17 3 3 35 25 18 140U-H2C3-D12

Rated Current

In [A]

Thermal Trip [A]

Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic Trip [A]

Im = 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600/347V15 15 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C1520 20 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C2025 25 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C2530 30 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C3035 35 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C3540 40 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C4045 45 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C4550 50 500 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C5060 60 600 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C6070 70 700 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C7080 80 800 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C8090 90 900 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-C90100 100 1000 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-D10110 110 1100 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-D11125 125 1250 85 43 40 30 25 18 4 3 85 35 22 140U-H3C3-D12

Rated Current

In [A]

Thermal Trip [A]

Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic Trip [A]

Im = 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600/347V15 15 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C1520 20 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C2025 25 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C2530 30 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C3035 35 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C3540 40 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C4045 45 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C4550 50 500 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C5060 60 600 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C6070 70 700 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C7080 80 800 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C8090 90 900 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-C90

100 100 1000 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-D10110 110 1100 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-D11125 125 1250 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6C3-D12

Rated Current

In [A]

Thermal Trip Ir = In [A]

Magnetic Trip [A]

Im = 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600/347V125 None 1250 100 50 70 35 35 18 6 3 100 65 25 140U-H6S3-D12

• UL 489• CSA 22.2, No. 5• IEC 60947-2• CE• KEMA-KEUR

25/25 kA, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic

• Terminal box lugs provided as standard


42

Accessories — 125 A, H-FrameInternal Control Modules — Field Installed

Internal Control Modules — Factory Installed

➊ For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Description Mounting Location Diagram Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact (AX)• Electrically indicates “ON/

OFF” status of breakers

(1) 1a-1b 140U-H-EA1

(2) 1a-1b 140U-H-EA2

Alarm Contact (AL)• Electrically indicates when

the breaker is in the “TRIPPED” state

(1) 1M (make)- 1B (break) 140U-H-ER1

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL) Combination• Combination of auxiliary

contact and alarm contact

(1) 1a-1b(1) 1M (make)-

1B (break)140U-H-EA1R1

Shunt Trip (SNT)• Provides remote tripping of

the circuit breaker• Undervoltage trip not

available when shunt trip is used

12…60V, 50/60/DC 140U-H-SNJ

110…240V, 50/60/DC 140U-H-SND

380…600V, 50/60 140U-H-SNB

Undervoltage Release (UVT)• Automatically trips breaker

when voltage falls between preset value, 35…70%

• Shunt trip is not available when undervoltage release is used

24V50/60/DC 140U-H-UJ

110…127V, 50/60 140U-H-UD

208…240V, 50/60 140U-H-UA

380…500V, 50/60 140U-H-UB

525…600V, 50/60 140U-H-UC

Auxiliary andAlarm Contacts Suffix Shunt Trip

Combinations Suffix Undervoltage ReleaseCombinations Suffix

(1) AX - A (1) SNT only - P⊗ (1) UVT only - G⊗(2) AX - B (1) AX + (1) SNT - Q⊗ (1) AX + (1) UVT - H⊗(1) AL - D (2) AX + (1) SNT - R⊗ (2) AX + (1) UVT - J⊗

(1) AX + (1) AL - F (1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT - T⊗ (1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT - L⊗(1) AL + (1) SNT - V⊗ (1) AL + (1) UVT - N⊗

⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes ➊ ⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes ➊Voltage [V] 12…60 110…240 380…600 Voltage [V] 24 110…127 208…240 380…500 525…600

AC, 50/60 Hz J D B AC,

50/60 Hz J D A B C

DC J D — DC J — — — —

Right side only

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

1b

1c

1a

OFF

1b

1c

1a

TRIP

Right side only

I >

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL B

1c

M B

1c

M

Right side only

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

Left side only

S1

I >

SNT

S2

Left side only

U1

I >

UVT

U2

U >

(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)or

(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)or

(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)or

(1) Alarm contact (AL)or

(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Mounting LocationLeft side only Right side only

43


Accessories — 125 A, H-Frame, Continued

External Accessories


Terminal End Cover

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) Diameter Cable Entry

Qty: 1

140U-H-TC2

0.41 in. (10.4 mm) Diameter Cable Entry 140U-H-TC4

Terminal Shields IP20 Ingress Protection Qty: 1 140U-H-TS

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism

Non-Metallic — Type 1/3/12/4/4X Flange-Mount Operating Handle

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable 140U-H-FCX03



10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-H-FCX10

Stainless Steel — Type 4/4X Flange-Mount Operating Handle

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable 140U-H-FCS03



10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-H-FCS10


Rotary Handle — Type 1/1212 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Black Handle 140U-H-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-H-RM12R

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating Mechanism

Rotary Handle — Type 1 Breaker Mounted

Black Handle 140U-H-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-H-RCR


Metric Hardware providedQty: 1 140U-H-ECM

Phase Barriers Provides additional phase clearance when special connections are required Qty: 2 140U-H-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only Qty: 1 140U-H-PL

DIN Rail Adapter Allows H-frame MCCB to mount to 35 mm DIN Rail Qty: 1 140U-H-DRA


44

Approximate Dimensions — 125 A, H-Frame

Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Line End

.45(11.43)

4 Ð .17 (4.32) x .19 (4.83) Dia.Slot for #6 Mounting Screws

6 Ð .35 (8.90) Dia.

.72(18.29)

1.38(35.05)

1.73(43.94)

3.03(76.96)

Push toTrip Button

.17(4.32)

.15(3.81)

.17(4.32)

1.08(27.43)

.55(13.97)

.20 (5.08) Dia.Thru Conductors 1.00

(25.40)1.21

(30.73)

1.00(25.40)

.50(12.70)

.50(12.70)

3.81(96.78)

.56(14.22)

Breaker Status Dimension

A B C D E

On 2.71(68.83)

2.53(64.26)

3.46(87.88)

2.83(71.88)

2.75(69.85)

Off 1.54(39.12)

1.62(41.15)

3.46(87.88)

1.66(42.16)

1.84(46.74)

Tripped 2.33(59.18)

2.23(56.64)

3.54(89.92)

2.46(67.48)

2.45(62.23)

Reset 1.39(35.31)

1.49(37.85)

3.42(86.87)

1.52(38.61)

1.70(43.18)

.78(19.81)

.09(2.29)

.22(5.59)

AttachmentLeads SideExit Point

5.50(139.70)

2.18(55.37)

Handle

.03(0.76)

.09(2.29)

.77(19.56)

1.42(36.07)

2.77(70.36)

2.93(74.42)2.99

(75.95)C

E

D

BA

.22(5.59)

.57(14.48)

R2.13

.58(14.73)

CL

.44(11.18)

1.50(38.10)

.47(11.94)

AttachmentLeads RearExit Point

.67(17.02)

1.44(36.58)

.94(23.88)

3.00(76.20)

45


Product Selection — 250 A, J-Frame

Breaker Frames

Trip Units

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Electronic Trip Units


Rated Current In [A]

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [kA] Cat. No.Icu /Ics [kA]

220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V

25065 65 25 25 20 12 6 3 65 25 18 140U-J2X385 85 40 40 35 20 6 3 85 35 18 140U-J3X3

100 100 70 70 42 20 7 3 100 65 25 140U-J6X3

Thermal-Magnetic ElectronicRated

CurrentIn [A]

Adjustment Range [A]Cat. No.


Adjustment Range [A]Protection

Type Cat. No.Thermal Trip [A] Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic TripIm = 5…10 x In

Thermal TripIr = 0.4…1.0 x In

Magnetic TripIm = 2…14 x In

90 90 450…900 140U-JTD3-C90 50 20…50 40…700 LS 140U-JTL3-C50100 100 500…1000 140U-JTD3-D10 50 20…50 40…700 LSI 140U-JTH3-C50125 125 600…1250 140U-JTD3-D12 100 40…100 80…1400 LS 140U-JTL3-D10150 150 750…1500 140U-JTD3-D15 100 40…100 80…1400 LSI 140U-JTH3-D10175 175 875…1750 140U-JTD3-D17 160 63…160 126…2240 LS 140U-JTL3-D16200 200 1000…2000 140U-JTD3-D20 160 63…160 126…2240 LSI 140U-JTH3-D16225 225 1125…2250 140U-JTD3-D22 250 100…250 200…3500 LS 140U-JTL3-D25250 250 1250…2500 140U-JTD3-D25 250 100…250 200…3500 LSI 140U-JTH3-D25

Rated Current In [A]400/480V

Cat. No.400/480V

Cat. No.400/480V

Cat. No.[kA] [kA] [kA]

90 25/25 140U-J2D3-C90 40/35 140U-J3D3-C90 70/65 140U-J6D3-C90100 25/25 140U-J2D3-D10 40/35 140U-J3D3-D10 70/65 140U-J6D3-D10125 25/25 140U-J2D3-D12 40/35 140U-J3D3-D12 70/65 140U-J6D3-D12150 25/25 140U-J2D3-D15 40/35 140U-J3D3-D15 70/65 140U-J6D3-D15175 25/25 140U-J2D3-D17 40/35 140U-J3D3-D17 70/65 140U-J6D3-D17200 25/25 140U-J2D3-D20 40/35 140U-J3D3-D20 70/65 140U-J6D3-D20225 25/25 140U-J2D3-D22 40/35 140U-J3D3-D22 70/65 140U-J6D3-D22250 25/25 140U-J2D3-D25 40/35 140U-J3D3-D25 70/65 140U-J6D3-D25

Rated Current In [A] Protection Type 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No.

50 LS 25/25 140U-J2L3-C50 40/35 140U-J3L3-C50 70/65 140U-J6L3-C5050 LSI 25/25 140U-J2H3-C50 40/35 140U-J3H3-C50 70/65 140U-J6H3-C50100 LS 25/25 140U-J2L3-D10 40/35 140U-J3L3-D10 70/65 140U-J6L3-D10100 LSI 25/25 140U-J2H3-D10 40/35 140U-J3H3-D10 70/65 140U-J6H3-D10160 LS 25/25 140U-J2L3-D16 40/35 140U-J3L3-D16 70/65 140U-J6L3-D16160 LSI 25/25 140U-J2H3-D16 40/35 140U-J3H3-D16 70/65 140U-J6H3-D16250 LS 25/25 140U-J2L3-D25 40/35 140U-J3L3-D25 70/65 140U-J6L3-D25250 LSI 25/25 140U-J2H3-D25 40/35 140U-J3H3-D25 70/65 140U-J6H3-D25

Rated Current

In [A]

Thermal Trip Ir = In [A]

Magnetic Trip [A]

Im = 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V250 None 2500 100 100 70 70 42 20 7 3 100 65 25 140U-J6S3-D25

• UL 489• CSA 22.2, No. 5• IEC 60947-2• CE• KEMA-KEUR (Pending)

• Terminal box lugs must be ordered separately. See page 47


46

Accessories — 250 A, J-Frame

Internal Control Modules — Field Installed






(1) 1a-1b 140U-H-EA1

(2) 1a-1b 140U-H-EA2



(1) 1M (make)- 1B (break) 140U-J-ER1



(1) 1a-1b(1) 1M (make)-

1B (break)140U-J-EA1R1




12…60V, 50/60/DC 140U-H-SNJ

110…240V, 50/60/DC 140U-H-SND

380…600V, 50/60 140U-H-SNB




24V50/60/DC 140U-H-UJ

110…127V, 50/60 140U-H-UD

208…240V, 50/60 140U-H-UA

380…500V, 50/60 140U-H-UB

525…600V, 50/60 140U-H-UC

Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts Suffix Shunt TripCombinations Suffix Undervoltage Release

Combinations Suffix



⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes ➊ ⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes ➊Voltage [V] 12…60 110…240 380…600 Voltage [V] 24 110…127 208…240 380…500 525…600

AC, 50/60 Hz J D B AC,

50/60 Hz J D A B C

DC J D — DC J — — — —

Left AND Right side

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

1b

1c

1a

OFF

1b

1c

1a

TRIP

Right side only

I >

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL B

1c

M B

1c

M

Right side only

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

Left side only

S1

I >

SNT

S2

Left side only

U1

I >

UVT

U2

U >








47


Accessories — 250 A, J-Frame, Continued



Terminal Shields IP20 Ingress Protection Qty — 2 140U-J-TS



3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable 140U-J-FCX03



10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-J-FCX10


3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable 140U-J-FCS03



10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-J-FCS10



Black Handle 140U-J-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-J-RM12R

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating Mechanism Rotary Handle — Type 1 Breaker Mounted

Black Handle 140U-J-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-J-RCR

Phase Barriers Provides additional phase clearance when special connections are required Qty: 2 140U-J-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only Qty: 1 140U-J-PL

Terminal Lugs

Stainless Steel Box LugsCopper wire only(1) 4/0…350MCM

Qty: 1 140U-J-TLS1

Aluminum LugsAluminum or copper wire

(1) 4/0…350MCM(1) 25…185 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-J-TLA1


Metric HardwareQty:1 140U-J-ECM


48

Approximate Dimensions — 250 A, J-Frame


5.0486.000

4.4535.642

.281 5.500

.170

ØTYP(6)

.650

3.344

Ø.198

7.0001.000

.125

.624

.1883.194

3.3443.440

3.570

.260

.125

1.541

1.771

.949

.949 .859

.173

.625

.187

REF1.906

.500

4.427

˚

TRIP

4.0˚

˚

R2.656

4.000

2.000

1.062

2.062

3.9224.938

.625

1.875R.188

.281

.500

.688

1.375

5.500

2.062

3.922

4.125

7.000

2.062

4.125

7.000

.500 Ø6 HOLES

.625ØØ

1.375

2.750

6.000

2.062

4.125

2.750

Ø.145

3.978

.203

.664

.897 2.906

.594

1.188

.688

RTYP(4)

1.375

BREAKER HANDLEH

FRONT CONNECTED DRILL PLAN

REAR CONNECTED STUDS

BREAKER HANDLE

BREAKER HANDLEK

THERMAL ADJUSTMENT

.110 X .310 DEEP

4 HOLES

.256

GNETIC ADJUSTPUSH TO TRIP

#8-32 TAP4 HOLES

49


Product Selection — 400 A, K-Frame

Breaker Frames

Trip Units and Rating Plugs



➊ Select proper rating plug to cover thermal trip requirement.



Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) Cat. No.Icu /Ics [kA] [kA]

220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V

40065 65 40 40 30 30 10 5 65 35 25 140U-K3X3100 100 65 65 50 38 13 6 100 65 35 140U-K6X3200 200 100 100 65 49 18 9 200 100 50 140U-K0X3

Thermal-Magnetic Electronic

Rated CurrentIn [A]



Adjustment Range [A]Protection Type Cat. No.Thermal Trip [A]

Ir = In (Fixed)Magnetic Trip Im = 5…10 x In

Thermal Trip Ir = 1.0 x In

Magnetic Trip Im = 2…8 x In

100 100 500…1000 140U-KTD3-D10400 200…400 ➊ 400…3200

LS 140U-KTL3-D40125 125 625…1250 140U-KTD3-D12 LSI 140U-KTH3-D40150 150 750…1500 140U-KTD3-D15 LSG 140U-KTG3-D40175 175 895…1750 140U-KTD3-D17200 200 1000…2000 140U-KTD3-D20 Rating Plugs225 225 1125…2250 140U-KTD3-D22 Thermal Trip

In [A] Cat. No.Thermal Trip

In [A] Cat. No.250 250 1250…2500 140U-KTD3-D25300 300 1500…3000 140U-KTD3-D30 200 140U-KRP3-D20 300 140U-KRP3-D30350 350 1750…3500 140U-KTD3-D35 225 140U-KRP3-D22 350 140U-KRP3-D35400 400 2000…4000 140U-KTD3-D40 250 140U-KRP3-D25 400 140U-KRP3-D40

Rated CurrentIn [A]

400/480V [kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V [kA] Cat. No.

100 40/35 140U-K3D3-D10 65/65 140U-K6D3-D10 100/100 140U-K0D3-D10125 40/35 140U-K3D3-D12 65/65 140U-K6D3-D12 100/100 140U-K0D3-D12150 40/35 140U-K3D3-D15 65/65 140U-K6D3-D15 100/100 140U-K0D3-D15175 40/35 140U-K3D3-D17 65/65 140U-K6D3-D17 100/100 140U-K0D3-D17200 40/35 140U-K3D3-D20 65/65 140U-K6D3-D20 100/100 140U-K0D3-D20225 40/35 140U-K3D3-D22 65/65 140U-K6D3-D22 100/100 140U-K0D3-D22250 40/35 140U-K3D3-D25 65/65 140U-K6D3-D25 100/100 140U-K0D3-D25300 40/35 140U-K3D3-D30 65/65 140U-K6D3-D30 100/100 140U-K0D3-D30350 40/35 140U-K3D3-D35 65/65 140U-K6D3-D35 100/100 140U-K0D3-D35400 40/35 140U-K3D3-D40 65/65 140U-K6D3-D40 100/100 140U-K0D3-D40

Rated CurrentIn [A]

Thermal Trip Ir = 0.5…1.0 x In

Protection Type 400/480V [kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V [kA] Cat. No.

400 100…400 ➊LS 40/35 140U-K3L3-D40 65/65 140U-K6L3-D40 100/100 140U-K0L3-D40LSI 40/35 140U-K3H3-D40 65/65 140U-K6H3-D40 100/100 140U-K0H3-D40LSG 40/35 140U-K3G3-D40 65/65 140U-K6G3-D40 100/100 140U-K0G3-D40


Magnetic Trip 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V400 4000 100 100 65 65 50 38 13 6 100 65 35 140U-K6S3-D40

• UL 489• CSA 22.2, No. 5• IEC 157-1• KEMA-KEUR



50

Accessories — 400 A, K-Frame







(1) 1a-1b 140U-K-EA1

(2) 1a-1b 140U-K-EA2



(1) 1M (make)- 1B (break) 140U-K-ER1

\



(1) 1a-1b(1) 1M (make)-

1B (break)140U-K-EA1R1




12…24V, 50/60/DC 140U-K-SNJ

110…240V AC, 110…125V DC 140U-K-SND

380…440V AC, 220…250V DC 140U-K-SNN

480…600V, 50/60 Hz 140U-K-SNB




24V,50/60 140U-K-UJ

110…127V, 50/60 140U-K-UD

208…240V, 50/60 140U-K-UA

380…500V, 50/60 140U-K-UB


Combinations Suffix



⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes ➊ ⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes ➊Voltage [V] 12…24 110…240 380…440 480…600 Voltage [V] 24 110…127 208…240 380…480

AC50/60 Hz J D N B AC

50/60 Hz J D A B

Voltage [V] 12…24 110…125 220…250 — Voltage [V] — — — —DC J D N — DC — — — —

Left AND Right side

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

1b

1c

1a

OFF

1b

1c

1a

TRIP

Right side ONLY

I >

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL B

1c

M B

1c

M

Right side ONLY

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

Left side ONLY

S1

I >

SNT

S2

Left side ONLY

U1

I >

UVT

U2

U >








51


Accessories — 400 A, K-Frame, Continued



Terminal Shields IP20 Ingress Protection Qty: 1 140U-K-TS



3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable 140U-K-FCX03



10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-K-FCX10


3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable 140U-K-FCS03



10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-K-FCS10



Black Handle 140U-K-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-K-RM12R

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating Mechanism Rotary Handle — Type 1 Breaker Mounted

Black Handle 140U-K-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-K-RCR

Operating Handle Extension Provides handle extension for ease of operation Qty: 1 140U-K-OHE

Phase BarriersProvides additional phase clearance when special

connections are requiredQty: 2 140U-K-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only — 140U-K-PL

Terminal Lugs

Copper lugCopper wire only

(1) 250…500 MCM(1) 120…240 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-K-TLC1


(1) 3/0…250 MCM(1) 95…120 mm2

Qty: 3 140U-K-TLC2

Aluminum lugAluminum or copper wire

(1) 250…500 MCM(1) 120…240 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-K-TLA1


Metric HardwareQty: 1 140U-K-ECM


52

Approximate Dimensions — 400 A, K-Frame


.875(22.25)

.438(11.13)

.500(12.70)

2.391(60.73)

5.490(139.43)

.188(4.77)

10.125(257.18)

8.438(214.33)

8.875(225.43)

3.563(90.50)

4.000(101.60)

2.813(71.45)

.125(3.18)

1.719(43.66)

3.438(87.32)

.625(15.88)

1.063(27.00)

.766(19.46)

2.375(60.33)

.250(6.35)

.188 R(4.77) R

.063(1.60)

1.250(31.75)

.698(17.73)

.250 R(6.35) R

Dimensions for ExtendedTerminals and Barrier StyleNos. 4212B60G02,4212B61G02 and 1492D24H01

3.812(96.82)

1.160(29.49)

.937(23.80)

.281 (7.14) Dia. Mounting Holes4 Holes for .250-20 (M6) x 1.50(38) Mounting Screws .500(12.70) Dia. C'Bore from T op2.875 (73.03) Deep Load End2.625 (66.68) Deep Line End .438(11.13) Dia C'Bore .750 (10.05)Deep from Bottom

.750 (19.05)Wide Conductorwith .391 (9.93)Dia Hole Lineand Load End

1.625(41.28)

1.625(41.28)

1.219(30.96)

7.406(112.70)

4.437(65.10)

2.563(12.70)

.375(9.52)

ContactPositionIndicatorsRed/1 - OnGreen/O - OffWhite - T rip

.500(12.70)

4.125 (104.78)

1.719(43.66)

.860 (21.84)2.063 (52.39)

.750(19.05)

.188(4.77) R

.093 R(2.36) R

ON

OFF

F

E

.500(12.70)

.062(1.57)4.062

(103.17)

39û

.547(13.89)

1.734(44.04)

.209(5.31)

.188(4.77)

.500(12.70)

.500(12.70)

.062(1.57)

1.063(27.00)

3.813(96.85)

1.000(25.40)

5.00

0(1

27.0

0)

5.96

6(1

51.5

4)

5.76

6(1

46.4

6)

43û

.694(17.63)

.500(12.70)

4.313(109.55)

D

.188 (4.77) Dia.C'Bore x .031 (.79)DP .147 (12.7) Dia.Hole x .500 DP toAccept #8 (M4)Thread CuttingScrews (8 Places)

.125 (3.18) Wide x

.750 (19.05) Slots forAttachment Leads

CB

A

Trough forAttachmentLeads

.625 (15.88)6 Holes

3.75(9.52)

.844(21.44)

.110 (2.79) Dia. x .297 (7.54)Deep, 4 Holes Accept #6(M3) Thread Cutting Screws

.250 (6.35) R.063 (1.60)

3.875 R(98.42) RHandle

CL

4.782(121.46)

2.438(61.89)

Front ViewSide View

Line End

Load End

Breaker Dimensions

Status A B C D E F

On 5.39 5.20 5.69 5.61 4.72 4.77 30 lbs.(136.9) (132.1) (144.5) (142.5) (119.9) (121.2) (13.61 kgs.)

Tripped 4.77 4.69 5.08 5.11 4.89 4.89 N/A(121.2) (119.1) (129.0) (129.8) (124.2) (124.2)

Off 4.16 4.21 4.46 4.64 4.95 4.91 25 lbs.(105.7) (106.9) (113.3) (117.9) (125.7) (124.7) (11.34 kgs.)

Reset 4.07 4.14 4.57 4.56 4.95 4.90 35 lbs.(103.4) (105.2) (116.1) (115.8) (125.7) (124.5) (15.87 kgs.)

➀ All handle forces measured approximately 0.125 (3.17) from top of handle.

HandleForce➀

53


Product Selection — 600 A, Q-Frame

Breaker Frames







Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [kA]

Cat. No.Icu /Ics [kA]220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V

60085 85 45 45 30 30 20 10 65 35 25 140U-Q3X3100 100 70 70 50 38 25 13 100 65 35 140U-Q6X3





Adjustment Range [A]Protection Type Cat. No.Thermal Trip

Ir = In (Fixed)Magnetic Trip Im = 5…10 x In



300 300 1500…3000 140U-QTD3-D30600 400…600 ➊ 800…4800

LS 140U-QTL3-D60350 350 1750…3500 140U-QTD3-D35 LSI 140U-QTH3-D60400 400 2000…4000 140U-QTD3-D40 LSG 140U-QTG3-D60450 450 2250…4500 140U-QTD3-D45500 500 2500…5000 140U-QTD3-D50 Rating Plugs600 600 3000…6000 140U-QTD3-D60 Thermal Trip

In [A] Cat. No.

400 140U-QRP3-D40500 140U-QRP3-D50600 140U-QRP3-D60

Rated Current In [A] Thermal TripIr = In

400/480V[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No.

300 300 45/35 140U-Q3D3-D30 70/65 140U-Q6D3-D30350 350 45/35 140U-Q3D3-D35 70/65 140U-Q6D3-D35400 400 45/35 140U-Q3D3-D40 70/65 140U-Q6D3-D40450 450 45/35 140U-Q3D3-D45 70/65 140U-Q6D3-D45500 500 45/35 140U-Q3D3-D50 70/65 140U-Q6D3-D50600 600 45/35 140U-Q3D3-D60 70/65 140U-Q6D3-D60



Protection Type 400/480V[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No.

600 200…600 ➊LS 45/35 140U-Q3L3-D60 70/65 140U-Q6L3-D60LSI 45/35 140U-Q3H3-D60 70/65 140U-Q6H3-D60LSG 45/35 140U-Q3G3-D60 70/65 140U-Q6G3-D60

Rated CurrentIn [A]

Magnetic TripIm = 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V600 6000 100 100 70 70 50 38 25 13 100 65 35 140U-Q6S3-D60




54

Accessories — 600 A, Q-Frame







(1) 1a-1b 140U-M-EA1

(2) 1a-1b 140U-M-EA2



(1) 1M (make)- 1B (break) 140U-M-ER1

\



(1) 1a-1b(1) 1M (make)-

1B (break)140U-M-EA1R1




12…24V, 50/60/DC 140U-M-SNJ

110…240V AC, 110…125V DC 140U-M-SND

380…440V AC, 220…250V DC 140U-M-SNN

480…600V, 50/60 Hz 140U-M-SNB




24V,50/60 Hz 140U-M-UJ

110…127V, 50/60 Hz 140U-M-UD

208…240V, 50/60 Hz 140U-M-UA

380…500V, 50/60 Hz 140U-M-UB


Combinations Suffix




AC50/60 Hz J D N B AC

50/60 Hz J D A B


Left AND Right side

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

1b

1c

1a

OFF

1b

1c

1a

TRIP

Right side ONLY

I >

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL B

1c

M B

1c

M

Right side ONLY

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

Left side ONLY

S1

I >

SNT

S2

Left side ONLY

U1

I >

UVT

U2

U >








55


Accessories — 600 A, Q-Frame, Continued





4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable 140U-M-FCX04


10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-M-FCX10


4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable 140U-M-FSX04


10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-M-FSX10



Black Handle 140U-M-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-M-RM12R

Phase BarriersProvides additional phase clearance

when special connections are required

Qty:2 140U-M-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only — 140U-M-PL

Operating Handle Extension Provides handle extension for ease of operation Qty: 1 140U-M-OHE

Terminal Lugs


(2) 250…350 MCM(2) 120…250 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-Q-TLC2

Aluminum lugAluminum or Copper wire

(2) 3/0…350 MCM(2) 95…150 mm2

Qty:1 140U-Q-TLA2


56

Approximate Dimensions — 600 A, Q-Frame


.516 (13.11) Hex

.250 (6.35) Deep

.328 (8.33) Dia.Hole

9.53

1 (2

42.0

9)

/

M

ount

ing

Hol

es

6.48

9 (1

64.8

2)

5.95

8 (1

51.3

3)

5.05

2 (1

28.3

2)

4.86

4 (1

23.5

4)

12.5

00 (

317.

50)

Ove

rall

Ext

ende

d Le

ngth

Terminal Barrier Usedwith Extended T erminalsOnly (TA603LD)

Removable T erminalCover Must Be inPlace While in Service

.250(6.35) R

.250(6.35) R

.156(3.96) R

.188 R(4.77) R

Han

dle

C L

HandleCLHandleCL

1.625(41.27)

11.3

44 (

288.

14)

/

E

xten

ded

Ter

min

als

3.01

9 (7

6.68

)

.297(7.54)

1.125(28.57)

1.232(31.29)

.438 (11.12)

.875 (22.22)

.406 (10.31)Dia. .250-20(6.35)

Tap12 Holes .147(3.73) Dia Hole

.500(12.70) Deep ToAccept #8 Thread CuttingScrews 8 Places

1.142(29.00)

3.09

4 (7

8.59

)

4.00

0 (1

01.6

0).2

50(6

.35)

5.08

3 (1

29.1

0)

1.126(28.60)

9.59

4 (2

43.6

8)

/

Sta

ndar

d T

erm

inal

s

5.61

4 (1

42.5

9)

10.7

50 (2

73.0

5)

Trough ForAttachmentLeads

.125(3.17) Widex .750 (19.05)Slots ForAttachment Leads

14.7ûOn

24.2ûReset

19.2ûOff

0.2ûTripped

.616

(15.

65)

.442

(11.

23)

2.29

2 (5

8.22

)

2.750(69.85)

1.375(34.92)

7.281 (184.94)

3.641 (92.48)

5.500 (139.70)

4.125 (104.77)

2.750 (69.85)

2.062(52.37)

8.250 (209.55)

Contact PositionIndicatorsRed/I - OnGreen/O - OffWhite - T rip

4.125 (104.77)

.313 (7.95) Dia. Mounting Holes(4) for .250 (6.35) - 20 x 1.50 (38.10)Mounting Screws.531 (13.49) Dia C'Bore from Top2.625 (66.67) Deep Line End (2)2.875 (73.02) Deep Load End (2).531 (13.49) Dia. C'Bore.875 (22.22) from Bottom

1.625 (41.27)

.812 (20.62)

1.906(48.41)

1.906(48.41)

3.250 (82.55)

1.875 (47.62) WideConductor with .406(10.31) Dia. Hole Line andLoad Ends (CurrentCarrying Parts Omittedin Center Pole for 2-PoleBreaker)

1.500(38.10)

.313 R(7.95) R

.110(2.79) Dia Hole

.312(7.92) Deep ToAccept #6Thread Cutting Screws6 Places

.016(0.41)

.800(20.32)

B

3.218(81.74)2.750

(69.85)

1.000(25.40) R x1.906(48.41) Wide

.062 (1.57)

.531 (13.49)

.375 (9.52)

1.265 (32.13)

2.047 (51.99)

.219(5.56)

6.68

8 (1

69.8

7)

8.21

3 (2

08.6

1)

45û

.500(12.70)

.482(12.24)

45û

.500(12.70)

.375(9.52)

.420(10.67)

.1.151(29.23)

4.32

7 (1

09.9

0)5.

136

(130

.45)

3.62

2 (9

2.00

)

0.062 R(1.57) R

3.496 (88.80) R

A

4.062 (103.17)

4.375 (111.12)

3.812 (96.82)

.531 (13.49).375 (9.52)

1.000(25.40) Rx 1.906 (48.41)Wide

On/I On/I

Off/O Off/O

C LC L

C LC L

C LC L

Trip Unit May BeEither Thermal/Magnetic

Or Electronic

4.26

0 (1

08.2

0)

2.281(57.94) 1.594

(40.49).375

(9.52)

.750(19.05)

Front View Side View

Line End

Load End

Handle Forces ➀

On 45 lbs.

Off 50 lbs.

Reset 60 lbs.

➀ Measurements taken approximately 3/16 in.from end of handle.

57


Product Selection — 800 A, M-Frame

Breaker Frames






Rated CurrentIn [A]

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [kA]

Cat. No.Icu /Ics [kA]220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V

80065 65 50 50 50 25 20 10 65 50 25 140U-M5X3100 100 70 70 70 50 25 13 100 65 35 140U-M6X3


Rated CurrentIn [A]



Adjustment Range [A]Protection

Type Cat. No.Thermal TripIr = In


Thermal TripIr = 1.0 x In


300 300 1500…3000 140U-MTD3-D30800 400…800 ➊ 800…6400

LS 140U-MTL3-D80350 350 1750…3500 140U-MTD3-D35 LSI 140U-MTH3-D80400 400 2000…4000 140U-MTD3-D40 LSG 140U-MTG3-D80450 450 2250…4500 140U-MTD3-D45500 500 2500…5000 140U-MTD3-D50 Rating Plugs600 600 3000…6000 140U-MTD3-D60 Thermal Trip

In [A] Cat. No.Thermal Trip

In [A] Cat. No.700 700 3500…7000 140U-MTD3-D70800 800 4000…8000 140U-MTD3-D80 400 140U-MRP3-D40 700 140U-MRP3-D70

500 140U-MRP3-D50 800 140U-MRP3-D80600 140U-MRP3-D60


Thermal TripIr = In

400/480V[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No.

300 300 50/50 140U-M5D3-D30 70/65 140U-M6D3-D30350 350 50/50 140U-M5D3-D35 70/65 140U-M6D3-D35400 400 50/50 140U-M5D3-D40 70/65 140U-M6D3-D40450 450 50/50 140U-M5D3-D45 70/65 140U-M6D3-D45500 500 50/50 140U-M5D3-D50 70/65 140U-M6D3-D50600 600 50/50 140U-M5D3-D60 70/65 140U-M6D3-D60700 700 50/50 140U-M5D3-D70 70/65 140U-M6D3-D70800 800 50/50 140U-M5D3-D80 70/65 140U-M6D3-D80

Rated Current In [A] Thermal TripIr = 0.5…1.0 x In

Protection Type 400/480V[kA] Cat. No. 400/480V

[kA] Cat. No.

800 200…800 ➊LS 50/50 140U-M5L3-D80 70/65 140U-M6L3-D80LSI 50/50 140U-M5H3-D80 70/65 140U-M6H3-D80LSG 50/50 140U-M5G3-D80 70/65 140U-M6G3-D80

Rated CurrentIn [A]

Magnetic TripIm = 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V800 8000 100 100 70 70 70 50 25 13 100 65 35 140U-M6S3-D80




58

Accessories — 800 A, M-Frame







(1) 1a-1b 140U-M-EA1

(2) 1a-1b 140U-M-EA2



(1) 1M (make)- 1B (break) 140U-M-ER1

\



(1) 1a-1b(1) 1M (make)-

1B (break)140U-M-EA1R1




12…24V, 50/60/DC 140U-M-SNJ

110…240V AC, 110…125V DC 140U-M-SND

380…440V AC, 220…250V DC 140U-M-SNN

480…600V, 50/60 Hz 140U-M-SNB




24V AC,50/60 Hz 140U-M-UJ

110…127V AC,50/60 Hz 140U-M-UD

208…240V AC,50/60 Hz 140U-M-UA

380…500V AC, 50/60 Hz 140U-M-UB


Combinations Suffix




AC,50/60 Hz J D N B AC,

50/60 Hz J D A B


Left AND Right side

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

1b

1c

1a

OFF

1b

1c

1a

TRIP

Right side ONLY

I >

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL B

1c

M B

1c

M

Right side ONLY

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

Left side ONLY

S1

I >

SNT

S2

Left side ONLY

U1

I >

UVT

U2

U >








59


Accessories — 800 A, M-Frame, Continued







10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-M-FCX10




10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-M-FSX10



Black Handle 140U-M-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle 140U-M-RM12R

Terminal Lugs

Copper lugCopper wire only(3) 3/0…300MCM(3) 95…135 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-M-TLC3


(3) 3/0…400MCM(3) 95…185 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-M-TLA3

Phase Barriers Provides additional phase clearance when special connections are required Qty: 2 140U-M-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only — 140U-M-PL

Operating Handle Extension Provides handle extension for ease of operation Qty: 1 140U-M-OHE


60

Approximate Dimensions — 800 A, M-Frame


HandlePivot

1.375(34.93)

2.750(69.85)

2.750(69.85)

5.500(139.70)

4.250(107.95)

8.250(209.55)

.375 (9.53) Dia. 4-Holes for .312 (7.92) -16 (406.40) x 1.75 (44.45) Large Mounting Screws.

16.000(406.40)

8.302(210.87)

6.052(153.72)

14.750(374.65)

7.677(195.00)

11.500(292.10)

.500 (12.70) - 13 TapThru.

Line End

Load End

CL

On/I On/I

Off/O Off/O

1.874(47.60)

3.250(82.55)

1.625(41.28)

1.625(41.28)

.813(20.65)

.547(13.89)

.531(13.49)

.500(12.70)

2.531(64.29)

4.062(103.17)

4.375(111.13)

On14.7˚

Off19.2˚

Reset24.2˚

Tripped0.2˚

.500(12.70)

1.411(35.84)Max.

HandlePivot

LC

.415(10.54)

Dim.B

Dim.A

2.018(51.26)

Breaker Status Dimension A Dimension B

On 8.72(221.49)

9.17(232.92)

Off 6.72(170.69)

7.14(181.36)

Tripped 7.86(199.64)

8.30(210.82)

Reset 6.44(163.58)

6.84(173.74)

61


Product Selection — 1200 A, N-Frame



Rating Plugs


Rated Current

In [A]

Adjustment Range Ir [A]Protection

Type

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [kA] Cat. No.Thermal Trip

Ir = 0.5…1.0 x In


Icu /Ics [kA]220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V

1200 600…1200 ➊ 1200…10,600 LS 85 85 50 50 40 20 20 10 65 50 25 140U-N5L3-E12

1200 600…1200 ➊ 1200…10,600LS 100 100 70 50 50 25 25 13 100 65 35 140U-N6L3-E12LSI 100 100 70 50 50 25 25 13 100 65 35 140U-N6H3-E12LSG 100 100 70 50 50 25 25 13 100 65 35 140U-N6G3-E12

1200 600…1200 ➊ 1200…10,600LS 200 100 100 50 65 33 35 18 200 100 50 140U-N0L3-E12LSI 200 100 100 50 65 33 35 18 200 100 50 140U-N0H3-E12LSG 200 100 100 50 65 33 35 18 200 100 50 140U-N0G3-E12

Rated CurrentIn [A] Cat. No.

Rated CurrentIn [A] Cat. No.

600 140U-NRP3-D60 900 140U-NRP3-D90700 140U-NRP3-D70 1000 140U-NRP3-E10800 140U-NRP3-D80 1200 140U-NRP3-E12

Rated CurrentIn [A]

Magnetic Trip 10 x In


220…240V 380…415V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V1200 12,000 100 100 70 50 50 25 25 13 100 65 35 140U-N6S3-E12




62

Accessories — 1200 A, N-Frame







(1) 1a-1b 140U-N-EA1

(2) 1a-1b 140U-N-EA2



(1) 1M (make)- 1B (break) 140U-N-ER1



(1) 1a-1b(1) 1M (make)-

1B (break)140U-N-EA1R1




12…24V, 50/60/DC 140U-N-SNJ

110…240V AC, 110…125V DC 140U-N-SND

380…440V AC, 220…250V DC 140U-N-SNN

480…600V, 50/60 Hz 140U-N-SNB




24V AC,50/60 Hz 140U-N-UJ

110…127V AC, 50/60 Hz 140U-N-UD

208…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 140U-N-UA

380…500V AC, 50/60 Hz 140U-N-UB


Combinations Suffix


(1) AX/ (1) AL - F (1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT - T⊗ (1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT - L⊗(1) AL + (1) SNT - V⊗ (1) AL + (1) UVT - N⊗


AC,50/60 Hz J D N B AC,

50/60 Hz J D A B


Left AND Right side

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

1b

1c

1a

OFF

1b

1c

1a

TRIP

Right side ONLY

I >

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL B

1c

M B

1c

M

Right side ONLY

1b

1c

1a

I >

AX

ON

B

1c

M

OFF TRIP

AL

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

1b

1c

1a

B

1c

M

Left side ONLY

S1

I >

SNT

S2

Left side ONLY

U1

I >

UVT

U2

U >








63


Accessories — 1200 A, N-Frame, Continued



Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism Non-Metallic — Type 1/3/12/4/4X Flange-Mount Operating Handle

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable 140U-N-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable 140U-N-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable 140U-N-FCX10


Rotary Handle — Type 1/1212 in. (305 mm) operating rod Black Handle 140U-N-RM12B

Phase Barriers Provides additional phase clearance when special connections are required Qty: 2 140U-N-PB

Padlock Kit Padlocking HaspLock-OFF only Qty: 1 140U-N-PL

Terminal Lugs

Copper lugCopper wire only(4) 3/0…400MCM(4) 95…185 mm2

Qty: 1 140U-N-TLC4


(4) 4/0…500MCM(4) 120…300 mm2

Qty:1 140U-N-TLA4


64

Approximate Dimensions — 1200 A, N-Frame


Load End

Line End

ON/I

OFF/O

1.062(26.987).531(13.481)

.344(8.738) Dia. Mounting Holes

.703(17.856) Dia. C'Bore4.453(113.106) Deep from Top.594(15.088) Dia C'Bore.359(9.119) Deep from Bottom

.500-13 (12 X 1.75) Tap12-Holes

.250R(6.350)R

.062R(1.575)R

.094R(2.388)R

3.236(82.194)

7.00

0(1

77.7

74)

115.

00(2

92.0

75)

8.62

5(2

19.0

75)

14.7

50(3

74.6

50)

9.25

0(2

34.9

50)

16.0

00(4

06.4

01) .946

(24.022)

.297(7.544)

.750(19.050)

.375(9.525)

1.500(38.100)

Contact Position IndicatorRed-I/ONGreen-O/OFFWhite-TRIPPED

Removable TerminalCover Must Be inPlace While in Service

1.375(34.925)

3.187(80.950)

8.250(209.550)

4.124(104.750)

3.808(96.723)

2.798(71.057)

2.511(63.786)

.312R(7.925)R

11.431(290.348)

Removable T erminalCover Must Be inPlace While in Service

.147 (3.734) Dia. Hole

.500 (12.70) Deep toAccept a #8ThreadCutting Screw6-Places

6.375(161.925)

CL Handle

.188R(4.762)R

1.157(29.388)

.532(13.513)

.062(1.575)

Trough forAttachment Lead

.125 X .750(3.175 X 19.050)Slots forAttachment Leads

2.982(75.743)

1.034(33.281)

.353(6.331)

.375(9.525)

21û±2ûON

3.850R

HandlePivot

0û±2ûTRIPPED

15û±2ûRESET

.062(1.575)

.532(13.513)

1.095(27.813)

3.344(84.938)

5.188(131.769)

5.248(133.293)

5.500(139.687)

6.000(152.400)

7.132(181.146)

AB

13û±2û OFF

3.375(85.725)

2.750 Ref.(69.850) Ref.

2.000(50.800)2.000

(50.800)

1.688(42.863)

1.000(25.400)

1.562(39.687)

.781(19.844)

For 2-Pole Breaker Omit CurrentCarrying Parts from Center Pole

3.906(99.187)

4.875(123.799)

.062(1.588)

R

.062(1.575)

.062(1.588)

R

2.344(59.541)

2.750(69.850)

1.500 Ref(38.100) Ref

C L P

ush

To T

rip

3.819(96.723)

2.493(63.792)

6.375 Ref(161.925) Ref

DimensionsBreaker Status A B

On 7.90 (200.66) 8.30 (210.82)

Tripped 6.50 (165.10) 6.90 (175.26)

Off 5.70 (144.78) 6.10 (154.94)

Reset 5.60 (142.24) 6.00 (152.40)

Handle Forces (At Handle C)On 130 lbs. (58.97 kgs.)

Off 105 lbs. (47.63 kgs.)

Reset 160 lbs. (72.57 kgs.)

L

65

Bulletin 100-MIEC Miniature Contactors

Overview/Product Selection

Your order must include: cat. no. of the miniature contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories

Mini-Contactors

Non-Reversing Mini-Contactors 3 N.O. Power Poles/Auxiliary Contact

Reversing Mini-Contactors 3 N.O. Power Poles/Auxiliary Contact

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 100-M05N⊗ 3 becomes Cat. No. 100-M05NKD3. For other voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

➊ Contactors may be ordered in quantities of 1. Add the letter S to the end of the cat. no. (Example: 100-M09ND3S).➋ Not available with DC coil.

Bulletin 100-M Miniature Contactors• Compact Size• Uniform Panel Mounting Dimensions• Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors• 5, 9, and 12 A Contactors• Compatible with Bulletin 193-E solid-state and 193-M bimetal Overload Relays

Allen-Bradley miniature contactors are designed for commercial and light industrial applications where panel space is at a premium. These miniature devices, while 45 mm wide, are shallower and have less panel depth requirements than standard IEC contactors.

These mini-contactors are designed with flexibility in mind. They are available in several contact configurations, offer 2- and 4-pole adder decks, and a wide variety of contact configurations. Additionally, the contactor is available with both AC or DC operating coils.

Product Selection.......... 65Accessories ................... 84Specifications................ 94Approximate Dimensions....................130

Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947-4CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE Marked (Per EU Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC 93/68/EEC)CSA Certified (File No. LR1234)UL Listed (File No. E3125;Guide No. NLDX 2nd NVYT)

Ie[A]

Ratings for switching AC motors Auxiliary Contact Configuration

Pkg. Qty. ➊ Cat. No.3∅ AC-3 kW Ratings (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 220V/240V 400V/415V 500V1∅ 3∅

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C.

5.3 20 1.5 2.2 2.2 1/2 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 31 0 10 100-M05N⊗ 30 1 10 100-M05N⊗ 31

9 20 3 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 51 0 10 100-M09N⊗ 30 1 10 100-M09N⊗ 31

12 20 3 5.5 4 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 101 0 10 100-M12N⊗ 30 1 10 100-M12N⊗ 31

Ie[A]

Ratings for switching AC motors Auxiliary Contact Configuration

Pkg. Qty. Cat. No. ➋AC-3 kW Ratings (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 220V/240V 400V/415V 500V1∅ 3∅

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C.

5.3 20 1.5 2.2 2.2 1/2 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 31 0 1 104-M05N⊗ 30 1 1 104-M05N⊗ 31

9 20 3 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 51 0 1 104-M09N⊗ 30 1 1 104-M09N⊗ 31

12 20 3 5.5 4 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 101 0 1 104-M12N⊗ 30 1 1 104-M12N⊗ 31

Voltage 24V 48V 110V 110…120V 220…230V 230…240V 380V50 Hz KD KH D — A — KK60 Hz KD KH — D — A KK

DC Z24 — — — — — —DC with integrated diode ZD24 — — — — — —

Bulletin 100-C/104-CIEC Contactors

66


Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories and/or replacement coils.

Product Selection3-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors (with or without auxiliary contacts)• 3 Main Contacts

Bulletin 100-C/104-C IEC Contactors• Compact Sizes from 4…45 kW/5…60 Hp (9…85 A)• AC and DC Coil Control• Common Accessories for All Contactor Sizes• Front and Side Mounting of Auxiliary Contacts• Electronic and Pneumatic Timing Modules• Space-Saving Coil-Mounted Control Modules• Reversible Coil Terminations (Line or Load Side)• All Devices Can Be Attached to 35 mm DIN Mounting Rail • Environmentally Friendly Materials

The Bulletin 100-C/104-C contactor family, along with a wide range of common accessories and Bulletin 193 solid-state overload relays, provides the most compact and flexible starter component system available.

Product Selection3-Pole Contactors .......... 664-Pole Contactors .......... 67Reversing Contactors .... 68

Accessories.......................85Specifications ................... 94Approximate Dimensions .....................131

Conformity to StandardsEN/IEC 60947-4-1IEC 947 Type “2” CoordinationCSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE Marked CSA Certified (File No. LR13908)UL Listed (File No. E3125;Guide No. NLDX)

Ie[A]

Ratings for Switching AC Motors - AC-2, AC-3, AC-4 Aux. Contacts

Cat. No.3∅ kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V/415V 500V 690V1∅ 3∅

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C.

9 32 3 4 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/21 0 100-C09⊗ 100 1 100-C09⊗ 01

12 32 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 101 0 100-C12⊗ 100 1 100-C12⊗ 01

16 32 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 5 5 10 151 0 100-C16⊗ 100 1 100-C16⊗ 01

23 32 7.5 11 13 10 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 151 0 100-C23⊗ 100 1 100-C23⊗ 01

30 65 10 15 15 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 250 0 100-C30⊗ 001 0 100-C30⊗ 100 1 100-C30⊗ 01

37 65 11 18.5/20 20 18.5 3 5 10 10 25 300 0 100-C37⊗ 001 0 100-C37⊗ 100 1 100-C37⊗ 01

43 85 13 22 25 22 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 300 0 100-C43⊗ 001 0 100-C43⊗ 100 1 100-C43⊗ 01

60 100 18.5 32 37 32 5 10 15 20 40 500 0 100-C60⊗ 001 0 100-C60⊗ 100 1 100-C60⊗ 01

72 100 22 40 45 40 5 15 20 25 50 600 0 100-C72⊗ 001 0 100-C72⊗ 100 1 100-C72⊗ 01

85 100 25 45 55 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 600 0 100-C85⊗ 001 0 100-C85⊗ 100 1 100-C85⊗ 01

67



⊗ Coil Voltage Code and Terminal PositionThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60Hz: Cat. No. 100-C09⊗ 10 becomes Cat. No.100-C09D10.

Coil Terminal Position• All contactors are delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side.• For load side coil terminations, insert a “U” prior to the coil voltage code. Ordering example:

Cat. No. 100-C09UD10.

4-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors• 4 Main Contacts (without auxiliary contacts)

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100-C09⊗ 400 becomes Cat. No. 100-C09D400.

➊ Three-phase ratings only apply to contactors with at least three N.O. power poles.

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600

50 R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —60 Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C

50/60 — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

DC Voltages [V] 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250

100-C09…C43Standard ZR ZQ ZJ ZW ZY ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD ZP ZS ZA ZF ZT

with Integrated Diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —100-C60…C85 with Integrated Diode DR DQ DJ DW DY DZ DB DG DE DD DP DS DA DF DT

Ie[A]

Ratings for Switching AC MotorsContact Configuration,

Main PoleCat. No.

AC-2, AC-3, AC-43∅ kW (50 Hz) ➊ Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V/415V 500V 690V1 ∅ 3 ∅ ➊

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C.

9 32 3 4 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/24 0 100-C09⊗ 4003 1 100-C09⊗ 3002 2 100-C09⊗ 200

12 32 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 104 0 100-C12⊗ 4003 1 100-C12⊗ 3002 2 100-C12⊗ 200

16 32 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 5 5 10 154 0 100-C16⊗ 4003 1 100-C16⊗ 3002 2 100-C16⊗ 200

23 32 7.5 11 13 10 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 154 0 100-C23⊗ 4003 1 100-C23⊗ 3002 2 100-C23⊗ 200

37 7511 18.5/20 20 18.5 3 5 10 10 25 30

4 0 100-C40⊗ 40037 65 2 2 100-C40⊗ 20085 130

25 45 55 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 604 0 100-C90⊗ 400

85 100 2 2 100-C90⊗ 200

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600

50 Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C

50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

DC Voltages [V] 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250


with Integrated Diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —100-C90 with Integrated Diode DR DQ DJ DW DY DZ DB DG DE DD DP DS DA DF DT

V

Hz

Cat. No. 100-C09⊗ 10

Line Side

Cat. No.100-C09U⊗ 10

Load Side

Cat. No. 100-C23D400

VHz


68


Reversing AC- and DC-Operated Contactors• Includes Mechanical/Electrical Interlock• Includes Reversing Power Wiring

➊ The N.C. auxiliary contact is supplied as part of the mechanical/electrical interlock.

⊗ Coil Voltage Code The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 104-C09⊗ 22 becomes Cat. No. 104-C09D22.

Ie[A]

Ratings for Switching AC MotorsAuxiliary Contacts

Installed per ContactorCat. No.

AC-2, AC-3, AC-43∅ kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V/ 415V 500V 690V1∅ 3∅

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C. ➊9 32 3 4 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/2 1 1 104-C09⊗ 2212 32 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 10 1 1 104-C12⊗ 2216 32 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 5 5 10 15 1 1 104-C16⊗ 2223 32 7.5 11 13 10 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 15 1 1 104-C23⊗ 22

30 65 10 15 15 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 250 1 104-C30⊗ 021 1 104-C30⊗ 22

37 65 11 18.5/20 20 18.5 3 5 10 10 25 300 1 104-C37⊗ 021 1 104-C37⊗ 22

43 85 13 22 25 22 3 7.5 10 15 30 300 1 104-C43⊗ 021 1 104-C43⊗ 22

60 100 18.5 32 37 32 5 10 15 20 40 500 1 104-C60⊗ 021 1 104-C60⊗ 22

72 100 22 40 45 40 5 15 20 25 50 600 1 104-C72⊗ 021 1 104-C72⊗ 22

85 100 25 45 55 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 600 1 104-C85⊗ 021 1 104-C85⊗ 22

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600



DC Voltages 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250


with Integrated Diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —104-C60…C85 with Integrated Diode DR DQ DJ DW DY DZ DB DG DE DD DP DS DA DF DT

Cat. No. 104-C09D22Cat. No. 104-C30ZJ22 Cat. No. 104-C85D22

V

Hz

69

Bulletin 100-DIEC Contactors


Bulletin 100-D IEC Contactors• 45…220 kW @500V• 60…600 Hp @460V• 75…700 Hp @575V• Electronic and Conventional Coils

AC & DCIntegrated PLC InterfaceLow Power Pick-Up & Hold-InWide Voltage Ranges

• Complete Range of Accessories• Environmentally-Friendly• Compact Dimensions

The Bulletin 100-D/104-D contactor family, along with a wide range of common accessories and Bulletin 193 electronic overload relays, provides the most compact and flexible starter component system available.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ................70Accessories .........................90Specifications ......................94Approximate Dimensions ....................... 133

Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947-4-1IEC 947 Type “2” CoordinationCSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE Marked CSA CertifiedUL Listed


70

Product Selection

⊗ Voltage Suffix Codes for AC Control

➊ Conventional coils.➋ Electronic coils. ➌ Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100-D… electronic interface: Nominal Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA

Pick-up Voltage: 13.0V DC…30.2V DCDrop-out Voltage: -3.0V DC…+5.0V DC

Ie [A] Switching of 3-phase motors — AC-2, AC-3 Auxiliary contactsNon-Reversing

Contactor Cat. No.

Reversing Contactor Cat. No.

60°C 40°C kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz) N.O. N.C.

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V 415V 500V 690V 1000V 200V 230V 460V 575V

95 160 25 50 50 55 80 45 25 30 60 750 0 100-D95⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D95⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D95⊗ 24

110 160 32 55 55 63 100 55 40 40 75 1000 0 100-D110⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D110⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D110⊗ 24

140 250 45 75 7580 ➊ 110 ➊

75 40 50 100 1250 0 100-D140⊗ 00 —

90 ➋ 132 ➋1 1 100-D140⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D140⊗ 24

180 250 55 90 10090 ➊ 132 ➊

90 50 60 150 1500 0 100-D180⊗ 00 —

110 ➋ 160 ➋1 1 100-D180⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D180⊗ 24

210 350 63 110 110 150 200 110 60 75 150 2000 0 100-D210⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D210⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D210⊗ 24

250 350 80 132 150 160 250 133 75 100 200 2500 0 100-D250⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D250⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D250⊗ 24

300 450 90 160 160 200 300 163 100 125 250 3000 0 100-D300⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D300⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D300⊗ 24

420 500 132 220 250 300 425 225 150 175 350 4000 0 100-D420⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D420⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D420⊗ 24

630 800 200 355 355 450 500 — 200 250 500 6000 0 100-D630⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D630⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D630⊗ 24

860 1000 250 500 500 560 600 — 250 300 600 7000 0 100-D860⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D860⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D860⊗ 24

Conventional Coil V 24 48 100 110 120 200 208 220…230 230 240 277 380…

400 415 440 480 500 550 600

100-D95…100-D18050 Hz K Y — D — — — A — T — N B G — M C —

60 Hz J X — — D — H — — A T — — N B — — C

100-D95…100-D110 50/60 Hz KJ — KP KN — KG — — KF KA — — — — — — — —

Electronic Coilw/ EI Interface ➌ V 24 42…

64 100 110…130 200 208…

277380…415

440…480 500 600

100-D95…100-D250 50/60 Hz EJ EY EP ED EG EA EN EN EN —

100-D300…100-D420 50/60 Hz — EY EP ED EG EA EN EN EN —

100-D630…100-D860 50/60 Hz — — EP ED EG EA EN EB EM EC

100-D420…

3-pole AC Contactors• Conventional and Electronic AC Coils• 3 Main Contacts• Non-Reversing or Reversing

71



⊗ Voltage Suffix Codes for DC Control

➊ For conventional DC coil only. The pickup winding must be interconnected with the N.C. late-break auxiliary contact(s).➋ Conventional coils.➌ Electronic coils.➍ Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100-D… electronic interface:Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA

Pick-Up Voltage: 13.0V DC…30.2V DCDrop-Out Voltage: -3.0V DC…+5.0V DC

Ie [A] Switching of 3-phase motors — AC-2, AC-3 Auxiliary contactsNon-reversing

Contactor Cat. No.

Reversing Contactor Cat. No.

60°C 40°C kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz) N.O. N.C.

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V 415V 500V 690V 1000V 200V 230V 460V 575V

95 160 25 50 50 55 80 45 25 30 60 75

0 0 100-D95⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D95⊗ 11 —2 1/1L 100-D95⊗ 22L ➊ —2 4 — 104-D95⊗ 242 2/2L — 104-D95⊗ 24L ➊

110 160 32 55 55 63 100 55 40 40 75 100

0 0 100-D110⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D110⊗ 11 —2 1/1L 100-D110⊗ 22L ➊ —2 4 — 104-D110⊗ 242 2/2L — 104-D110⊗ 24L ➊

140 250 45 75 75

80 ➋ 110 ➋

75 40 50 100 125

0 0 100-D140⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D140⊗ 11 —

90 ➌ 132 ➌2 1/1L 100-D140⊗ 22L ➊ —2 4 — 104-D140⊗ 242 2/2L — 104-D140⊗ 24L ➊

180 250 55 90 10090 ➊ 132 ➊

90 50 60 150 1500 0 100-D180⊗ 00 —

110 ➋ 160 ➋1 1 100-D180⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D180⊗ 24

210 350 63 110 110 150 200 110 60 75 150 2000 0 100-D210⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D210⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D210⊗ 24

250 350 80 132 150 160 250 133 75 100 200 2500 0 100-D250⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D250⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D250⊗ 24

300 450 90 160 185 220 300 163 100 125 250 3000 0 100-D300⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D300⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D300⊗ 24

420 500 132 220 250 300 425 225 150 175 350 4000 0 100-D420⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D420⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D420⊗ 24

630 800 200 355 355 450 500 425 200 250 500 6000 0 100-D630⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D630⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D630⊗ 24

860 1000 250 500 500 560 600 425 250 300 600 7000 0 100-D860⊗ 00 —1 1 100-D860⊗ 11 —2 4 — 104-D860⊗ 24

Conventional Coil V 24 48 110 125 220

100-D95…100-D140 ➊ DC ZJ ZY ZD ZS ZA

Electronic Coil w/ EI Interface ➍ V 24 48…72 110…130 200…255

100-D95…100-D300 DC EZJ EZY EZD EZA

100-D420 DC — EZY EZD EZA

100-D630…860 DC — — ED EA

100-D180…

3-pole DC Contactors• Conventional and Electronic DC Coils• 3 Main Contacts• Non-Reversing or Reversing

100-D860…100-D420…


72


Auxiliary contacts with sequence numbering

Cat. Nos. 100-D95…D860 — Electronic and Conventional AC Coils

Cat. Nos. 100-D95…D860 — Electronic DC Coils

Contactor cat. nos. 100-D95…D140 — Conventional DC coils

➊ With conventional DC control, the pickup winding must be interconnected with the N.C. late-breaking auxiliary contacts.

Contact ConfigurationAuxiliary contact configurations

Left-Side MountingFor Use With

Right-Side MountingN.O. N.C. Outside Cat. No. Inside Cat. No. Inside Cat. No. Outside Cat. No.

8 0 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-20100-D…00

100-DS1-20 100-DS2-20Sequence starts with… 7/8 3/4 1/2 5/6

7 1 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-20100-D…00


6 2 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-11100-D…00


5 3 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-11100-D…00


4 4 100-DS2-11 100-DS1-11100-D…00





8 0 — —100-D…11

— —Sequence starts with… — — — —

7 1 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-20100-D…11


6 2 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-11100-D…11


5 3 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-11100-D…11


4 4 100-DS2-11 100-DS1-11100-D…11





8 0 — —100-D…11

— —Sequence starts with… — — — —

7 1 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-20100-D…11

100-DS1-L11 ➊ 100-DS2-20Sequence starts with… 7/8 3/4 1/2 5/6

6 2 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-11100-D…11


5 3 100-DS2-20 100-DS1-11100-D…11


4 4 100-DS2-11 100-DS1-11100-D…11


Supplied withContactor

Supplied withContactor

73

Bulletin 100-GIEC Contactors


Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor selected, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories.

Product Selection

AC and DC Control

➊ 1 N.O. contact used in control circuit.➋ No UL/cUL

⊗ Coil Voltage Code

Bulletin 100-G IEC Contactors• 315…710 kW, 400V• 350…900 Hp, 460/575V• 3-Pole Contactors• 4th Add-On Neutral Switching Pole• AC and DC Control• Horizontal and Vertical Interlocking• Mechanical Latching• Meets IEC, CE, UL, and cUL Standards and Approvals

The Bulletin 100-G contactor product family provides reliable switching of motor loads up to 1200 A. A complete range of accessories including auxiliary contacts, mechanical latches, horizontal and vertical interlocks, and 4th add-on neutral switching poles provides maximum flexibility to meet a wide variety of application requirements.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ................73Accessories

Control Modules ...............93Renewal Parts ................286

Specifications ....................112Dimensions ........................135

Conformity to StandardsEN/IEC 60947-4IEC 947 Type “2” CoordinationCSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE Marked UL ListedcUL

AC-1 Switching of 3-phase motors — AC-2, AC-3 Auxiliary Contacts

Cat. No.Ie (A) kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

40°C 230V 400V 500V 690V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C.

760 179 312 407 570 150 150 350 350 2 2 100-G550⊗ 22

1000 228 414 518 657 200 250 500 500 2 2 100-G700⊗ 22

1100 280 509 636 730 250 300 600 600 2 2 100-G860⊗ 22

1200 326 592 756 897 — — — — 2 ➊ 2 100-G1000⊗ 12➋

1350 391 710 888 1043 450 450 900 900 2 ➊ 2 100-G1200⊗ 12

For Use With: 100…110V 110…120V 200…220V 220…240V 345…380V 380…415V 400…440V 440…480V

100-G550…100-G86050/60 Hz — KD — KF — KN — KB

DC KD — KF — KN — KB —

For Use With: 110…115V 110V 220…230V 220V 240V 380…400V 440V 480V

100-G1000…100-G120050/60 Hz KD — KF — KA KN KB KU

DC — ZD — ZA — — — —

Price Adder For Type Available Control Voltages No Surcharge

Special control voltages100-G550…100-G860 24…600V 50/60 Hz, 24…440V DC

>25 pieces100-G1000…100-G1200 48…600V 50/60 Hz, 48…440V DC

Bulletin 100QCapacitor-Switching Contactors

74


Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories

Product SelectionFor Applications per IEC 60947-4 (AC-6b)

For Applications per UL/CSA

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100Q-C16⊗ 11 becomes Cat. No.100Q-C16D11.

.

Maximum Operational Rates

Bulletin 100Q Capacitor-Switching Contactors• Compact Sizes • Limits High Inrush Currents• AC and DC Coil Control• Reversible Coil Terminals• Panel or 35 mm DIN Rail Mounting• Environmentally Friendly Materials

The Bulletin 100Q Capacitor-Switching Contactors are designed for switching banks of capacitors. The unique design uses front-mounted resistor elements that limit the severely high inrush currents seen in these applications. This reduces stress to the contactors and the capacitors, as well as allowing a more compact and economical design without the use of air-core reactors.

Product Selection ........... 74Approximate Dimensions .....................136

Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947-4CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE MarkedCSA CertifiedUL Listed

Ratings for Switching Capacitor Banks @ 40°C1-Phase 50 Hz (kVar) 3-Phase 50 Hz (kVar) Aux. Contacts

Cat. No.230V 240V 400V 415V 500V 690V 230V 240V 400V 415V 500V 690V N.O. N.C.

5 5 8.5 9 10.5 15 8.5 8.5 15 15.5 18.5 251 1 100Q-C16⊗ 112 0 100Q-C16⊗ 20

8 8.5 14 14.5 17.5 24 14 14 25 25 30 401 1 100Q-C37⊗ 112 0 100Q-C37⊗ 20

Ratings for Switching Capacitor Banks @ 60° C1-Phase 50 Hz (kVar) 3-Phase 50 Hz (kVar) Aux. Contacts

Cat. No.230V 240V 400V 415V 500V 690V 230V 240V 400V 415V 500V 690V N.O. N.C.

5 5 8.5 9 10.5 15 8.5 8.5 15 15.5 18.5 251 1 100Q-C16⊗ 112 0 100Q-C16⊗2 0

7 7.5 12.5 13 16 22 12.5 13 21.5 22.5 27 37.51 1 100Q-C37⊗ 112 0 100Q-C37⊗2 0

Ratings for Switching Capacitor Banks1-Phase 50 Hz (kVar) 3-Phase 50 Hz (kVar) Aux. Contacts

Cat. No.115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 600V N.O. N.C.

2.2 4.5 6.5 7.5 15 18.51 1 100Q-C16⊗ 112 0 100Q-C16⊗2 0

3.6 7.5 11 12.5 20 251 1 100Q-C37⊗ 112 0 100Q-C37⊗2 0

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600

50Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —60Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C


DC Voltages 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250Standard ZR ZQ ZJ ZW ZY ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD ZP ZS ZA ZF ZT

with Integrated Diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —

100Q-C16 200 operations/hour

100Q-C37 100 operations/hour

Cat. No. 100Q-C37A11

V

Hz

Bulletin 100LElectrically Held Lighting Contactors

75


Your order must include: Cat. No. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, Cat. No. of any accessories

Product Selection

Ratings

➊ These contactors do not include an auxiliary hold-in contact. If a hold-in contact is required it can be ordered by adding a suffix -90 to the Cat. No. and add

$17 to the list price of the contactor. Example: Cat. No. 100L-C20NJ4-90, price $271.

➋ 20A, 250V DC max. with 3 poles in series.

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. To complete the Cat. No., select a coil voltage code from the chart below and insert into the Cat. No.Example: Cat. No. 100L-C20N⊗ 4 becomes Cat. No. 100L-C20NJ4. For other voltages, consult Allen-Bradley Sales Office.

Wiring Diagram

Bulletin 100L Electrically Held Lighting Contactors• Electrically Held• 20 A Rating• 4-, 8-, and 12-Pole Configurations• Open or Enclosed• CSA Certified, UL Listed

Bulletin 100 Lighting Contactors have been designed to control a variety of lighting loads. The product offering includes 4-, 8-, and 12-pole contactors with or without enclosures. The Bulletin 100 line of lighting contactors has been designed with a 20 A rating for all popular lighting loads and other non-motor applications including tungsten filament lighting loads, electric discharge (fluorescent) loads, electric furnaces, and electric water heaters. In addition these contactors have been designed to meet the requirements of both CSA and UL.

Product Selection ............75Wiring Diagram ................75Modifications...................276Approximate Dimensions .....................137

Conformity to StandardsEN/IEC 60947-4CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE MarkedCSA Certified (File No. LR1234)UL Listed (File No. E14843;Guide No. NRNT)

Type Number of Poles ➊ Cat. No.

Open4 100L-C20N⊗ 48 100L-C20N⊗ 8

12 100L-C20N⊗ 12

IP42 (Type 1)(with lift-off cover)

4 100L-C20A⊗ 48 100L-C20A⊗ 8

12 100L-C20A⊗ 12

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)(with hinged cover)

4 100L-C20F⊗ 48 100L-C20F⊗ 8

12 100L-C20F⊗ 12

Type of Load Max (A)Max AC Volts

Poles to Load ➋

1 for 1∅ 3 for 3∅

Tungsten20 277 480/27715 347 600/347

Ballast20 277 480/27715 347 600/347

General UseResistance Heating 30 600 600

Voltage 24V 48V 110V 120V 208V 220V 240V 277V 347V 380V-400V 415V 440V 480V 500V 600V

50 Hz K Y D P — A T — — N G B — M —60 Hz J X — D H L A T I — — N B — C

A1

1

T12

3

T2

4

5

T36

7

T48

A2

4 Poles

L1 L2 L4L3

A2

1

T1

2

3

T2

4

5

T36

7

T48

A1

1

T1

2

3

T2

4

5

T36

7

T48

A28 Poles

L1 L2 L3 L4 L1 L2 L3 L4

A2 A1

1

T1

2

3

T2

4

5

T3

6

7

T4

8

1

T1

2

3

T2

4

5

T3

6

7

T4

8

1

T1

2

3

T2

4

5

T36

7

T4

8

A1 A1 A1

12 PolesL1 L2 L4L3 L1 L2 L4L3 L1 L2 L4L3

A2 A2 A2

Bulletin 100S-C/104S-CSafety Contactors

76


Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories and/or replacement coils.

Product Selection3-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors• 3 Main Contacts

➊ For other contact configurations, please consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Bulletin 100S/104S Safety Contactors• Positively Guided/Mechanically Linked Auxiliary Contacts• Front-Mounted Auxiliary Contacts:

Permanently FixedProtective Cover to Prevent Manual OperationRed Contact Housing for Easy IdentificationIncorporates IEC 947-5-1 “Mechanically Linked” Symbol

• AC and DC Operating Coils• SUVA Third-Party Certification

Bulletin 100S-C/104S-C safety contactors provide mechanically linked, positively guided contacts, which are required in feedback circuits for modern safety applications. The positively guided N.C. auxiliary contacts will not change state when a power contact welds.

Product Selection ................76Accessories .........................85Specifications ......................94Approximate Dimensions ........................132

Conformity to StandardsEN50205CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508EN/IEC 60947-4IEC 60947-4-1 Annex H — Mirror ContactsIEC 60947-5-1 Annex L — Mechanically Linked Contacts

ApprovalsSUVA Third-Party CertifiedCE Marked CSA Certified (Cert No. LR13908)UL Listed (File No. E3125;Guide No. NLDX)

Ie[A]

Ratings for Switching AC Motors - AC-2, AC-3, AC-4 Aux. Contacts

Cat. No. ➊3∅ kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V/415V 500V 690V

1∅ 3∅

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C.

9 32 3 4 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/20 5 100S-C09⊗ 05C1 4 100S-C09⊗ 14C

12 32 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 100 5 100S-C12⊗ 05C1 4 100S-C12⊗ 14C

16 32 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 5 5 10 150 5 100S-C16⊗ 05C1 4 100S-C16⊗ 14C

23 32 7.5 11 13 10 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 150 5 100S-C23⊗ 05C1 4 100S-C23⊗ 14C

30 65 10 15 15 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 250 4 100S-C30⊗ 04C1 4 100S-C30⊗ 14C

37 65 11 18.5/20 20 18.5 3 5 10 10 25 300 4 100S-C37⊗ 04C1 4 100S-C37⊗ 14C

43 85 13 22 25 22 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 300 4 100S-C43⊗ 04C1 4 100S-C43⊗ 14C

60 100 18.5 32 37 32 5 10 15 20 40 500 4 100S-C60⊗ 04C1 4 100S-C60⊗ 14C

72 100 22 40 45 40 5 15 20 25 50 600 4 100S-C72⊗ 04C1 4 100S-C72⊗ 14C

85 100 25 45 55 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 600 4 100S-C85⊗ 04C1 4 100S-C85⊗ 14C

77



⊗ Coil Voltage Code and Terminal PositionThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60Hz: Cat. No. 100S-C09⊗ 05C becomes Cat. No.100S-C09D05C.

Coil Terminal Position• All contactors are delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side.• For load side coil terminations, insert a “U” prior to the coil voltage code. Example: Cat. No.

100S-C09UD05C.

4-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors• 4 Main Contacts

➊ For other contact configurations, please consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.➋ Three-phase ratings only apply to contactors with at least three N.O. power poles.

⊗ Coil Voltage Code The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100S-C09⊗ 404C becomes Cat. No. 100S-C09D404C.

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600

50Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —60Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C50/60 – KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

DC Voltages 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250

100S-C09…C43Standard ZR ZQ ZJ ZW ZY ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD ZP ZS ZA ZF ZT

with Integrated Diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —100S-C60…C85 with Integrated Diode DR DQ DJ DW DY DZ DB DG DE DD DP DS DA DF DT

Ie[A]

Ratings for Switching AC MotorsContact Configuration

Cat. No. ➊

AC-2, AC-3, AC-43∅ kW (50 Hz) ➋ Hp (60 Hz) Main Pole Auxiliary Contacts

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V/415V 500V 690V

1 ∅ 3 ∅ ➋

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

9 32 3 4 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/24 0 0 4 100S-C09⊗ 404C3 1 0 4 100S-C09⊗ 304C

12 32 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 104 0 0 4 100S-C12⊗ 404C3 1 0 4 100S-C12⊗ 304C

16 32 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 5 5 10 154 0 0 4 100S-C16⊗ 404C3 1 0 4 100S-C16⊗ 304C

23 32 7.5 11 13 10 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 154 0 0 4 100S-C23⊗ 404C3 1 0 4 100S-C23⊗ 304C

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600



DC Voltages 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250


with Integrated Diode — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —

V

Hz

Cat. No. 100S-C09⊗ 05C

Line Side

Cat. No.100S-C09U⊗ 05C

Load Side

VHz


78


Reversing AC- and DC-Operated Contactors• 3 Main Contacts• Includes Mechanical/Electrical Interlock• Includes Reversing Power Wiring

➊ For other contact configurations, please consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.➋ One of the N.C. auxiliary contacts is supplied as part of the mechanical/electrical interlock.

⊗ Coil Voltage Code The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 104S-C09⊗ 210C becomes Cat. No. 104S-C09D210C.

Ie[A]

Ratings for Switching AC MotorsAuxiliary Contacts

Installed per Contactor

Cat. No. ➊

AC-2, AC-3, AC-43 ∅ kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz)

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V/415V 500V 690V

1∅ 3∅

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V N.O. N.C. ➋

9 32 3 4 4 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/20 6 104S-C09⊗ 012C1 5 104S-C09⊗ 210C

12 32 4 5.5 5.5 5.5 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 100 6 104S-C12⊗ 012C1 5 104S-C12⊗ 210C

16 32 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 1 3 5 5 10 150 6 104S-C16⊗ 012C1 5 104S-C16⊗ 210C

23 32 7.5 11 13 10 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 150 6 104S-C23⊗ 012C1 5 104S-C23⊗ 210C

30 65 10 15 15 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 250 5 104S-C30⊗ 010C1 5 104S-C30⊗ 210C

37 65 11 18.5/20 20 18.5 3 5 10 10 25 300 5 104S-C37⊗ 010C1 5 104S-C37⊗ 210C

43 85 13 22 25 22 3 7.5 10 15 30 300 5 104S-C43⊗ 010C1 5 104S-C43⊗ 210C

60 100 18.5 32 37 32 5 10 15 20 40 500 5 104S-C60⊗ 010C1 5 104S-C60⊗ 210C

72 100 22 40 45 40 5 15 20 25 50 600 5 104S-C72⊗ 010C1 5 104S-C72⊗ 210C

85 100 25 45 55 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 600 5 104S-C85⊗ 010C1 5 104S-C85⊗ 210C

12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-110 110 120 127 200 200-

220 208 208-240

220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600



DC Voltages 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250



VHz

79

Bulletin 100S-DIEC Safety Contactors


Product Selection

⊗ Voltage Suffix Codes for AC Control

➊ The N.C. contacts meet IEC 60947-4 Annex F requirements to mirror contact performance. The N.C. mirror contacts are wired in series or parallel and must be used as monitoring contacts with feedback to the safety circuit.

➋ Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100S-D… electronic interface:Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mAPick-Up Voltage: 13.0V DC…30.2V DCDrop-Out Voltage: -3.0V DC…+5.0V DC

➌ Higher kW rating only applies to contactors with electronic coil.

Bulletin 100S-D Safety Contactors• 45…220 kW @500V• 60…600 Hp @460V• 75…700 Hp @575V• Electronic and Conventional Coils

AC & DCIntegrated PLC InterfaceLow Power Pick-Up & Hold-InWide Voltage Ranges

• Complete Range of Accessories• Environmentally-Friendly• Compact Dimensions

Bulletin 100S-D safety contactors provide mechanically linked, positively guided contacts, which are required in feedback circuits for modern safety applications. The positively guided N.C. auxiliary contacts will not change state when a power contact welds.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ................79Accessories .........................90Specifications ......................94Approximate Dimensions ........................134

Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947-4-1IEC 60947-4 Annex FIEC 947 Type “2” CoordinationCSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalsCE Marked CSA CertifiedUL ListedSUVA Certified

Ie [A] Switching of 3-phase motors — AC-2, AC-3 Auxiliary contacts

Cat. No.60°C 40°C kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz) N.O. N.C. ➊

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V 415V 500V 690V 1000V 200V 230V 460V 575V

95 160 25 50 50 55 80 45 25 30 60 75 2 2 100S-D95⊗ 22C110 160 32 55 55 63 100 55 40 40 75 100 2 2 100S-D110⊗ 22C140 250 45 75 75 80/90➌ 110/132➌ 75 40 50 100 125 2 2 100S-D140⊗ 22C180 250 55 90 100 90/110➌ 132/160➌ 90 50 60 150 150 2 2 100S-D180⊗ 22C210 350 63 110 110 150 200 110 60 75 150 200 2 2 100S-D210⊗ 22C250 350 80 132 150 160 250 133 75 100 200 250 2 2 100S-D250⊗ 22C300 450 90 160 160 200 300 163 100 125 250 300 2 2 100S-D300⊗ 22C420 500 132 220 250 300 425 225 150 175 350 400 2 2 100S-D420⊗ 22C630 800 200 355 355 450 500 425 200 250 500 600 2 2 100S-D630⊗ 22C860 1000 250 500 500 560 600 425 250 300 600 700 2 2 100S-D860⊗ 22C

Conventional Coil V 24 48 100 110 120 200 208 220…230 230 240 277 380…

400 415 440 480 500 550 600

100S-D95…100S-D18050 Hz K Y — D — — — A — T — N B G — M C —

60 Hz J X — — D — H — — A T — — N B — — C

100S-D95…100S-D110 50/60 Hz KJ — KP KN — KG — — KF KA — — — — — — — —

Electronic Coilw/ PLC Interface ➋ V 24 42…

64 100 110…130 200 208…

277380…415

440…480 500 600

100S-D95…100S-D250 50/60 Hz EJ EY EP ED EG EA EN EN EN —

100S-D300…100S-D420 50/60 Hz — EY EP ED EG EA EN EN EN —

100S-D630…100S-D860 50/60 Hz — — EP ED EG EA EN EB EM EC

100S-D860…

3-pole AC Contactors• Conventional and Electronic AC Coils• 3 Main Contacts• Non-Reversing

Bulletin 100S-DIEC Safety Contactors

80


⊗ Voltage Suffix Codes for DC Control

➊ The N.C. contacts meet IEC 60947-4 Annex F requirements to mirror contact performance. The N.C. mirror contacts are wired in series or parallel and must be used as monitoring contacts with feedback to the safety circuit.

➋ For conventional DC coil only. The pickup winding must be interconnected with the N.C. late-breaking auxiliary contacts.➌ Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100S-D… electronic interface:Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA

Pick-Up Voltage: 13.0V DC…30.2V DCDrop-Out Voltage: -3.0V DC…+5.0V DC

➍ Higher kW rating only applies to contactors with electronic coil.

Ie [A] Switching of 3-phase motors — AC-2, AC-3 Auxiliary contacts

Cat. No.60°C 40°C kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz) N.O. N.C. ➊

AC-3 AC-1 230V 400V 415V 500V 690V 1000V 200V 230V 460V 575V

95 160 25 50 50 55 80 45 25 30 60 753 2/1L 100S-D95⊗ 33LC ➋2 2 100S-D95⊗ 22C

110 160 32 55 55 63 100 55 40 40 75 1003 2/1L 100S-D110⊗ 33LC ➋2 2 100S-D110⊗ 22C

140 250 45 75 7580 110

75 40 50 100 1253 2/1L 100S-D140⊗ 33LC ➋

90 ➍ 132 ➍ 2 2 100S-D140⊗ 22C

180 250 55 90 10090 132

90 50 60 150 150 2 2 100S-D180⊗ 22C110 ➍ 160 ➍

210 350 63 110 110 150 200 110 60 75 150 200 2 2 100S-D210⊗ 22C250 350 80 132 150 160 250 133 75 100 200 250 2 2 100S-D250⊗ 22C300 450 90 160 160 200 300 163 100 125 250 300 2 2 100S-D300⊗ 22C420 500 132 220 250 300 425 225 150 175 350 400 2 2 100S-D420⊗ 22C630 800 200 355 355 450 500 425 200 250 500 600 2 2 100S-D630⊗ 22C860 1000 250 500 500 560 600 425 250 300 600 700 2 2 100S-D860⊗ 22C

Conventional Coil V 24 48 110 125 220 250

100S-D95…100S-D140 ➋ DC ZJ ZY ZD ZS ZA ZT

Electronic Coil w/ EI Interface ➌ V 24 48…72 110…130 200…255

100S-D95…100S-D300 DC EZJ EZY EZD EZA

100S-D420 DC — EZY EZD EZA

100S-D630…860 DC — — ED EA

100S-D420…

3-pole DC Contactors• Conventional and Electronic DC Coils• 3 Main Contacts• Non-Reversing

81

Bulletin 100DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary™

Overview/Product Selection/Specifications

Product Selection• Removable connectors• Slender 22.5 mm wide profile• Screw or DIN Rail mounting• Rotary node address switches• DeviceNet address settable via hardware or software — no need to adjust rotary node address switches

Specifications

Input Specifications

Bulletin 100 — DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary™ (DSA) Module• DeviceLogix™ Component Technology• Rotary Address Switches• Reduced Engineering, Installation, and Startup Costs• 24V DC or 120V AC Inputs• High-Capacity Transistor or Relay Outputs• Diagnostics Over Communication• ODVA Compliance v2.0 Tested

The DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary (DSA) module enables a simple integration of contactors and sensors into the DeviceNet network. Components with minimum I/O requirements (e.g., four inputs and two outputs) are predominant. The DSA has high-capacity outputs that eliminate the need for interposing relays. This makes the DSA ideal for use with motor starters, circuit breakers, contactors, motor protectors, soft starters, sensors, reed switches, tracer switches and control protectors.

The DeviceLogix component technology incorporated into the DSA allows it to be programmed with up to 48 function blocks to execute simple logic locally. This functionality can be used to solve high-speed applications, controlled shut down, or other local operations. DeviceLogix capability in the DSA module can be configured with RSNetworx 3.00 or later.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection............... 81Specifications..................... 81Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947UL 508CSA C22.2 No. 14EN50081-2, EN50082-2ApprovalsCEcULus Listed

Inputs Outputs Cat. No.4 (120V AC) 2 Relay (250V rated) 100-DNY41R4 (24V DC) 2 Relay (250V rated) 100-DNY42R4 (24V DC) 2 Solid-state (24V DC) 100-DNY42S

Electrical DataDeviceNet supply voltage 11…25V DCDeviceNet input current max. 270 mASurge current at powerup < 3 A for 5 ms

Site ConditionsAmbient temperature Operation

Storage–25…60°C (32…140°F)–40…85°C (–40…185°F)

Humidity 0…95% (without condensation)Shock Operation

Off-state30 G, peak acceleration50 G, peak acceleration

Vibration resistance 2.5 G, at 10…500 HzDeviceNet Communication

Baud rate 125, 250, 500 kBit/s

Distance maximum500 m (1640 ft.) with 125 kBit/s200 m (656 ft.) with 250 kBit/s100 m (328 ft.) with 500 kBit/s

ConnectionConnection capacity: (dependent on wire type) 0.25…2.5 mm2/0.25…2.5 mm2/24…12 AWGWire type min. 75°CTightening torque 0.5…0.6 Nm (4.4…5.3 lb-in)

Cat. Nos. 100-DNY21R, 100-DNY41R 100-DNY42R, 100-DNY42SInputs per device 4 4On-state voltage rangeOff-state voltage

80…132V AC40V, at 60 Hz

10…30V DC 5.5V DC

On-state current 1.2…2.0 mA 3 mA, at 10V (min)…11 mA, at 30VOff-state current 0.6 mA min. 1.5 mA max.

TransitionVoltage 40…79V AC 5…10V DC Current 0.6…1.2 mA 1.5…3 mA

Sensor SourceVoltage — 19…25V DCCurrent — 35 mA


82


Output Specifications

Cat. No. 100-DNY41R, 100-DNY42R(Relay Outputs)

100-DNY42S(Transistor Outputs)

Outputs per device 2 2Voltage range max. 240V AC, 30V DC 15…30V DC, ±0.0%

Switching capacity max.3600 VA

UL: B 300IEC: AC-15: 5 A

—

Thermal continuous current per output max. 5 A —On-State voltage drop max. — 0.25V at 2 AOn-State current per output max. — 2 A Maximum off-state leakage current — 1.5 mASurge current per output — 4 A for 50 ms

External (Micro/M12) Wiring Connections Input OutputAC Voltage

Cat. Nos. 190D-XXDXXX-SA3, 191D-XXDXXX-SA3

InputPin 1: Sensor voltage (+)Pin 2: Input 1Pin 3: ReturnPin 4: Input 2Pin 5: Not used

OutputPin 1: Output APin 2: Not usedPin 3: Not usedPin 4: Return

Cat. Nos. 190D-XXDXXX-SA6, 191D-XXDXXX-SA6

InputPin 1: Input 2Pin 2: Protective EarthPin 3: Input 1Pin 4: Line

OutputPin 1: Output APin 2: Not usedPin 3: Not usedPin 4: Return

DC VoltageCat. Nos. 190D-XXNXXX-SA3 191D-XXNXXX-SA3

InputPin 1: Sensor Voltage (V+)Pin 2: Input 1Pin 3: ReturnPin 4: Input 2Pin 5: Not used

OutputPin 1: Not usedPin 2: Not usedPin 3: ReturnPin 4: Output A

Cat. Nos. 190D-XXNXXX-SA4, 191D-XXNXXX-SA4

InputPin 1: Sensor Voltage (V+)Pin 2: Input 1Pin 3: ReturnPin 4: Input 2Pin 5: Not used

OutputPin 1: V+Pin 2: Not usedPin 3: ReturnPin 4: Output A

1

5

2

43

FEMALE FEMALE

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

FEMALE FEMALE

1

2

3

4

1

5

2

43

FEMALE

1

2 3

4

FEMALE

1

5

2

43

FEMALE FEMALE

1

2 3

4

83


Approximate Dimensions


110

(4.33)

EN 50 022

EN 50 022

EN 50 022

22.5

(0.8

9)

0.5 (0.2)

11.25(0.43)

22.5(0.89)

4.5(0.177)

2.5 (0.1)

18 (0.7

)

18

(0.7

)

18 (0.7

)

32.8

(1.2

9)

5.5

(0.2

2)

85 (3

.35)

92.2

(3.6

3)

78 (3

.07)

38 (1

.50)

38 (1

.50)

01

INPUT

OUTPUT

23

AB

Bulletin 100-MAccessories — Field Installed

84

Accessories

➊ Must be ordered in multiples of 10.➋ Sold in quantities of 1.

Bulletin 100-M Miniature Contactors Labelling Material

Description Type For Use With Cat. No. ➊

Auxiliary Contact Adder Deck

(Top Mounted)

2 N.C.1 N.O./1 N.C.2 N.O./2 N.C

100/104-M05…M12195-MB02 195-MB11 195-MB22

Solid-State Timing Element

0.3…3 s ON-Delay, 110…250V AC or DC

100/104-M05…M12

196-MT3S1…30 s ON-Delay, 110…250V AC or DC 196-MT30S

Star-Delta Timer220V AC 196-MTSDA1110V AC 196-MTSDA2

35 mm DIN Rail Mounting Adapter for Above Timers 196-MTM

Mechanical Interlock Kit Mechanical Interlock Only 100-M05…M12 (AC Coils

Only) 199-MXM1

Power Wiring Kit For Reversing Contactors 100-M05…M12 140-KCR4➋

R-C Suppressor 24…48V AC110…280V AC

100/104-M05…M12

199-MSMA48 199-MSMA1

MOV Suppressor12…55V AC/12…77V DC

56…136V AC/78…162V DC137…277V AC/163…350V DC

199-MSMV1199-MSMV2199-MSMV3

Diode Suppressor 12…250V DC 199-MSMD1

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.Labels Adhesive Paper, 105 per sheet 10 199-ID1

Marking Tags 160 per sheet 10 199-ID2Cover Transparent/Tag 100 199-ID3

Tag Carrier For Clip-On Tags 100 199-ID4

Clip-On Marking Tag Strip (10 per Strip)Tag Marking Pkg. Qty. Cat. No. Tag Marking Pkg. Qty. Cat. No. Tag Marking Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.1…10 25 199-ID5 1 25 199-ID25 G 25 199-ID4511…20 25 199-ID6 2 25 199-I26D H 25 199-ID4621…30 25 199-ID7 3 25 199-ID27 I 25 199-ID4731…40 25 199-ID8 4 25 199-ID28 J 25 199-ID4841…50 25 199-ID9 5 25 199-ID29 K 25 199-ID4951…60 25 199-ID10 6 25 199-ID30 L 25 199-ID5061…70 25 199-ID11 7 25 199-ID31 M 25 199-ID5171…80 25 199-ID12 8 25 199-ID32 N 25 199-ID5281…90 25 199-ID13 9 25 199-ID33 0 25 199-ID5391…100 25 199-ID14 0 25 199-ID34 P 25 199-ID54101…110 25 199-ID15 Unmarked 25 199-ID35 Q 25 199-ID55111…120 25 199-ID16 0…9 25 199-ID36 R 25 199-ID56121…130 25 199-ID17 + 25 199-ID37 S 25 199-ID57131…140 25 199-ID18 - 25 199-ID38 T 25 199-ID58141…150 25 199-ID19 A 25 199-ID39 U 25 199-ID59151…160 25 199-ID20 B 25 199-ID40 V 25 199-ID60161…170 25 199-ID21 C 25 199-ID41 W 25 199-ID61171…180 25 199-ID22 D 25 199-ID42 X 25 199-ID62181…190 25 199-ID23 E 25 199-ID43 Y 25 199-ID63191…200 25 199-ID24 F 25 199-ID44 Z 25 199-ID64

Cat. No. 195-MB22

85

Bulletin 100-C/104-CAccessories — Field Installed

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts (For 100-C09…C85 contactors)

➊ Max. number of auxiliary contacts that may be mounted:AC coil contactors — max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor, 2 N.O. contacts on the side, 4 N.C. front or side, 6 total.DC coil contactors — max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor or max 2 N.O. contacts on the side, 4 N.C. front or side, 4 total.

➋ Double numbering — Left-side mounting only is recommended for Cat. No. 100-C09…100-C23 due to double numbering.

DescriptionN.O. N.C.

Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Front Mounting ➊• 2- and 4-pole• Quick and easy mounting without tools• Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V,

5 mA• Mutual positive guidance to the main contactor

poles (except for L types)• Models with equal function with several

terminal numbering choicesL = Late break /early make

0 2 100-C allC30⊗ 00…C85⊗ 00

100-FA02100-FB02

1 1100-C all

C30⊗ 00…C85⊗ 00C09⊗ 10…C23⊗ 10

100-FA11100-FB11100-FC11

2 0 100-C allC30⊗ 00…C85⊗ 00

100-FA20100-FB20

1L 1L C30⊗ 00…C85⊗ 00 100-FAL11100-FBL11

0 4 100-C all 100-FA04

1 3 100-C all 100-FA13

2 2100-C all

C30⊗ 00…C85⊗ 00C09⊗ 10…C23⊗ 10

100-FA22100-FB22100-FC22

3 1 100-C allC09⊗ 10…C23⊗ 10

100-FA31100-FC31

4 0 100-C all 100-FA40

1+1L 1+1L 100-C all 100-FAL22

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting without Sequence Terminal Designations ➊• 1- and 2-pole• Two-way numbering for right or left mounting

on the contactor• Quick and easy mounting without tools• Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V,


poles (except for L types)L = Late break/early make

0 1 100-C all 100-SA01

1 0 100-C all 100-SA10

0 2 100-C all 100-SA02

1 1 100-C all 100-SA11

2 0 100-C all 100-SA20

1L 1L 100-C all 100-SAL11

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting with Sequence Terminal Designations ➊• 1- and 2-pole• Two-way numbering for right or left mounting

on the contactor• Quick and easy mounting without tools• Electronic compatible contacts down to 17V,


poles (except for L types)L = Late break/early make

0 1 100-C all 100-SB01

1 0 100-C ➋ 100-SB10

0 2 100-C ➋ 100-SB02

1 1 100-C ➋ 100-SB11

2 0 100-C ➋ 100-SB20

1L 1L 100-C ➋ 100-SBL11

-FA02

-FB11 -FC11

-FA11

-FA20

-FBL11

-FA22 -FB22

-FC22 -FA31

-FA40 -FAL22

-FA04 -FA13

-FB02

-FB20 -FAL11

-FC31

-SA01 -SA10

-SA02 -SA11

-SA20 -SAL11

–– –

–

––

––

––

––

––

––

– –– –

– –– –

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

-SB01 -SB10

-SB02 -SB11

-SB20 -SBL11


86


Control Modules (For 100-C09…C85 contactors)

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100-FL11⊗ becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11D.

➊ For special voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Description Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.

Pneumatic Timing ModulesPneumatic timing element contacts switch after the delay time. The contacts on the main contactor continue to operate without delay.• Continuous adjustment range• Repeat accuracy ± 10%

ON-Delay0.3…30 s1.8…180 s

100-C with AC coils

100-FPTA30100-FPTA180

OFF-Delay0.3…30 s1.8…180 s

100-C all 100-FPTB30100-FPTB180

Electronic Timing ModulesDelay of the contactor solenoid

100-ETA ON-Delay The contactor is energized at the end of the delay time.

ON-Delay0.1…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

110…240V,50/60 Hz110…250VDC

100-C all

100-ETA3100-ETA30100-ETA180

ON-Delay0.1…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

24…48V DC

100-C with DC coils

100-ETAZJ3100-ETAZJ30100-ETAZJ180

100-ETB OFF-Delay After interruption of the control signal, the contactor is de-energized at the end of the delay time.

OFF-Delay0.3…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

24V50/60 Hz

100-C09…C37 with AC

coils

100-ETBKJ3100-ETBKJ30100-ETBKJ180

OFF-Delay0.3…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

110…240V50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils

100-ETB3100-ETB30100-ETB180

100-ETY Contactor K 3 (Y) is de-energized (off) and K 2 (D) is energized (on) after the end of the set Y end time. (Switching delay at 90 ms).• Continuous adjustment range• High repeat accuracy

Transition Time Y Contactor

1…30 s

110…240V50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils 100-ETY30

Mechanical InterlocksFor interlocking of two contactors.• Common interlock for all 100-C contactor sizes• Interlocking of different sizes possible• Mechanical and electrical interlocking possible in one

module by means of integrated auxiliary contacts• 9 mm dovetail connector included

• Mechanical only• Without auxiliary contacts 100-C all 100-MCA00

• Mechanical/electrical

• With 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts 100-C all 100-MCA02

Mechanical LatchFollowing contactor latching, the contactor coil is immediately de-energized (off) by the N.C. auxiliary contact (65-66).• Electrical or manual release• 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts• Suitable for all 100-C contactor sizes, 9…85 A

100-C with AC coils 100-FL11⊗

Voltage ➊ 24V 48V 100V 110V 120V 230-240V 240V 277V 380-400V 400-415V 440V 480V50 Hz K Y KP D — VA T — N G B —60 Hz J — — — D — A T — — N B

(K1M)

K1M

(K1M)

K1M

(K1M)

K1M

87



Control Modules (For 100-C09…C85 contactors), Continued

Assembly Components (For 100-C09…C85 contactors)

➊ Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.


DC Interface (electronic)Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) and the AC operating mechanism of the contactor.• Control (input) voltage

12V DC18…30V DC (24V nominal)48V DC

• Requires no additional surge suppression on the contactor coils

100-C with AC coils110…240V AC 100-JE12

100-JE100-JE48

Surge SuppressorsFor limitation of coil switching transients.• Plug-in, coil mounted• Suitable for all 100-C contactor

sizes, 9…85 A• RC, Varistor and Diode Versions

RC ModuleAC Operating Mechanism

24…48V 50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils

100-FSC48

110…280V50/60 Hz 100-FSC280

380…480V50/60 Hz 100-FSC480

Varistor ModuleAC/DC Operating Mechanism

12…55V AC /12…77V DC

100-C all

100-FSV55

56…136V AC /78…180V DC 100-FSV136

137…277V AC /181…350V DC 100-FSV277

278…575V AC 100-FSV575

Diode Module DC Operating Mechanism

12…250V DC 100-C with DC coils 100-FSD250

Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. ➊

Cat. No.

Dovetail Connectors• For use in contactor and starter assemblies.• 10 each 100-C allSingle Connector 0 mm SpacingDual Connector 9 mm Spacing

1010

100-S0100-S9

Protective Covers• Provides protection against unintended manual operation• For contactors and front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic

timers and latches

100-C all 1 100-SCCA

100-FA, FB, FC, FP, FL 10 100-SCFA

Reversing Power Wiring KitsFor Reversing Connection with a solid-state or thermal overload relay

100-C09…C23100-C30…C37

100-C43100-C60…C85

1

105-PW23105-PW37105-PW43105-PW85

35 x 7.5 mm DIN Rail (1 m) 100-C09…C85 10 199-DR1

K1M

(K1M)

Cat. No. 100-S0

Cat. No. 100-SCFA

Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Cat. No. 105-PW23


88

Cat. No. 170-PW23


Wye-Delta Starter KitsWye-Delta power wiring kits were designed to aid in the field assembly of open-transition wye-delta starters that use Bulletin 100-C contactors. These kits include line, load, and start-point (shorting) connections. Assembling a wye-delta starter requires the use of the following additional components:

• Contactors • Overload Relay• Cat. No. 100-MCA02 Mechanical/Electrical Interlock• Cat. No. 100-ETY30 Electronic Y-∆ Timer• Cat. No. 100-S9 Base Coupler for 1M to 2M contactor (optional)

Marking Systems (For 100-C09…C85 contactors)


3-Phase RatingPkg. Qty. Cat. No.

kW (50 Hz) Hp (60 Hz) Use with Cat. No. 100-

230V 380/415V 500V 690V 200V 230V 460V 575VDelta Wye

1M 2M 1S5.5 8 8 8 5 5 10 10 C09 C09 C09 1 170-PW237.5 11 11 11 5 7.5 15 15 C12 C12 C09 1 170-PW2310 14 15 14 7.5 10 20 20 C16 C16 C12 1 170-PW2314 21 21 19 7.5 10 25 25 C23 C23 C12 1 170-PW2318 28 28 28 10 15 30 30 C30 C30 C16 1 170-PW3719 35 35 32 15 20 40 40 C37 C37 C23 1 170-PW3723 40 40 41 20 25 50 50 C43 C43 C30 1 170-PW4333 58 60 56 30 40 75 75 C60 C60 C37 1 170-PW7239 69 67 70 40 50 100 100 C72 C72 C43 1 170-PW7247 82 82 81 50 60 125 125 C85 C85 C60 1 170-PW85

Description Pkg. Qty. ➊ Cat. No.

Label Sheet• 10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm 10 100-FMS

Marking Tag Sheet• 10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm• To be used with a transparent cover

10 100-FMP

Transparent Cover• 100 each• To be used with marking tag sheets

100 100-FMC

Marking Tag Adapters• 100 each• To be used with marking tag: System V4 / V5

System Bul. 1492W100100

100-FMA1100-FMA2

89



Terminal Kits (For 100-C09…C85 contactors)

➊ Must be ordered in multiples of 100.➋ 16 mm2 max. according to IEC 60947; actual max. 25 mm2.

Description Max. Current Ratings and Wire Sizes Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Stab Connector Kit• Dual stab (0.250 in.) for 100-C coil terminals• For 100-C09…C85 contactors

20 199-SC2

Stab Connector Kit• Dual stab (0.250 in.) for 100-C power terminals• For 100-C09…C23 contactors

100 ➊ 199-SC10

3-Pole Terminal Lug Kit• For 100-C09…C23 (Line side)

IEC @ 40°CIEC @ 40°C

UL/CSA (Encl.)

45 A (4…16 mm2 ➋ , fine stranded w/ ferrule)45 A (4…25 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)40 A (#10…4 AWG, stranded/solid)

1 100-CTN23

• For 100-C09…C23 (Load side)IEC @ 40°CIEC @ 40°C

UL/CSA (Encl.)


1 100-CTL23

• For 100-C30…C37 (Line side)IEC @ 40°CIEC @ 40°C

UL/CSA (Encl.)


1 100-CT37

1-Pole Terminal Lug Kit• For 100-C43


UL/CSA (Encl.)


3 100-CT43

• For 100-C60…C85IEC @ 40°CIEC @ 40°C

UL/CSA (Encl.)

130 A (10…70 mm2 ➋ , fine stranded w/ ferrule)130 A (10…95 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)130 A (#8…2/0 AWG, stranded/solid)

3 100-CT85

3-Pole Paralleling Kit• For 100-C09…C23


UL/CSA (Encl.)


2 100-CP23

• For 100-C30…C37IEC @ 40°CIEC @ 40°C

UL/CSA (Encl.)


2 100-CP37


90

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts

Labeling Material

Marking Systems (For 100-D95…D860 contactors)



Connection Diagram For use with Cat. No.

• Side-mounted• With IEC sequence terminal designations

1 1100-D

Left or right inside mounting

100-DS1-11

1 1

100-DLeft or right

outside mounting

100-DS2-11

1 1L100-D


100-DS1-L11

2 0100-D


100-DS1-20

2 0

100-DLeft or right

outside mounting

100-DS2-20

• Electronically compatible auxiliary contacts• Ideal for use when switching low-power control circuits• Contact ratings:

AC-1 250V, 0.1 AAC-15, DC-13 3…125V, 1…100 mA

1 1

100-DLeft or right

outside mounting

100-DS2-B11

• Uniform labeling materials for contactors, motor protection devices, timing relays, and circuit breakers.




10 100-FMP


100 100-FMC

Marking Tag Adapters• 100 each• To be used with marking tag: System V4 / V5

System Bul. 1492W100100

100-FMA1100-FMA2

91



Suppressor Modules

Connecting Components

Description Circuit Diagram For use with Cat. No.

Suppressor Module for 100-D Contactors• For limiting surge voltage when coil

circuits are interrupted• Can be plugged into all 100-D

contactors• Supplied as standard on all

conventional DC coil contactors and all electronic coil contactors as part of the supply module, or delivered with separate suppressor module

RC Module (AC control)for contactors with conventional coil21…48V 50 Hz/24…55V 60 Hz95…110V 50 Hz/110…127V 60 Hz190…240V 50 Hz/220…277V 60 Hz380…550V 50 Hz/440…575V 60 Hz

100-D95…100-D180

100-DFSC48100-DFSC110100-DFSC240100-DFSC550

Varistor Modulefor contactors with conventional coil≤55V AC56…136V AC137…277V AC278…575V AC

100-D95…100-D180

100-DFSV55100-DFSV136100-DFSV277100-DFSV575


For 100-D95…D180 Contactors — Conventional and Electronic Coils• 50 mm2 input connections — for Cat. No. 100-DL…(Lugs)• 50 mm2 input connections — for Cat. No. 100-DTB…(Terminal blocks)• 50 mm2 output connections — for Cat. No. 100-DL…(Lugs)• 50 mm2 output connections — for Cat. No. 100-DTB…(Terminal blocks)• Neutral bridge for 100-D95…100-D180 contactors

100-D180-VL100-D180-VLTB

100-D180-VT100-D180-VTTB100-D180-VYU

For 100-D210…100-D420 Contactors — Electronic Coils• 120 mm2 input connections — for 100-DL…(Lugs) contactors• 120 mm2 input connections — for 100-DTB…(Terminal blocks) contactors• 120 mm2 output connections — for 100-DL…(Lugs) contactors• 120 mm2 output connections — for 100-DTB…(Terminal blocks) contactors• Neutral bridge for 100-D210…100-D420 contactors• For Y-contactor100-D95…100-D180 contactors; 80 mm2

100-D420-VL100-D420-VLTB

100-D420-VT100-D420-VTTB100-D420-VYU100-D420-VYTB

For 100-D630…100-D860 Contactors — Electronic Coils…• 350 mm2 input connections — for 100-DL…Lugs) contactors• 350 mm2 output connections — for 100-DL…(Lugs) contactors• Neutral bridge for 100-D630…100-D860 contactors

100-D860-VL100-D860-VT

100-D860-VYU

Power Wiring Kits (for contactors using 100-DL lug kits)

For 100-D95…100-D180• Reversing• Two-speed, or changeover• Wye-Delta/Star-Delta

100-DPW180100-D180-VL100-DPY180

For 100-D210…100-D420• Reversing• Two-speed, or changeover• Wye-Delta/Star-Delta

100-DPW420100-D420-VL100-DPY420

For 100-D630…100-D860• Reversing• Two-speed, or changeover

100-DPW860100-D860-VL


92


Connecting Components, Continued

Interlocks


Terminal Blocks• Set of 2• Protection class IP2X per IEC 529 and DIN 40 050

For 100-D95,100-D110For 100-D140,100-D180, 100-D95-EI…D180-EIFor 100-D210…100-D420

100-DTB110100-DTB180100-DTB420

Terminal Lugs (UL/CSA), Copper Frame• Set of 3

For 100-D95, 100-D110For 100-D140, 100-D180For 100-D210…100-D420For 100-D630, 100-D860For 100-D630, 100-D860

100-DL110100-DL180100-DL420100-DL630100-DL860

Control Circuit Terminal• 2 x 2.5 mm2

For connecting to 100-D95…D180For connecting to 100-D210…D420For connecting to 100-D630…D860

100-DAT1100-DAT2100-DAT3

Terminal Shields• Set of 2• Protection class IP10 per IEC 529 and DIN 40 050• For direct-on-line, reversing, two-speed, and wye-delta/

star-delta assemblies

For 100-D95,100-D110For 100-D140,100-D180, 100-D95-EI…D180-EIFor 100-D210…100-D420

100-DTS110100-DTS180100-DTS420

Terminal Covers• Qty: 1• Protection class IP20 per IEC 529 and DIN 40 050• For direct-on-line, reversing, two-speed, and wye-delta/

star-delta assemblies

For 100-D95…100-D180For 100-D210…100-D420For 100-D630…100-D860

100-DTC180100-DTC420100-DTC860

Phase Barriers• Set of 4 100-D630…D860 100-DPB860

Mounting Plate• Galvanized steel plate for starter combinations

For 100-D95…100-D180• Direct-on-line• Reversing, two-speed, or changeover• Y-∆ or Dahlander

100-DMS180100-DMU180100-DMY180


100-DMS420100-DMU420100-DMY420


100-DMS860100-DMU860100-DMY860

Mounting PlateFor interlocking between 100-C60…C85 and 100-D95…D180 contactors• Two-speed or changeover switches

100-DMU85

Description Circuit Diagram For use with Cat. No.

Mechanical only• No additional space required 100-D95…100-D860 100-DMA00

Dual electrical/mechanical• No additional space required• 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts

100-D95…100-D860 100-DMD02

Mechanical only• No additional space required 100-D95…100-D860 100-DMD00

Mechanical only• Provides interlocking between 100-C and 100-D contactors

100-C60…100-C85 between

100-D95…100-D180100-DMC00

22 NC 21

21 NC 22

93


Accessories

Control Modules

⊗ Coil Voltage Codes ➊

➊ For other voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Description For use with Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact Block• For mounting between T1 & T2 or between T2 &

T3• Adjustable; provides normal, delayed or

overlapping contacts• Maximum two blocks per contactor• Alternate terminal marking tags included• 2 N.O. and 2 N.C.

100-G550…100-G860 100-EF22

Auxiliary Contact Block• For side mounting on either side of the contactor• Max. four blocks per contactor• Alternate terminal marking tags included• 1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

100-G1000…100-G1200 100-EB11

Fourth Add-On Neutral Switching Pole• Left- or right-side mountable Note: No UL/cUL

Ith AC-1 500 A

100-G550100-G700, 100-G860

100-NP500-5100-NP500-6

Note: No UL / cUL Ith AC-1 1000 A 100-G700, 100-G860100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-NP1000-6100-NP1000-7

Mechanical Latch• Mechanical life: 0.5 million operations

Direct and Impulse Contact ControlDirect and Impulse Contact Control

100-G550100-G700, 100-G860

100-FLAM5⊗100-FLAM6⊗

Mechanical Interlocks — Horizontal

100-G550/100-G550 100-MC00-5H

100-G550/100-G700, 100-G860 100-MC00-56H

100-G700, 100-G860/100-G700, 100-G860 100-MC00-6H

100-G700, 100-G860/100-G1000, 100-G1200 100-MC00-67H

100-G1000, 100-G1200/100-G1000, 100-G1200 100-MC00-7H

Mechanical Interlocks — Vertical

100-G550/100-G550 100-MC00-5V

100-G550/100-G700, 100-G860 100-MC00-56V

100-G700, 100-G860/100-G700, 100-G860 100-MC00-6V

100-G700, 100-G860/100-G1000, 100-G1200 100-MC00-67V

100-G1000, 100-G1200/100-G1000, 100-G1200 100-MC00-7V

Terminal LugsContains set of 3 lugs(2) #2…600 MCM(3) #2…600 MCM(4) #2…600 MCM

100-G550100-G700, -G860

100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-LG5100-LG6100-LG7

For use with 110…120V 220…240V 380…415V 440…480V

100-G550…100-G860 50/60 Hz KD KF KN KB

4-Pole

Standard terminal marking for mounting between T1 & T2

Alternate terminal marking for mounting between T2 & T3

2-Pole

13

14

21

22

53

54

61

62

83

84

71

72

Standard terminal marking

Alternate terminal markings

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-DContactors

94

Specifications

IEC Specifications

➊ Values in ( ) with increased cross-section and cable lug➋ Power ratings: Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1

100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60

Coil Type : Conventional X X X X X X X X X X XElectronic — EI — — — — — — — — — — —

AC-1 Active Power Load (50 Hz)Ambient temperature 40°C

Ie ≤ 500V [A] 20 20 20 32 32 32 32 (40) ➊ 65 65 85 100690V [A] — — — 32 32 32 32 (40) ➊ 65 65 85 100

1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V [kW] 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 26 26 34 40240V [kW] 8.3 8.3 8.3 13 13 13 13 27 27 35 42400V [kW] 14 14 14 22 22 22 22 45 45 59 69415V [kW] 14 14 14 23 23 23 23 47 47 61 72500V [kW] 17 17 17 28 28 28 28 56 56 74 87690V [kW] — — — 38 38 38 38 78 78 102 120

1000V [kW] — — — — — — — — — — —Ambient temperature 60°C

Ie ≤ 500V [A] 16 16 16 32 32 32 32 65 65 80 100690V [A] — — — 32 32 32 32 65 65 80 100

1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V [kW] 6.4 6.4 6.4 13 13 13 13 26 26 25 40240V [kW] 6.7 6.7 6.7 13 13 13 13 27 27 26 42400V [kW] 11 11 11 22 22 22 22 45 45 44 69415V [kW] 12 12 12 23 23 23 23 47 47 45 72500V [kW] 14 14 14 28 28 28 28 56 56 55 87690V [kW] — — — 38 38 38 38 78 78 75 120

1000V [kW] — — — — — — — — — — —Switching of 3-phase Motors, (50Hz)Ambient temperature 60°C, AC-2, AC-3

230V [A] 6.5 12 12 12 15 20 26.5 35 38 44 62240V [A] 6.5 12 12 12 15 20 26.5 35 38 44 62400V [A] 5.3 9 12 9 12 16 23 30 37 43 60415V [A] 5.3 9 12 9 12 16 23 30 37 43 60500V [A] 4 7 7 7 10 14 20 25 30 38 55690V [A] — — — 5 7 9 12 18 21 25 34

1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V ➋ [kW] 1.5 3 3 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 13 18.5240V ➋ [kW] 1.5 3 3 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 13 18.5400V ➋ [kW] 2.2 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 32415V ➋ [kW] 2.2 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 20 22 32500V ➋ [kW] 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 13 15 20 25 37690V ➋ [kW] — — — 4 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 22 32

1000V ➋ [kW] — — — — — — — — — — —Load Carrying Capacity per UL/CSA and Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (60 Hz)General Purpose Current (enclosed)

[A] 12 12 12 25 25 30 30 55 60 63 90Rated power (enclosed)

1-phase 115V [A] 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 16 24 24 34 34 56230V [A] 8 10 12 10 12 17 17 28 28 40 50115V [HP] 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 2 2 3 3 5230V [HP] 1 1.5 2 1.5 2 3 3 5 5 7.5 10

3-phase 200V [A] 6.9 7.8 11 7.8 11 17.5 17.5 25.3 32.2 32.2 48.3230V [A] 6 6.8 9.6 6.8 9.6 15.2 22 28 28 42 54460V [A] 4.8 7.6 11 7.6 11 14 21 27 34 40 52575V [A] 3.9 6.1 11 9 11 17 17 27 32 32 52200V [HP] 1.5 2 3 2 3 5 5 7.5 10 10 15230V [HP] 1.5 2 3 2 3 5 7.5 10 10 15 20460V [HP] 3 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 15 20 25 30 40575V [HP] 3 5 10 7.5 10 15 15 25 30 30 50


95

Specifications

➌ 415 V: values in ( ) AC-3 and AC-4 lifespan -25 %➍ To be determined.

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C 100/104-D, 100S-D72 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 630 860X X X X X — X — — — — — — —— — X X — X — X X X X X X X

100 100 160 160 250 250 250 250 350 350 450 500 800 1000100 100 160 160 250 250 250 250 350 350 450 500 800 1000— — 160 160 250 250 250 250 350 350 450 500 ➍ ➍

40 40 64 64 100 100 100 100 139 139 179 199 319 39842 42 67 67 104 104 104 104 145 145 187 208 333 41669 69 111 111 173 173 173 173 242 242 312 346 554 69372 72 115 115 180 180 180 180 252 252 323 359 575 71987 87 139 139 217 217 217 217 303 303 390 433 693 866

120 120 191 191 299 299 299 299 418 418 538 598 956 1195— — 277 277 433 433 433 433 606 606 779 866 ➍ ➍

100 100 135 135 210 210 210 210 300 300 380 425 ➍ ➍

100 100 135 135 210 210 210 210 300 300 380 425 ➍ ➍

— — 135 135 210 210 210 210 300 300 380 425 ➍ ➍

40 40 54 54 84 84 84 84 120 120 151 169 ➍ ➍

42 42 56 56 87 87 87 87 125 125 158 177 ➍ ➍

69 69 94 94 145 145 145 145 208 208 263 294 ➍ ➍

72 72 97 97 151 151 151 151 216 216 273 305 ➍ ➍

87 87 117 117 182 182 182 182 260 260 329 368 ➍ ➍

120 120 161 161 251 251 251 251 359 359 454 508 ➍ ➍

— — 234 234 364 364 364 364 520 520 658 736 ➍ ➍

72 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 630 86072 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 630 86072 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 630 86072 85 95 110 (130)➌ 140 (155)➌ 140 (155)➌ 180 180 210 (227)➌ 250 (258)➌ 300 (315)➌ 420 (425)➌ 630 86067 80 95 110 115 140 140 180 210 250 300 420 630 75342 49 95 110 115 140 140 180 210 250 300 420 ➍ ➍

— — 33 40 55 55 65 65 80 95 115 160 ➍ ➍

22 25 25 32 45 45 57 57 67 80 97 135 200 25022 25 25 32 45 45 60 60 70 83 101 141 200 25040 45 45 55 75 75 101 101 118 140 170 238 355 50040 45 45 (55)➌ 55 (75)➌ 80 (90)➌ 80 (90)➌ 105 105 122 (132)➌ 145 (150)➌ 174 (185)➌ 250 355 50045 55 55 63 80 90 98 126 150 177 213 300 450 56040 45 80 100 110 132 135 176 205 250 300 425 ➍ ➍

— — 45 55 75 75 90 90 110 132 160 225 ➍ ➍

90 100 160 160 220 220 220 220 300 300 340 420 ➍ ➍

56 80 80 100 135 135 — — — — — — — —68 68 68 110 136 136 176 176 216 — — — — —5 7.5 7.5 10 15 15 — — — — — — — —15 15 15 25 30 30 40 40 50 — — — — —

62.1 78.2 78.2 120 120 120 150 150 177 221 285 414 552 69268 80 80 104 130 130 154 154 192 248 312 420 602 72065 77 77 96 124 124 180 180 180 240 302 414 590 70262 62 77 99 125 125 144 144 192 242 289 382 562 65120 25 25 40 40 40 50 50 60 75 100 150 200 25025 30 30 40 50 50 60 60 75 100 125 175 250 30050 60 60 75 100 100 150 150 150 200 250 350 500 60060 60 75 100 125 125 150 150 200 250 300 400 600 700


96

Specifications

IEC Specifications

➊ Power ratings at 50 Hz: Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1

100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60


Switching of 3-phase Motors, (50Hz)Ambient temperature 60°C, AC-4

230V [A] 6.5 12 12 12 15 20 26.5 35 38 44 62240V [A] 6.5 12 12 12 15 20 26.5 35 38 44 62400V [A] 5.3 9 9 9 12 16 23 30 37 43 60415V [A] 5.3 9 9 9 12 16 23 30 37 43 60500V [A] 4 7 7 7 10 14 20 25 30 38 55690V [A] — — — 5 7 9 12 18 21 25 34

1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V ➊ [kW] 1.5 3 3 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 13 18.5240V ➊ [kW] 1.5 3 3 3 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 13 18.5400V➊ [kW] 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 32

415V ➊ [kW] 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 20 22 32500V ➊ [kW] 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 13 15 20 25 37690V ➊ [kW] — — — 4 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 22 32

1000V ➊ [kW] — — — — — — — — — — —AC-4 at approximately 200,000 operations

230V [A] 2.3 3.9 3.9 4.3 6.6 9 10 12 14 16.5 25.5240V [A] 2.3 3.9 3.9 4.3 6.6 9 10 12 14 16.5 25.5

400 / 415V [A] 2 3.3 3.3 4.3 6.6 9 10 12 14 16.5 25.5500V [A] 1.9 3.2 3.2 4.3 6.6 9 10 12 14 16.5 25.5690V [A] — — — 4.3 6.6 9 10 12 14 16.5 25.5

1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V ➊ [kW] 0.37 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 4 6.3240V ➊ [kW] 0.37 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.5 2.2 2.2 3 4 4 7.5400V ➊ [kW] 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.8 3 4 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 13415V ➊ [kW] 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.8 3 4 4 5.5 6.3 7.5 13500V ➊ [kW] 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 10 15690V ➊ [kW] — — — 3 5.5 7.5 7.5 10 11 15 22

1000V ➊ [kW] — — — — — — — — — — —Max. switching frequency Ops/h 250 250 250 250 250 220 200 200 200 200 120

Wye-Delta (60 Hz)200V [Hp] — — — 5 5 7½ 7½ 10 15 20 30230V [Hp] — — — 5 7½ 10 10 15 20 25 40460V [Hp] — — — 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 75575V [Hp] — — — 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 75

UL/CSA Elevator Duty200V [A] — — — 7.8 11.0 11.0 17.5 25.3 25.3 32.2 32.2230V [A] — — — 6.8 9.6 15.2 15.2 22.0 28.0 28.0 42.0460V [A] — — — 7.6 11.0 14.0 21.0 27.0 27.0 34.0 40.0575V [A] — — — 6.1 9.0 11.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 32.0 41.0200V [Hp] — — — 2 3 3 5 7½ 7½ 10 10230V [Hp — — — 2 3 5 5 7½ 10 10 15460V [Hp — — — 5 7½ 10 15 20 20 25 30575V [Hp — — — 5 7½ 10 15 20 25 30 40

Star-Delta Starting (50 Hz)≤ 230V [A] 11 21 21 21 26 35 46 61 66 76 107≤ 240V [A] 11 21 21 21 26 35 46 61 66 76 107

400V [A] 9.2 16 21 16 21 28 40 52 64 74 104415V [A] 9.2 16 21 16 21 28 40 52 64 74 104500V [A] 6.9 12 12 12 17 24 35 43 52 66 95690V [A] — — — 8.6 12 16 21 31 36 43 59

1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V ➊ [kW] 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 13 17 20 22 32240V ➊ [kW] 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 13 18.5 20 22 32400V ➊ [kW] 4 7.5 10 7.5 10 13 20 25 32 40 55415V ➊ [kW] 4 7.5 11 7.5 11 15 22 25 37 40 55500V ➊ [kW] 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 15 22 25 32 45 63690 V ➊ [kW] — — — 7.5 10 13 18.5 25 32 40 55

1000V ➊ [kW] — — — — — — — — — — —


97

Specifications

➋ 415V: Values in ( ) AC-3 and AC-4 lifespan -25 %➌ To be determined.


72 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 ➌ ➌

72 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 ➌ ➌

72 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 ➌ ➌

72 85 95 110 (130)➋ 140 (155)➋ 140 (155)➋ 180 180 210 (227)➋ 250 (258)➋ 300 (315)➋ 420 ➌ ➌

67 80 85 105 115 140 140 170 210 250 300 360 ➌ ➌

42 49 85 105 115 140 140 170 210 250 300 360 ➌ ➌

— — 33 45 55 55 65 65 80 95 115 160 ➌ ➌

22 25 25 34 45 45 57 57 67 80 97 135 ➌ ➌

22 25 25 36 47 47 60 60 70 83 101 141 ➌ ➌

40 45 45 61 78 78 100 100 118 140 170 238 ➌ ➌

40 45 45 (55)➋ 63 (75)➋ 80 (90)➋ 80 (90)➋ 105 (110)➋ 105 (110)➋ 125 (132)➋ 145 (150)➋ 176 (185)➋ 250 ➌ ➌

45 55 55 73 80 98 98 119 147 177 213 255 ➌ ➌

40 45 80 102 110 135 135 167 205 250 293 356 ➌ ➌

— — 45 55 75 75 90 90 110 132 160 225 ➌ ➌

31 38 43 50 60 60 67 67 85 105 140 170 ➌ ➌

31 38 43 50 60 60 67 67 85 105 140 170 ➌ ➌

31 38 43 50 60 60 67 67 85 105 140 170 ➌ ➌

31 38 43 50 60 60 67 67 85 105 140 170 ➌ ➌

31 38 43 50 60 60 67 67 85 105 140 170 ➌ ➌

— — 19 23 37 37 43 43 60 72 85 105 ➌ ➌

7.5 11 13 15 17 17 20 20 25 32 45 55 ➌ ➌

7.5 11 13 15 18.5 18.5 22 22 25 32 45 55 ➌ ➌

15 20 22 25 32 32 37 37 45 55 75 90 ➌ ➌

17 20 22 25 32 32 37 37 50 55 80 100 ➌ ➌

20 25 25 32 40 40 45 45 55 75 100 110 ➌ ➌

25 32 40 45 55 55 63 63 80 100 132 160 ➌ ➌

— — 22 30 50 50 55 55 80 100 110 150 ➌ ➌

120 120 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 ➌ ➌

40 50 40 60 60 60 75 75 100 125 175 250 ➌ ➌

50 60 50 60 75 75 100 100 125 175 200 250 ➌ ➌

100 125 100 125 175 175 200 200 250 350 450 600 ➌ ➌

100 125 125 150 200 200 250 250 300 450 500 650 ➌ ➌

48.3 62.1 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

54.0 68.0 68.0 80 ➌ 104 ➌ 130 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

52.0 65.0 65.0 77 ➌ 96 ➌ 124 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

52.0 62.0 62.0 77 ➌ 77 ➌ 99 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

15 20 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

20 25 25 30 ➌ 40 ➌ 50 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

40 50 50 60 ➌ 75 ➌ 100 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

50 60 60 75 ➌ 75 ➌ 100 ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌ ➌

125 147 147 182 242 242 294 294 364 433 520 727 ➌ ➌

125 147 147 182 242 242 294 294 364 433 520 727 ➌ ➌

125 147 147 182 242 242 294 294 364 433 520 727 ➌ ➌

125 147 147 (164)➋ 182 (225)➋ 242 (268)➋ 242 (268)➋ 294 294 364 (393)➋ 433 (447)➋ 520 (546)➋ 727 (736)➋ ➌ ➌

116 139 147 182 199 242 294 294 364 433 520 727 ➌ ➌

73 85 147 182 199 242 294 294 364 433 520 727 ➌ ➌

— — 55 65 96 96 112 112 139 165 200 277 ➌ ➌

37 45 45 55 75 75 90 90 110 132 160 220 ➌ ➌

40 50 50 63 80 80 100 100 125 150 160 250 ➌ ➌

63 80 80 100 132 132 160 160 200 250 300 425 ➌ ➌

63 80 80 (90)➋ 100 (132)➋ 132 (160)➋ 132 (160)➋ 160 160 220 250 315 (335)➋ 425 (450)➋ ➌ ➌

80 90 100 132 132 160 200 200 250 315 375 530 ➌ ➌

63 80 132 160 200 220 300 300 355 425 530 750 ➌ ➌

— — 75 90 132 132 160 160 200 220 280 400 ➌ ➌


98

Specifications

IEC Specifications

➊ To be determined.

100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60


Switching of Power Transformers, AC-6a (50 Hz)

n = 30 ≤ 230V [A] 2.9 5.4 5.4 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8≤ 240V [A] 2.9 5.4 5.4 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8≤ 400V [A] 2.4 4.1 5.4 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8

415V [A] 2.4 4.1 5.4 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8≤ 500V [A] 1.8 3.2 3.2 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8≤ 690V [A] — — — 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8

≤ 1000V [A] — — — — — — — — — — —230V [kVA] 1.2 2.2 2.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 8 8 9.2 16240V [kVA] 1.2 2.2 2.2 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.3 8.3 10 17400V [kVA] 1.7 2.8 3.7 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 14 14 16 28415V [kVA] 1.7 2.9 3.9 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 14 14 17 29500V [kVA] 1.6 2.7 2.7 9.4 9.4 9.4 9.4 17 17 20 35690V [kVA] — — — 13 13 13 13 24 24 27 49

1000V [kVA] — — — — — — — — — — —n = 20 ≤ 690V [A] — — — 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 30 30 34.5 61.3n = 15 ≤ 690V [A] — — — 22 22 22 22 40 40 46 82

60 Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer currentn=30 [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 20 20 23 40.8200V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 6.9 6.9 8.0 14.1208V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 7.2 7.2 8.3 14.7240V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 8.3 8.3 9.6 17.0480V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.1 16.6 16.6 19.1 33.9600V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 20.8 20.8 23.9 42.4660V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 22.9 22.9 26.3 46.6

60 Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer currentn=20 [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ 16.3 16.3 16.3 16.3 30 30 34.5 61.3200V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 10.4 10.4 12.0 21.2208V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 10.8 10.8 12.4 22.1240V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 12.5 12.5 14.3 25.5480V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 13.6 13.6 13.6 13.6 24.9 24.9 28.7 51.0600V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 16.9 16.9 16.9 16.9 31.2 31.2 35.9 63.7660V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 18.6 18.6 18.6 18.6 34.3 34.3 39.4 70.1

60 Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer currentn=15 [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ 22 22 22 22 40 40 46 82200V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 13.9 13.9 15.9 28.4208V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 14.4 14.4 16.6 29.5240V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 16.6 16.6 19.1 34.1480V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 18.1 18.1 18.1 18.1 33.3 33.3 38.2 68.2600V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 41.6 41.6 47.8 85.2660V [kVA] ➊ ➊ ➊ 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 45.7 45.7 52.6 93.7

Rated transformer current

Inrush current= n


99

Specifications


40.8 40.8 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

40.8 40.8 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

40.8 40.8 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

40.8 40.8 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

40.8 40.8 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

40.8 40.8 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

— — 53 60 70 70 85 85 105 125 150 210 ➊ ➊

16 16 21 24 28 28 34 34 42 50 60 84 ➊ ➊

17 17 22 25 29 29 35 35 44 52 62 87 ➊ ➊

28 28 37 42 48 48 59 59 73 87 104 145 ➊ ➊

29 29 38 43 50 50 61 61 75 90 108 151 ➊ ➊

35 35 46 52 61 61 74 74 91 108 130 182 ➊ ➊

49 49 64 72 84 84 102 102 125 149 179 251 ➊ ➊

— — 92 104 121 121 147 147 182 217 260 364 ➊ ➊

61.3 61.3 80 90 105 105 128 128 158 188 225 315 ➊ ➊

82 82 107 120 140 140 170 170 210 250 300 420 ➊ ➊

40.8 40.8 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

14.4 14.4 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

14.7 14.7 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

17.0 17.0 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

33.9 33.9 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

42.4 42.4 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

46.6 46.6 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

61.3 61.3 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

21.2 21.2 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

22.1 22.1 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

25.5 25.5 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

51.0 51.0 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

63.7 63.7 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

70.1 70.1 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

82 82 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

28.4 28.4 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

29.5 29.5 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

34.1 34.1 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

68.2 68.2 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

85.2 85.2 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

93.7 93.7 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊


100

Specifications

IEC Specifications


100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60


Switching of 3-phase Capacitors, AC-6b (50 Hz)Inductance of leads between capacitors in parallel: min. 6 µH (100-C09…-C30 contactors: min. 30 µH)Single capacitor 40°C 230V [kVar] — — — 8 8 8.5 9 14 14 24 28

240V [kVar] — — — 8 8 8.5 9 14 14 25 29400V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 24 35 48415V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 25 35 50500V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 25 35 50690V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 25 35 50

1000V [kVar] — — — — — — — — — — —60°C 230V [kVar] — — — 8 8 8.5 9 12.5 12.5 18 28

240V [kVar] — — — 8 8 8.5 9 12.5 12.5 18 29400V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 21.5 30 42415V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 22 30 42500V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 25 30 42690V [kVar] — — — 8 8 10 12.5 20 25 30 42

1000V [kVar] — — — — — — — — — — —Group capacitors 40°C 230V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 9 12.5 14 20 28

240V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 9 12.5 14 20 29400V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40415V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40500V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40690V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40

1000V [kVar] — — — — — — — — — — —60°C 230V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 9 12.5 12.5 18 28

240V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 9 12.5 12.5 18 29400V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40415V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40500V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40690V [kVar] — — — 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40

1000V [kVar] — — — — — — — — — — —60 Hz Single Capacitor — 40°C

200V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 9 12.5 14 20 28230V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 9 12.5 14 20 29460V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40600V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40

60 Hz Group Capacitors — 40°C 200V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 9 12.5 12.5 18 28230V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 9 12.5 12.5 18 29460V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40600V [kVar] ➊ ➊ ➊ 5 5 8 10 15 20 25 40

Switching of LampsGas discharge lamps AC-5a open [A] 18 18 18 22.5 25 28 29 40.5 45 77 81

closed [A] 14.5 14.5 14.5 22.5 25 28 29 37 41 57 77Individually compensated:Max. capacitance at expected Short-circuit current of 10 kA [µF] 750 750 750 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 2 700 2 700 3 200 4 000

20 kA [µF] 400 400 400 500 500 500 500 1 350 1 350 1 600 2 00050 kA [µF] — — — 200 200 200 200 540 540 640 800

Filament AC-5b 230/240V [A] 9.3 9.3 9.3 12 16 18 22 30 37 43 60Switching of Low Inductive Loads in Home Appliances and Similar Applications (50 Hz)AC-7a 230V [A] — — — 32 32 32 32 45 45 63 —

400V [A] — — — 32 32 32 32 45 45 63 —440V [A] — — — 32 32 32 32 45 45 63 —

Switching of Motor Load for Home Appliances (50 Hz)AC-7b 230V [A] — — — 10.5 14 19 23 30 — — —

400V [A] — — — 9 12 16 20 30 — — —440V [A] — — — 7.5 10 13.5 18 27 — — —


101

Specifications


28 28 45 45 70 70 70 70 98 98 125 139 ➊ ➊

29 29 48 48 73 73 73 73 102 102 131 145 ➊ ➊

48 48 78 78 120 120 120 120 170 170 218 242 ➊ ➊

50 50 80 80 125 125 125 125 176 176 226 252 ➊ ➊

55 60 98 98 150 150 150 150 212 212 273 303 ➊ ➊

55 60 133 133 208 208 208 208 293 293 376 418 ➊ ➊

— — 193 193 300 300 300 300 424 424 546 606 ➊ ➊

28 28 33 33 60 60 60 60 84 84 106 119 ➊ ➊

29 29 35 35 63 63 63 63 87 87 111 124 ➊ ➊

48 48 58 58 100 100 100 100 145 145 184 206 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 60 105 105 105 105 151 151 191 214 ➊ ➊

50 55 73 73 128 128 128 128 182 182 230 258 ➊ ➊

50 55 100 100 175 175 175 175 251 251 318 356 ➊ ➊

— — 145 145 253 253 253 253 364 364 461 515 ➊ ➊

28 28 45 40 70 70 70 70 98 98 125 139 ➊ ➊

29 29 47 45 73 73 73 73 102 102 131 145 ➊ ➊

48 48 58 75 98 98 120 120 170 170 218 242 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 78 98 98 123 123 170 176 226 252 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 78 100 100 123 123 172 212 273 303 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 78 100 100 123 123 174 247 356 418 ➊ ➊

— — 60 80 100 100 125 125 177 251 361 606 ➊ ➊

28 28 33 35 58 58 58 58 84 84 106 119 ➊ ➊

29 29 35 38 60 60 60 60 87 87 111 124 ➊ ➊

48 48 58 58 98 98 100 100 145 145 184 206 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 60 98 98 105 105 151 151 191 214 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 73 100 100 123 123 172 182 230 258 ➊ ➊

50 50 60 78 100 100 123 123 174 247 318 356 ➊ ➊

— — 60 80 100 100 125 125 177 251 361 515 ➊ ➊

28 28 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

29 29 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

50 50 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

50 50 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

28 28 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

29 29 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

50 50 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

50 50 ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

85 90 144 144 225 225 225 225 315 315 405 420 ➊ ➊

81 90 121.5 121.5 189 189 189 189 270 270 342 382.5 ➊ ➊

4 000 4 700 — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

2 000 2 350 — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

800 940 — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

70 76 107 120 140 140 170 170 273 273 300 420 ➊ ➊

— — — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

— — — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

— — — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

— — — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

— — — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊

— — — — — — — — — — — — ➊ ➊


102

Specifications

Specifications

100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60


Switching of Hermetically Sealed Cooling Compressor Motors - manual reset of overload release (50 Hz)AC-8a 400V [A] — — — 12 16 22 32 38 45 63 72

500V [A] — — — 12 16 22 32 38 45 63 72690V [A] — — — 8 10 14 20 28 35 42 56

- automatic reset of overload release

AC-8b 400V [A] — — — 5.5 7 9.3 12 13 14 16 24

500V [A] — — — 5.5 7 9.3 12 13 14 16 24690V [A] — — — 5.5 7 9.3 12 13 14 16 24

Switching of DC LoadsNon-inductive or slightly inductive loads or resistance furnaces DC-1 at 60°C

1 pole 24V [A] 6 9 9 25 25 32 32 45 45 50 7048/60V [A] 4/1 6/1.5 6/1.5 20 20 20 20 25 25 30 40

110V [A] 0.6 1 1 6 6 6 6 8 8 9 11220V [A] 0.2 0.3 0.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2440V [A] 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5

2 poles in series 24V [A] 6 9 9 25 25 32 32 45 45 50 7048/60V [A] 6 8 8 25 25 32 32 45 45 50 70

110V [A] 4 6 6 25 25 32 32 45 45 50 70220V [A] 0.8 1.2 1.2 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 15440V [A] 0.2 0.3 0.3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5


110V [A] 6 9 9 25 25 32 32 45 45 63 90220V [A] 3 4 4 25 25 32 32 45 45 50 70440V [A] 0.4 0.6 0.6 3 3 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 5

Shunt-wound MotorsStarting, reverse current braking, reversing, stepping DC-3, 60°C


110V [A] 2 3 3 20 20 25 25 30 30 35 70220V [A] 0.8 1.2 1.2 6 6 6 10 15 15 20 25440V [A] 0.15 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Series-wound MotorsStarting, reverse current braking, reversing, stepping DC-5, 60°C


110V [A] 0.6 1 1 20 20 25 25 30 30 35 70220V [A] 0.1 0.1 0.1 6 6 6 10 15 15 20 25440V [A] — — — 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Short Time Withstand ICW, 60°C

10 s [A] 60 96 96 170 170 170 215 300 304 375 700Resistance and Power DissipationMain current circuit resistance [mΩ] 5.5 5.5 5.5 2.7 2.7 2.7 2 2 2 1.5 0.9Power dissipation by all circuits at Ie AC-3/400V [W] 0.46 1.3 2.4 0.66 1.2 2.1 3.2 5.4 8.2 8.3 9.7

Total power dissipationat Ie AC-3/400V AC control [W] 1.9 2.7 3.8 3.3 3.8 4.7 6.2 8.4 11.2 11.5 11

DC control [W] 3.0 3.8 4.9 6.7 7.2 8.1 12.4 14.6 17.4 18.4 11LifespanMechanical AC control [Mio. operations] 10 10 10 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 10DC control [Mio. operations] 20 20 20 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 10Electrical AC-3 (400 V)[Mio. operations] 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 1Weight

AC Non-Reversing kg (lbs.) 0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.39 (0.86) 0.39 (0.86) 0.39 (0.86) 0.39 (0.86) 0.48 (1.06) 0.49 (1.08) 0.51 (1.12) 1.45 (3.20)

Reversing kg (lbs.) — — — 0.85 (1.89) 0.85 (1.89) 0.85 (1.89) 0.85 (1.89) 1.08 (2.39) 1.08 (2.39) 1.15 (2.54) 3.14 (6.92)

DC Non-Reversing kg (lbs.) 0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.6 (1.32) 0.6 (1.32) 0.6 (1.32) 0.73 (1.61) 0.85 (1.87) 0.85 (1.87) 1.0 (2.20) 1.47 (3.24)

Reversing kg (lbs.) — — — 1.27 (2.81) 1.27 (2.81) 1.27 (2.81) 1.53 (3.39) 1.81 (4.0) 1.81 (4.0) 2.13 (4.7) 3.22 (7.1)


103

Specifications

➊ Values in brackets refer to electronic coil (EI) version.➋ To be determined.

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C 100-D, 100S-D72 85 95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 630 860X X X X X — X — — — — — — —— — X X — X — X X X X X X X

85 100 — — — — — — — — — — ➋ ➋

85 100 — — — — — — — — — — ➋ ➋

67 80 — — — — — — — — — — ➋ ➋

30 35 — — — — — — — — — — ➋ ➋

30 35 — — — — — — — — — — ➋ ➋

30 35 — — — — — — — — — — ➋ ➋

80 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

40 40 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

11 11 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

2 2 3 3 4 4 4 4 — — — — ➋ ➋

0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 — — — — ➋ ➋

80 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

80 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

80 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

15 15 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

1.5 1.5 3 3 4 4 4 4 — — — — ➋ ➋

90 100 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

90 100 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

90 100 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

80 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

5 5 11 11 11 11 11 11 — — — — ➋ ➋

90 100 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

70 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

70 80 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

25 30 120 120 210 210 210 210 — — — — ➋ ➋

0.6 0.6 3 3 4 4 4 4 — — — — ➋ ➋

90 100 80 80 120 120 120 120 — — — — ➋ ➋

70 80 80 80 120 120 120 120 — — — — ➋ ➋

70 80 80 80 120 120 120 120 — — — — ➋ ➋

25 30 80 80 120 120 120 120 — — — — ➋ ➋

0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 2 — — — — ➋ ➋

700 700 1060 1060 1 390 1 390 1 390 1 390 2 300 2 570 2 800 4 290 ➋ ➋

0.9 0.9 0.4 0.4 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.22 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.19 0.14

14 19.5 8.7 13.2 (13.8)➊ 24.6 24.6 36.3 36.3 29.4 41.7 48.6 79.5 78.4 103.2

13.8 17.5 18.2 22.7 34.5 34.5 46.5 46.5 39.4 51.7 58.6 89.5 105.4 133.213.8 17.5 16.7 20.9 32.5 32.5 44.5 44.5 37.4 49.7 56.6 87.5 105.4 133.2

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 210 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 21 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ➋ ➋

1.45 (3.2) 1.45 (3.2) 3.3 (7.28)[3.8 (8.38)]➊

3.3 (7.28)[3.8 (8.38)]➊ 3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 28.6 (63) 28.6 (63)

3.14 (6.92) 3.14 (6.92) ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋

1.47 (3.24) 1.47 (3.24) 3.3 (7.28)[3.8 (8.38)]➊

3.3 (7.28)[3.8 (8.38)]➊ 3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 28.6 (63) 28.6 (63)

3.22 (7.1) 3.22 (7.1) ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋ ➋


104

Specifications

➊ Pozidriv No. 2 / Blade No. 3 screw ➋ Pozidriv No. 2 / Blade No. 4 screw➌ Hexagonal socket screw

100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C

05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60 72 85

Coil Type : Conventional X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Electronic — EI — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Conductor Cross Sections - Main ContactsTerminal type

➊ ➊ ➋ ➌

(1) conductor [mm2](2) conductors [mm2]

0.75…2.50.75…2.5

1…41…4

2.5…102.5…10

2.5…162.5…10

2.5…352.5…25

(1) conductor [mm2](2) conductors [mm2]

0.75…2.50.75…2.5

1.5…61.5…6

2.5…162.5…16

2.5…252.5…16

2.5…502.5…35

b max. [mm]

c max. [mm]

s max. [mm]

Ø min. [mm]

— — — — —

— — — — —

— — — — —

— — — — —

Recommended torque [Nm] 1…1.5 1…2.5 2.5…4 2.5…4 3.5…6

Cross section per UL/CSA [AWG] 18…14 16…10 14…4 14…4 14…1

Recommended torque [lb-in] 7…15 9…22 22…35 22…35 31…53

With terminal lug kit — — — — —

Cross section per UL/CSA [AWG] — — — — —

Recommended torque [lb-in] — — — — —

With Frame Terminal Block — — — — —

top opening [mm2]bottom opening[mm2]

— — — — —

top opening [mm2]bott. opening [mm2]

— — — — —

b max. [mm]s top [mm]s bottom [mm]

— — — — —

Recommended torque [Nm] — — — — —

Cross section per UL/CSA top [AWG] — — — — —

bottom [AWG] — — — — —

Recommended torque [lb-in] — — — — —

b

c

s

c

sb

b

c

s

bs s

b


105

Specifications

➍ Hexagonal screw➎ 25…95 mm2 with sleeve per DIN 46228

100-D, 100S-D

95 110 140 140 180 180 210 250 300 420 630 860

X X X — X — — — — — — —

X X — X — X X X X X X X

➍ ➍ ➍ ➍

——

——

——

——

——

——

——

——

——

——

20 25 30 52 52

10 12.5 15 22 22

2 x 5 2 x 5 2 x 6 2x8 2x8

6.1 8.3 10.5 13 13

8…10 10…12 16 68 68

— — — — —

70…90 90…110 375 600 600

100-DL110 ➌ 100-DL180 ➌ 100-DL420 ➌ 100-DL630 100-DL860

6…2/0 6…250 MCM 2/0…600 MCM 2X2/0…500MCM

4X2/0…500MCM

70…90 90…110 130…150 400 400

100-DTB110 ➌ 100-DTB180 ➌ 100-DLB420 ➌ — —

16…3516…70

16…3516…95

25…240 ➎25…240 — —

16…5016…95

16…5016…120

25…30025…300 — —

163…93…12

203…93…14

254…204…20

— —

8…10 10…12 20…25 — —

6…1 / 0 AWG 6…1 / 0 AWG 4 AWG…600 MCM — —

6…3 / 0 AWG 6 AWG…250 MCM 4 AWG…600 MCM — —

70…90 90…110 180…220 — —


106

Specifications

Coil Data

100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60 72 85

Coil Type : Conventional X X X X X X X X X X X X XElectronic — EI — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Operating Limits50 Hz, 60 Hz, 50/60 Hz pick-up [x Us] 0.85…1.1 0.85…1.1 0.85….1.1

dropout [x Us] 0.35…0.65 0.3…0.6 0.3…0.6DC control pick-up [x Us] 0.85…1.1 0.8…1.1 0.8…1.1

dropout [x Us] 0.1…0.25 0.1…0.6 0.1…0.6Coil Consumption50 Hz, 60 Hz, 50/60 Hz pick-up [VA/W]

hold-in [VA/W]22/20 70/50 70/50 80/60 130/90 200/1104/1.4 8/2.6 9/3 9/3 10/3.2 16/4.5

DC control pick-up [W]hold-in [W]

2.5 6.5 9.2 9.2 10.1 2002.5 6.5 9.2 9.2 10.1 4.5

Operating TimesAC closing delay [ms]

opening delay [ms]15…40 15…30 15…30 15…30 15…30 20…4015…25 10…60 10…60 10…60 10…60 10…60

With RC module opening delay [ms] 15…25 10…60 10…60 10…60 10…60 10…60DC closing delay [ms]

opening delay [ms]18…40 40…70 40…70 50…80 50…80 20…406…12 7…15 7…15 7…15 7…15 —

With integrated diode opening delay [ms] 8…12 14…20 17…23 17…23 17…23 ≤ 220V 20…35With external diode opening delay [ms] 35…50 70…95 80…125 80…125 80…125 > 220V 80…125


107

Specifications

➊ Electronic coil drives are controlled for minimizing performance, but this control may shortly require (< 1ms) peak load when energizing.This must be taken into account for the proper sizing of supply devices, all-or-nothing relays and cross-sections of coil supply lines. Please contact your nearest Rockwell Automation distributor for detailed information

100/104-D, 100S/104S-D95/110 140/180 95 110 140 180 210 250 300 420 630 860

X X — — — — — — — — — —— — X X X X X X X X X X

0.85…1.1 0.85…1.1 0.8…1.10.3…0.6 0.3…0.5 0.3…0.8

0.85…1.1 0.85…1.1 0.85…1.10.3…0.6 0.3…0.5 0.3…0.8

650/310 370/243 ➊ 590/355 ➊ 1915/1720 ➊50/10 12/6 15/7 33/30540 190 ➊ 375 ➊ 1980 ➊

8 6 7 30

20…47 75…90 75…90 60…1006…12 30…60 30…60 70…1459…18 — — —

27…47 75…90 75…90 60…10012…20 30…60 30…60 70…14512…20 — — —

— — — —


108

Specifications


100/104-M 100/104-C, 100S/104S-C05 09 12 09 12 16 23 30 37 43 60 72 85

Coil Type : Conventional X X X X X X X X X X X X XElectronic — EI — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Short Circuit Coordination (Max.Fuse or Circuit Breaker Rating)

Per IEC 947-4-1 (contactor and fuses only)

DIN Fuses - gG, gL 100 kA Available Fault Current Type "1" (690V) [A] 25 25 25 50 50 50 80 125 125 160 250 250 250 Type "2" (400V) [A] 16 16 16 25 35 35 40 80 80 100 160 160 160 Type "2" (690V) [A] — — — 25 35 35 40 80 80 100 160 160 160 BS88 Fuses 80 kA Available Fault Current Type "1" (690V) [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ 25 32 35 50 63 80 100 100 125 160 Type "2" (690V) [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ 25 32 35 50 63 80 100 100 125 160Per UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 14(contactor and fuses or circuit breaker only) UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses 5 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] 40 40 40 35 40 70 90 110 125 150 200 — — UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses 10 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — — — — — 250 300 UL Class L Fuses 18 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — — — — — — — UL Class L Fuses 42 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — — — — — — — UL Class CC and CSA HRCI-MISC Fuses 100 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) - "Type 2" [A] — — — 15 20 20 30 — — — — — — UL Class J and CSA HRCI-J Fuses 100 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) - "Type 2" [A] — — — 15 20 20 30 40 50 50 80 100 100 UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker 5 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (480V) [A] — — — 30 30 50 50 125 125 125 250 — — UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — 125 125 125 250 — — UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker 10 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — — — — — 250 250 UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker 18 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — — — — — — — UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker 42 kA Available Fault Current UL Listed Combination (600V) [A] — — — — — — — — — — — — —


109

Specifications


100/104-D, 100S/104S-D95/110 140/180 95 110 140 180 210 250 300 420 630 860

X X — — — — — — — — — —— — X X X X X X X X X X

100 kA Available Fault Current

250 250 315 315 355 355 500 500 630 630 ➊ ➊

200 200 250 250 315 315 400 400 500 500 ➊ ➊

200 200 250 250 315 315 400 400 500 500 ➊ ➊

80 kA Available Fault Current➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

5 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — — — — — —

10 kA Available Fault Current225 250 350 350 450 450 500 — — — — —

18 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — 700 700 1000 — —

42 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — — — — 2500 2500

100 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — — — — — —

100 kA Available Fault Current➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊

5 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — — — — — —— — — — — — — — — — — —

10 kA Available Fault Current125 150 200 200 250 250 300 — — — — —

18 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — 350 400 500 — —

42 kA Available Fault Current— — — — — — — — — — 1200 1200


110

Specifications

Auxiliary Contacts and Auxiliary Contact Blocks

➊ Only with 100-DS2-B11

Auxiliary contact for 100-M Auxiliary contact for 100-C, 100S-C Auxiliary contact for 100-D

Internal Blocks Internal Front-mounted Side-mounted ConventionalElectronically

compatible

Switching of AC LoadsAC-12 Ith at 40 °C [A] 16 10 25 10 10 16 0.1

at 60 °C [A] 12 6 20 6 6 12 at 250 VAC-15 at rated voltage of

(1…100 mA)at

3…125 V

24 V [A] — — 10 6 6 —42 / 48 V [A] — — 10 6 6 —

110 V [A] — — 10 6 6 —230 V [A] 6 2 10 5.5 5.5 5.5240 V [A] 5 2 10 5 5 5400 V [A] 2.5 1 6 3 3 3415 V [A] 2 1 5 2.5 2.5 2.5500 V [A] 1.25 0.6 2.5 1.6 1.6 1.6690 V [A] — — 1 1 1 1

Switching of DC LoadsDC-12 L/R< 1 ms resistive loads at

24 VDC [A] 6 6 12 12 6 16 —48 VDC [A] 4 2 9 9 3.2 9 —

110 VDC [A] 0.6 0.6 3.5 3.5 0.45 3.5 —220 VDC [A] 0.2 0.2 0.55 0.55 0.18 0.55 —440 VDC [A] 0.08 0.08 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.2 —

DC-14 L/R< 15 ms inductive loads with economy resistor in series at

24 VDC [A] 4 4 9 9 2 9 —48 VDC [A] 2.5 1.2 5 5 1.6 5 —

110 VDC [A] 0.4 0.4 2 2 .3 2 —220 VDC [A] 0.12 0.12 0.4 0.4 0.12 0.4 —440 VDC [A] 0.05 0.05 0.16 0.16 0.05 0.16 —

DC-13 switching electromagnets at

(1…100 mA)at

3…125 V

24 VDC [A] 5 2 5 5 3 548 VDC [A] 0.6 0.6 2 2 1.5 2

110 VDC [A] 0.45 0.45 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.7220 VDC [A] 0.25 0.1 0.25 0.25 0.3 0.25440 VDC [A] 0.04 0.04 0.12 0.12 0.2 0.12

Fuse gGShort-circuit protection with no Welding of contacts per IEC 947-5

[A] 16 10 10 10 10 16 —

[A] 16 10 10 10 10 16 —

Safe isolation between load and auxiliary circuit 250 V

between load and auxiliary circuit 500 V

Min. switching capacity 17 V DIN 19240 [mA] 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 ➊Load Carrying Capacity per UL/CSARated voltage AC [V] max. 600 max. 600 max. 600 max. 250

Continuous rating 40 °C [A] 10 General purpose 10 10 1010 General

purpose0.1

Switching capacity AC [A] Heavy pilot duty (A 600) A 600Heavy pilot duty

(A 600)0.1

Rated voltage DC [V] max. 600 max. 600 max. 600 max. 250

Switching capacity [A] Light pilot duty (Q 600) P 600 Q 600Standard pilot duty (P 600)

0.1


111

Specifications

General

100-M 100-C, 100S-C 100-D, 100S-D

05…09 12 09…85 95…420

Rated Isolation Voltage Ui

IEC, AS, BS, SEV, VDE 0660 [V] 500 690 1000per UL, NEMA, CSA, EEMAC [V] 600 600 600

Rated Impulse Voltage Withstand Uimp [kV]8 8 12

Rated Voltage Ue

AC 50/60 Hz [V] 230, 240, 400, 415, 500 115, 230, 400, 500, 690 230, 240, 400, 415, 500, 690, 1000DC [V] 24, 48, 110, 220, 440 24, 48, 110, 220, 440 24, 48, 110, 220, 440Insulation Class of the Coil Class «B» per IEC 85 Class «F» per IEC 85 Class «B» per VDE 0660,

Table 22Rated coil frequency AC 50/60 Hz, DC AC 50/60 Hz, DC AC 50 Hz, 50/60 Hz, DCAmbient TemperatureStorage [°C] -55…+80 -55…+80 -40…+80 Operation at rated voltage [°C] -25…+60 -25…+60 -25…+60 at 70 °C 15 % current reduction against 60 °C valuesClimatic Withstand IEC 68-2 IEC 68-2 IEC 68-2Max. Altitude of Installation Site [m] 2000 NN, per IEC 947-4 2000 NN, per IEC 947-4 2000 NN, per IEC 947-4Protection Class IP2X IP2X (in connected state) IP00 IEC 529 / DIN 40 050Single contactor cover — IP10 IEC 529 / DIN 40 050Contactor with frame terminal block — IP20 IEC 529 / DIN 40 050Auxiliary contact — IP20 IEC 529 / DIN 40 050Protection against Accidental Contact Finger and back-of-hand proof

per VDE 0106, part 100Finger and back-of-hand proof

per VDE 0106, part 100Finger and back-of-hand proof

per VDE 0106, part 100Resistance to Shock IEC 68-2 IEC 68-2 IEC 68-2Resistance to Vibration IEC 68-2 IEC 68-2 IEC 68-2

Positively Guided Contacts per SUVAContactor contacts among each other.Auxiliary contact block contacts next to

each other.But not between contactor and auxiliary

contact block.

Restricted guidance guarantees without restrictions from contactor to auxiliary

contact and auxiliary contact to contactor.

No restricted guidance 100-FL, 100-FPT

—

Standards IEC 60947; EN 60947; UL 508; CSA 22.2. No. 14

IEC 60947; EN 60947; UL 508; CSA 22.2. No. 14

IEC 60947; EN 60947; UL 508; CSA 22.2. No. 14

Approvals CE, UL Listed, CSA, Germanischer Lloyd, Bureau Veritas, Lloyd’s Register of

Shipping, Maritime Register of

Shipping

CE, UL Listed,

CSA,

CE, UL Listed, CSA, RINA,Bureau Veritas, Maritime Register of

Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping, Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyd’s Register of

Shipping, Wershe Veritas in preparation

CE, UL Listed, CSA


112

Specifications

Electrical Data

➊ At rated voltage 415V and rated current: Life span -25%

Cat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

AC-1, Three-phase Switching - IECAmbient temperature: 40°C

Ie ≤ 690V [A] 760 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,350

230V [kW] 303 398 438 478 538

240V [kW] 316 416 457 499 561

400V [kW] 527 693 762 831 935

415V [kW] 546 719 791 863 970

500V [kW] 658 866 953 1,039 1,169

690V [kW] 908 1,195 1,315 1,434 1,613

Ambient temperature: 60°C

Ie ≤ 690V [A] 605 800 870 960 1,085

230V [kW] 241 319 347 382 432

240V [kW] 251 333 362 399 451

400V [kW] 419 554 603 665 752

415V [kW] 435 575 625 690 780

500V [kW] 524 693 753 831 940

690V [kW] 723 956 1,040 1,147 1,297

Continuous Current - UL/CSA [A]General Purpose Rating 40°C

520 700 810 — 1215

Switching of 3-phase Motors - IEC

AC-2, AC-3 230/240V [A] 550 700 860 1,000 1,200

50Hz/60°C 400/415V [A] 550 700 860 1,000 1,200

500V [A] 550 700 860 1,000 1,200

690V [A] 500 630 700 860 1,000

230V [kW] 179 228 280 326 391

240V [kW] 187 238 293 340 408

400V [kW] 312 414 509 592 710

415V [kW] 324 430 528 628 737

500V [kW] 407 518 636 756 888

690V [kW] 510 657 730 897 1,043

AC-4 at 200,000 operations

50Hz 230/240V [A] 140 180 210 260 300

400/415V [A] 140 180 210 260 300

230V [kW] 45 57 67 83 97

240V [kW] 47 60 70 87 101

400V [kW] 78 101 118 146 170

415V [kW] 81 105 122 151 176

AC-4, Squirrel-cage motors with reversing and jogging at 20,000 (25,000), operations

230/240V [A] 360 430 520 (630) (700)

400/415V ➊ [A] 350 420 520 (630) (700)

230V [kW] 116 139 170 (205) (228)

240V [kW] 120 151 177 (214) (245)

400V [kW] 198 238 295 (357) (414)

415V [kW] 206 247 300 (359) (424)

113



Electrical Data, ContinuedCat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

Switching of 3-phase Motors - UL/CSA

60Hz/60°C 200V [A] 414 552 692 — 1,185

230V [A] 360 602 722 — 1,130

460V [A] 414 590 708 — 1,062

575V [A] 336 472 576 — 864

200V [Hp] 150 200 250 — 450

230V [Hp] 150 250 300 — 450

460V [Hp] 350 500 600 — 900

575V [Hp] 350 500 600 — 900

Rated making capacity

AC-3 Ie ≤ 415V [A] 5,500 7,000 8,600 10,000 12,000

500V [A] 5,500 7,000 8,600 10,000 12,000

690V [A] 5,000 6,300 7,000 8,600 10,300

Rated breaking capacity

AC-3 Ie ≤ 240V [A] 5,500 7,000 8,000 8,000 9,600

400V [A] 4,500 5,600 6,900 8,000 9,600

415V [A] 4,500 5,600 6,900 8,000 9,600

500V [A] 4,500 5,600 6,900 8,000 9,600

690V [A] 4,000 5,700 5,600 6,900 8,000

Star-Delta Starting

50Hz 230V [A] 953 1,212 1,490 1,732 2,078

240V [A] 953 1,212 1,490 1,732 2,078

400V [A] 953 1,212 1,490 1,732 2,078

415V [A] 953 1,212 1,490 1,732 2,078

500V [A] 953 1,212 1,490 1,732 2,078

690V [A] 831 1,091 1,195 1,490 1,732

230V [kW] 310 395 485 565 677

240V [kW] 324 412 507 589 707

400V [kW] 540 717 882 1,025 1,250

415V [kW] 561 745 915 1,088 1,227

500V [kW] 705 897 1,102 1,309 1,538

690V [kW] 883 1,138 1,247 1,554 2,078

Wye-Delta Starting

60Hz 230V [Hp] 250 400 500 650 750

460V [Hp] 600 800 1,000 1,300 1,500

575V [Hp] 600 800 1,000 1,500 1,500

Short-circuit Protection of Contactors without Overload Relay

Fuse gG (aM) Type 1 coordination(per IEC 947-4-1) 500V [A] (630) 800 1,000 1,000 1,250

690V [A] (630) 800 1,000 1,000 1,000

Switching of Three-phase CapacitorInductivity of dispatching between parallel switched capacitors: min. 6 µH

Single capacitors40°C 230V [kVar] 180 220 250 290 330

240V [kVar] 200 250 300 325 360

400V [kVar] 320 400 450 500 575

415V [kVar] 350 430 500 550 630

500V [kVar] 450 520 600 660 750

690V [kVar] 580 700 800 875 1,000

55°C 230V [kVar] 150 180 220 275 325

240V [kVar] 170 200 260 300 350

400V [kVar] 280 330 400 460 550

415V [kVar] 300 360 450 500 600

500V [kVar] 360 420 540 600 720

690V [kVar] 500 580 720 800 950


114


Electrical Data, ContinuedCat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

Capacitor Banks 40°C 230V [kVar] 180 220 250 290 330

240V [kVar] 200 250 300 325 360

400V [kVar] 320 400 450 500 575

415V [kVar] 350 430 500 550 630

500V [kVar] 450 520 600 660 750

690V [kVar] 580 700 800 875 1,000

55°C 230V [kVar] 150 180 220 275 325

240V [kVar] 170 200 260 300 350

400V [kVar] 280 330 400 460 550

415V [kVar] 300 360 450 500 600

500V [kVar] 360 420 540 600 720

690V [kVar] 500 580 720 800 950

DC Switching

Switching of non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces DC-1 at 60°C

1-Pole 24/48V [A] 605 800 870 960 1,085

2-Poles in series 24/48V [A] 605 800 870 960 1,085

3 Poles in series 24/48V [A] 605 800 870 960 1,085

110V [A] 480 560 630 800 900

220V [A] 315 400 450 500 600

Shunt-wound Motors

Starting, plugging, reversing, plugging

DC-3 at 60°C3 Poles in series 24/48V [A] 605 800 870 960 1,085

Series-wound Motors

Starting, plugging, reversing, plugging

DC-5 at 60°C3 Poles in series 24/48V [A] 605 800 870 960 1,085

Lighting Loads

Elec. Discharge. Lamps - AC - 5a,

Non-Compensated [A] 450 570 700 850 1,000

Compensated [A] 360 460 550 660 800

Incandescent Lamps - AC - 5b, Electrical Endurance @ 100,000 ops [A] 315 440 500 560 630

Switching Power Transformers AC - 6a

Inrush = n · Ie [A]

Ie Rated transformer current [A] 259 330 405 470 570

n = 30 400V AC [kVA] 179 228 280 325 395

500V AC [kVA] 224 286 350 407 493

690V AC [kVA] 281 355 395 485 563

n = 20 [A] 389 495 608 700 850

n = 15 [A] 517 660 810 945 1130

Rated Short-time Withstand ICW, 60°C1 s [A] 5,500 7,000 8,000 10,000 12,000

4 s [A] 5,500 7,000 8,000 10,000 12,000

10 s [A] 4,400 5,600 6,900 8,000 9,600

15 s [A] 3,800 5,000 6,000 7,400 8,500

60 s [A] 2,300 2,800 3,400 4,000 4,800

240 s [A] 1,300 1,800 2,000 2,300 2,700

900 s [A] 850 1,150 1,350 1,600 1,900

Minimum cooling time at zero current [Min.] 60 60 60 60 60

Resistance and Energy Dissipation

Main circuit resistance [mW] 0.11 0.1 0.08 0.06 0.05

Total energy dissipation at Ie AC-3 [W] 99 147 177 180 216

Excess energy dissipation at Ie AC-3

AC Control [W] 110 172 202 250 286

DC Control [W] 109 169 199 240 276

115



Mechanical Data

➊ Quantity indicated in ( ).

Coil Data

➋ Accelerates➌ Delays

Cat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

Life Span in Millions of Operations

Mechanical AC Control [Mil.] 5 5 5 1 1

DC Control [Mil.] 5 5 5 1 1

Shipping Weights AC Control [kg] 13.8 26.4 28.4 50.3 53.4

[lb] 30.4 58.1 62.5 110.8 117.6

DC Control [kg] 13.8 26.4 28.4 50.3 53.4

[lb] 30.4 58.1 62.5 110.8 117.6

Terminals ➊

Terminal dimensions [mm] 6 x 40 8 x 50 8 x 50 10 x 50 10 x 60

Terminal screw hole size [mm] (1) x ø13 (1) x ø13 (1) x ø15 (2) x ø13 (2) x ø13

Terminations - PowerType Hexagonal Bolt

Direct Connection

b max.[ mm]c max. [mm]s max. [mm]∅ min. [mm]

50 60 60 60 60

20 20 25 25 25

2 x 5 2 x 5 2 x 6 2 x 6 2 x 8

12.5 13 15 2 x 13 2 x 13

Recommended Torque [Nm] 50 60 75 60 60

[ft.-lb] 37 44 55 44 44

Conductor/Wire Terminations ➊

Bus bar (width) [mm] 40 50 50 50 60

Terminal lugs 100-LG5 100-LG6 100-LG6 100-LG7 100-LG7

Wire size per IEC 60947-1 [mm2] (2) x 35…300 (3) x 35…300 (3) x 35…300 (4) x 35…300 (4) x 35…300

Wire size per UL/CSA [AWG] (2) x #2…600 MCM (3) x #2…600 MCM (3) x #2…600 MCM (4) x #2…600 MCM (4) x #2…600 MCM

Hex screw [in] 1/2 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

Recommended Torque [Nm] 42 62 62 56 56

[lb-in] 375 550 550 500 500

Auxiliary Contact [mm2] (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5

Coils [mm2] (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5 (2) x 2.5

Cat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

Operating Limits

AC- 50 Hz Pick-up [x Us] 0.85…1.1

Drop-out [x Us] 0.2…0.5 0.2…0.5 0.3…0.6

AC- 60 Hz Pick-up [x Us] 0.85…1.1

Drop-out [x Us] 0.2…0.5 0.2…0.5 0.3…0.6

DC Control Pick-up [x Us] 0.85…1.1

Drop-out [x Us] 0.2…0.5 0.2…0.5 0.3…0.6

Pickup and Holding Power

AC- 50 Hz Pick-up [VA] 800…950 1,350…1,600 2,400

Hold-in [VA] 9…11 21…25 70

AC- 60 Hz Pick-up [VA] 800…950 1,350…1,600 2,400

Hold-in [VA] 9…11 21…25 70

DC Control Pick-up [W] 700…850 1,300…1,550 2,100

Hold-in [W] 8…10 18…22 60

Operating Times: Switching Delay

AC Making delay [ms] 50…100 50…100

Breaking delay [ms] 20…50 ➋ /150…200/500…1,000 ➌ 25…50

DC Making delay [ms] 50…100 50…100

Breaking delay [ms] 20…50 ➋ /150…200/500…1,000 ➌ 25…50


116


Auxiliary Contacts

General Data

Cat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

AC Switching

AC-1 Ith at 40°C [A] 16 16

at 60°C [A] 12 12

AC-15 at rated voltage

120V [A] 6 6

230V [A] 3 3

240V [A] 3 3

400V [A] 2 2

415V [A] 2 2

500V [A] 1.5 1.5

690V [A] 1 1

DC SwitchingDC-13 control of electromagnets

24V DC [A] 6 6

48V DC [A] 3 3

110V DC [A] 1 1

220V DC [A] 0.5 0.5

Back-up FuseShort-circuit protection without contact welding per IEC 60947-5

Fuse gG [A] 10 16

Cat. No. 100-G550… 100-G700… 100-G860… 100-G1000… 100-G1200…

Rated Isolation Voltage Ui

IEC, AS, BS, SEV, VDE 0660 [V]UL/CSA

1,000V600V

690V600V

Impulse Voltage Uimp

1 minute per IEC 947-4 [kV] 3,500V 2,500V

Rated Voltage - Main Control Ue

AC 50/60 Hz [V] 230, 240, 400, 415, 460, 500, 575, 690V 230, 240, 400, 415, 460, 500, 575, 690V

DC [V] 24, 48, 110, 220, 440V

Operating Frequency for AC Loads 50/60 Hz [Hz] 180/hr. for 0.25s start time – 42/hr. for 1s start time

Insulation Class of the Magnetic Coil Class B per VDE 0660, table 22

Rated Frequency of the Coil AC 50/60 Hz, DC

Ambient Temperature

Storage -40°C…+80°COperation at rated current -25°C…+60°CClimatic Withstand Damp alternating conditions cyclical, per DIN 50 016 and 40 046, Part 38, IEC 68

Altitude 2000 m above sea level, per IEC 60947-1

Type of Protection IP00 IEC 529/DIN 40 050

Certifications IEC 60947, CEI 17-2, 17-3; UTE NF C 63-110; BS 5424; VDE 0660-1; NEMA; ICS

Approvals UL, cUL, CE, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping

117

Bulletin 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D, 100-GIEC Contactors


Electrical life in Utilization Category

Contact Life for Mixed Utilization Categories AC-3 and AC-4:In many applications, the utilization category cannot be defined as either purely AC-3 or AC-4. In those applications, the electrical life of the contactor can be estimated from the following equation:

Lmixed = Lac3/ [1+Pac4*(Lac3/Lac4-1)], where:

Lmixed Approximate contact life in operations for a mixed AC-3/AC-4 utilization category application.

Lac3 Approximate contact life in operations for a pure AC-3 utlilization category (from the AC-3 life-load curves).

Lac4 Approximate contact life in operations for a pure AC-4 utilization category (from the AC-4 life-load curves).

Pac4 Percentage of AC-4 operations.

Ie Rated operational current I Making CurrentUe Rated voltage Ic Breaking CurrentUr Recovery voltage U Off-load voltage

➊ Plugging is understood as stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.➋ Inching (jogging) is understood as energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.

Bulletin 100-C/104-C IEC contactors are designed for superior performance in a wide variety of applications. When selecting IEC products, the user must give consideration to the specific load, utilization category and required electrical life of the application. The life-load curves shown here are based on Rockwell Automation tests according to the requirements defined in IEC 60947-4-1. Since contact life in application is dependent on environmental conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that indicated by the curves shown here.

To find the contactor’s estimated electrical life, follow these guidelines:1. Identify the appropriate utilization category from the table below.2. Choose the graph for the utilization category selected.3. Locate the intersection of the life-load curve for the appropriate contactor with the application’s operational current (le) found on the horizontal axis.4. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis.

Test Conditions Making BreakingI/Ie U/Ue cosϕ Ic/Ie Ur/Ue cosϕ

AC-1 Resistance Furnaces:Non inductive or slightly inductive loads 1 1 0.95 1 1 0.95

AC-2 Slip-ring motors:Starting and reversing 2.5 1 0.65 2.5 1 0.65

AC-3 Squirrel - cage motors:Starting and stopping of running motors

Ie < 17 AIe > 17 A

66

11

0.650.35

66

0.170.17

0.650.35

AC-4 Squirrel - cage motors:Starting, plugging ➊ , inching ➋

Ie < 17 AIe > 17 A

66

11

0.650.35

66

11

0.650.35

AC-15 Solenoids:Contactors, valves and lifting magnets 10 1 0.7 1 1 0.4

Bulletin 100-M/104-MIEC Contactors

118

Specifications

Electrical Life

100-M05

100-M09

100-M12

0.011 10 100

1

0.1

10

(AC-1)

100-M

Rated operating current Ie AC-2 [A](Dashed curves - - - - AC-1 only, open)

Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Electrical Life; Ue = 400 / 415 VACAC-3 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while startingAC-1 Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces

0.010.1 1 10

1

0.1

10

100-M05

100-M09; 100-M12

100-M

Rated operating current Ie [A]

Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Electrical Life; Ue = 400 / 415 VACAC-4 Stepping of squirrel-cage motors

119



Life-Load Curves

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09

C12

C30

C23

C16

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

Rated operating current Ie AC-1 [A]

Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

40°C Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; Ue = 230…690 VAC-1

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

C85


Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Switching of slip-ring motors; Ue = 230…400…460 VAC-2


120


Life-Load Curves

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09

C12

C23

C16

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30


Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 230…400…460 V

AC-3

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09

C23

C12

C60

C30

C16

C85

C72

C43

C37


Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 500…575 V

121



Life-Load Curves

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09

C23

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C12

C16


Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 690 V

AC-3

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09 C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

C85

C72

C60


Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

Switching of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 230…690 V

AC-4


122


Life-Load Curves

Heavy Duty Starting and Regular Short-time Operation

0.1

1

10

1 10 100

C09

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

Rated operating current Ie AC-3/AC-4 [A]

Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

10 % AC-4 Mixed operation of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 230…400…460 V

AC-3 & AC-4

1

10

100

10 100 1000 10000

100-

C23

100-

C30

/37

100-

C43

100-

C60

/72/

85

Starting current/1Short-time current [A]

max

. Sta

rtin

g tim

e/Lo

adin

g tim

e [s

]

Bulletin 100-C Contactors

123



Maximum Operating Rates

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

C09/C12/C16/C23

C30/C37

C43

C60/C72/C85

P/Pn [%]

Per

mis

sibl

e sw

itchi

ng r

ate

[ops

/h]

40°C Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; Ue = 230…690 V

AC-1

100

1000

10000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

C09/C12/C16C23/C30/C37/C43

C60C72C85

P/Pn [%]

Per

mis

sibl

e sw

itchi

ng r

ate

[ops

/h]

Stepping of slip-ring motors; Ue = 230…460 V

AC-2


124


Maximum Operating Rates

100

1000

10000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

C09/C12/C16C23/C30/C37/C43C60/C72/C85

P/Pn [%]

Per

mis

sibl

e sw

itchi

ng r

ate

[ops

/h]

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 230…460 V

Relative operating time 40 %, Starting time tA = 0.25 s

AC-3

10

100

1000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

C09C12

C23/C30C37/C43/C60

C85

C16

C72

P/Pn [%]

Per

mis

sibl

e sw

itchi

ng r

ate

[ops

/h]

Stepping of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 230…460 V

Starting time tA = 0.25 s

AC-4

125


Specifications

Electrical Life

0.1

1

10

10 100 1000

420

300

250

210

180

140

110

95

(AC-1)

100-D

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 [A](Dashed curves ------ AC-1 only, open)

Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

AC-3 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while startingAC-1 Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; Ue = 400 V

0.01

0.1

1

10

1000

420

300

250

210

180

140

110

95

100101

100-D


Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

AC-4 Stepping of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 400 V


126

Specifications

Electrical Life

0.1

1

10

10 100 1000

420

300

250

210

180

140

110

95

100-D

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 / AC-4 [A]

Con

tact

life

[mill

ions

of o

pera

tions

]

AC-3 90 % & AC-4 10 % Mixed operation of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 400 V

127



Electrical Life

100-G550100-G700100-G860100-G1000100-G1200

10

1

0.1

10

Con

tact

Life

(m

illio

ns o

f ope

ratio

ns)

1000 10000

Rated Operational Current Ie AC-4 [A]

0.01

0.001100

100-G550100-G700100-G860100-G1000100-G1200

10

1

100

Con

tact

Life

(m

illio

ns o

f ope

ratio

ns)

1000 10000

Rated Operational Current Ie AC-1/AC-3 [A](Curves for AC-1 only, open)

0.1

100-G550 (AC-1)100-G700 (AC-1)100-G860 (AC-1)100-G1000 (AC-1)100-G1200 (AC-1)

100-G550…100-G1200

AC-3 Switching of Running Three-phase Motors, Uz = 380…460V ACAC-1 Non or Slightly Inductive Loads, Resistance Furnaces

AC-4 Jogging of Squirrel-cage Motors, Uz = 380…460V AC


128


Electrical Life, Continued

Permissible Switching Rate

100-G550100-G700100-G860100-G1000100-G1200

10

1

0.1

100

Con

tact

Life

(m

illio

ns o

f ope

ratio

ns)

1000 10000

Rated Operational Current Ie AC-3/AC-4 [A]

0.01

100-G550…100-G1200AC-3 90% Switching of Running Motors, Uz = 380…460V ACAC-4 10% Jogging

100-G550100-G700100-G860100-G1000, 100-G1200100-G1200 (short time)

1000

100

100

Per

mis

sibl

e S

witc

hing

Rat

e (o

pera

tions

/hou

r)

1000 10000

Rated Operational Current Ie [A]

10

100-G550…100-G1200Switching of Running Squirrel-cage Motors AC-3, Uz = 380…460V ACStarting Time ts = 0.25 s, Relative Running Time 40%

129



Permissible Switching Rate, Continued

100-G550100-G700100-G860100-G1000,100-G1200100-G1200 (short-time)

1000

100

10

100

Per

mis

sibl

e S

witc

hing

Rat

e (o

pera

tions

/hou

r)

1000 10000

Rated Operational Current Ie [A]

100-G550…100-G1200Switching of Running Squirrel-cage Motors AC-3, Uz = 380…460V ACStarting Time ts = 1 s, Relative Running Time 40%

100-G550100-G700; 100-G860100-G1000,100-G1200100-G860100-G1200

1000

100

10100

Per

mis

sibl

e S

witc

hing

Rat

e (o

pera

tions

/hou

r)

1000 10000

Starting Current Is [A]

100-G550…100-G1200Switching of Starting Motors (AC-2 and AC-4), Uz = 380…460V ACStarting Time ted = 1 s (< ts)

Bulletin 100-MIEC Miniature Contactors

130


Bulletin 100-M Miniature Contactors and AccessoriesDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

78(3-7/64)

48(1-29/32)

4(1/16)

10(25/64)

19.5(25/32)

22(7/8)

23.5(15/16)41

(1-41/64)

45(1-13/16)

4(1/16)

5(3/16)

31.5(1-1/4)

11(7/16)

5(3/16)

56(2-15/64)

47(1-7/8)

77(3-5/64)

74(2-59/64)

48(1-29/32)

50(1-31/32)

67(2-43/64)

4(1/16)

45(1-13/16)

5(3/16)

50(1-31/32)

56(2-15/64)

77(3-5/64

)74(2-59/64)

48(1-29/32)

4(1/16)

45(1-13/16)

120(4-51/64)

32(1-9/32)

47(1-7/8)

45(1-13/16)

4(1/16)

4(1/16)

11(7/16)

30(1-13/64)

90(3-39/64)

Mini-Contactor or Mini-Relay With Auxiliary Contact Adder Deck or Timer Mounted to Front.

Cat. No. 100-M or 700-M

Mini-Contactor or Mini-Relay With Surge Suppressor Mounted to Front.

Cat. No. 100-M or 700-M

Mini-Contactor or Mini-Relay With Auxiliary Contact Adder Deck Mounted to Front and Timer Mounted to Side

Cat. No. 100-M or 700-M

Surge SuppressorCat. No. 199-MSM

Reversing Mini-Contactors With Auxiliary Contact Adder DeckCat. No. 104-M

Timer With DIN Rail Mounting Adapter on 35 mm DIN RailCat. No. 196-MT

Timer With DIN Rail Mounting Adapter on 35 mm DIN RailCat. No. 196-MT

131



Bulletin 100-C Contactors and AccessoriesDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

AC Contactors

DC Contactors

Accessories

Cat. No. a b c c1 c2 ∅ d d1 d2

100-C09…100-C23 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

80.5(3-11/64)

75.5(3-3/32)

6(1/4)

2 - 4.5(2 - 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100-C30, 100-C37 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

97.5(4)

92.6(3-49/64)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 - 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100-C43 54(2-1/8)

81(3-3/16)

100.5(4-7/64)

95.6(3-7/8)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 - 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

45(1-25/32)

100-C60…100-C85 72(2-53/64)

122(4-51/64)

117(4-49/64)

111.5(4-35/64)

8.5(21/64)

4 - 5.4(4 - 7/32)

100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64)


100-C09Z…100-C16Z 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

106.5(4-3/16)

101.5(4)

6(1/4)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100-C23Z 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

123.5(4-55/64)

119(4-43/64)

6(1/4)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100-C30…100-C37 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

141.5(5-37/64)

136.5(5-3/8)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100-C43Z 54(2-1/8)

81(3-3/16)

144.5(5-11/16)

140(5-33/64)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

45(1-25/32)

100-C60D…100-C85D 72(2-53/64)

122(4-51/64)

117(4-49/64)

111.5(4-35/64)

8.5(21/64)

4 - 5.4(4 -7/32)

100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64)

Contactors with mm (inches)Auxiliary contact block for front mounting 2- or 4-pole c/c1 + 39 (c/c1 + 1-37/64)Auxiliary contact block for side mounting 1- or 2-pole a + 9 (a + 23/64)Pneumatic Timing Module c/c1 + 58 (c/c1 + 2-23/64)Electronic Timing Module on coil terminal side b + 24 (b + 15/16)Mechanical Interlock on side of contactor a + 9 (a + 23/64)Mechanical Latch c/c1 + 61 (c/c1 + 2-31/64)Interface Module on coil terminal side b + 9 (b + 23/64)Surge Suppressor on coil terminal side b + 3 (b + 1/8)Labeling with label sheet

marking tag sheet with clear covermarking tag adapter for System V4 / V5marking tag adapter for System Bul. 1492W

+ 0+ 0

+ 5.5+ 5.5

(+ 0)(+ 0)

(+ 7/32)(+ 7/32)

Terminal Lug Kit 100-C09…C23100-C30…37100-C43100-C60…C85

b + 53b + 44b + 52b + 99

(b + 2-3/32)(b + 1-47/64)

(b+ 2-3/64)(b + 3-7/8)

Paralleling Links 100-C09…C23

100-C30…C37

b + 78c + 9/5b + 85

(b + 3-1/16)(c + 3/8)

(b + 3-11/32)

c2

c

c1

➊➋

Mounting Position

DC Contactors

AC Contactors

Bulletin 100S/104SSafety Contactors

132


Bulletin 100S/104S Contactors and AccessoriesDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

AC Contactors

DC Contactors

Accessories


100S-C09…100S-C23 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

119.5(4-3/4)

114.5(4-43/64)

6(1/4)

2 - 4.5(2 - 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100S-C30, 100S-C37 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

136.5(5-37/64)

131.6(5-11/32)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 - 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100S-C43 54(2-1/8)

81(3-3/16)

139.5(5-11/16)

134.6(5-29/64)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 - 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

45(1-25/32)

100S-C60…100S-C85 72(2-53/64)

122(4-51/64)

156(6-11/32)

150.5(6-1/8)

8.5(21/64)

4 - 5.4(4 - 7/32)

100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64)


100S-C09Z…100S-C16Z 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

145.5(5-49/64)

140.5(5-37/64)

6(1/4)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100S-C23Z 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

162.5(6-7/16)

158(6-1/4)

6(1/4)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100S-C30…100S-C37 45(1-25/32)

81(3-3/16)

180.5(7-5/32)

175.5(6-61/64)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64)

100S-C43Z 54(2-1/8)

81(3-3/16)

183.5(7-17/64)

179(7-3/32)

6.5(17/64)

2 - 4.5(2 -3/16)

60(2-23/64)

45(1-25/32)

100S-C60D…100S-C85D 72(2-53/64)

122(4-51/64)

156(6-11/32)

150.5(6-1/8)

8.5(21/64)

4 - 5.4(4 -7/32)

100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64)

Contactors with mm (inches)Auxiliary contact block for side mounting 1- or 2-pole a + 9 (a + 23/64)Electronic Timing Module on coil terminal side b + 24 (b + 15/16)Mechanical Interlock on side of contactor a + 9 (a + 23/64)Interface Module on coil terminal side b + 9 (b + 23/64)Surge Suppressor on coil terminal side b + 3 (b + 1/8)Labeling with label sheet

marking tag sheet with clear covermarking tag adapter for System V4 / V5marking tag adapter for System Bul. 1492W

+ 0+ 0

+ 5.5+ 5.5

(+ 0)(+ 0)

(+ 7/32)(+ 7/32)

c2

c

c1

➊➋

Mounting Position

AC Contactors and Control Relays

DC Contactors and Control Relays

133



Bulletin 100-D Contactors and Accessories Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position

➊ Early make and/or late break➋ Electronically suited auxiliary contact block

Cat. No. a b c c1 ød d1 d2 øe e1 e2 e3 e4

100-D95, 100-D110 120 170 156 110.5 5.2 145 100 M6 16 38.5 147 8

100-D195-EI…100-D180-EI, 100-D140, 100-D180 120 170 156 110.5 5.2 145 100 M8 20 39 160 10

100-D210-EI…100-D420-EI 155 205 180 110.5 6.5 180 130 M10 25 48 193 12.5

100-D630-EI…100D-860-EI 255 310 265 110.5 10 230 225 M12 40 70 291 22

Contactor with [mm]

Auxiliary contact block 100-DS1…100-DS2…

aa + 13.5 each

Mechanical interlock 100-DM… a + a

Frame terminal block 100-DTB110100-DTB180100-DTB420

b + 7 eachb + 7 each

b + 8.5 each

Label holder c…+ 5

d2

a c

e1

e2 c1

øe

➊

bd1 e3e4

ød

Bulletin 100S-DIEC Contactors

134


Bulletin 100S-D Contactors and Accessories Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position

➊ Early make and/or late break➋ Electronically compatible auxiliary contact block

Cat. No. a b c c1 ød d1 d2 øe e1 e2 e3 e4

100S-D95, 100S-D110 120 170 156 110.5 5.2 145 100 M6 16 38.5 147 8

100S-D195-EI…100S-D180-EI, 100S-D140, 100S-D180 120 170 156 110.5 5.2 145 100 M8 20 39 160 10

100S-D210-EI…100S-D420-EI 155 205 180 110.5 6.5 180 130 M10 25 48 193 12.5

100S-D630-EI…100S-D860-EI 255 310 265 110.5 10 230 225 M12 40 70 291 22

Contactor with [mm]

Auxiliary contact block 100-DS1…100-DS2…

aa + 13.5 each

Mechanical interlock 100-DM… a + a

Frame terminal block 100-DTB110100-DTB180100-DTB420

b + 7 eachb + 7 each

b + 8.5 each

Label holder c…+ 5

d2

a c

e1

e2 c1

øe

➊

bd1 e3e4

ød

135



Bulletin 100-G Contactors and AccessoriesDimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position

Cat. No. a b b1 c c1 ød d1 d2 øe e1 e2

100-G550 220 258 228 225 164 9 220 110 12.5 40 79

100-G700 280 307 277 291 203 11 280 175 13 50 101

100-G860 280 361 325 291 203 11 280 175 15 50 101

100-G1000 334 490 434 345 231 13.5 380 120 2x13 60 100

100-G1200 334 490 434 345 231 13.5 380 120 2x13 60 100

Contactor with: [mm]

Auxiliary contact block a

side-by-side 100-G550/100-G550 a+42+a

100-G700, -860/100-G700, -860 a+32+a

Mechanical interlock 100-G1000, -1200/100-G1000, -1200 a+46+a

100-G550/100-G700, -860 a+37+a

100-G700, -860/100-G1000, -1200 a+73+a

stacked vertically 100-G550/100-G550 b+56 + b

100-G700, -860/100-G700, -860 b/2+380…480+b/2

100-G1000, -1200/100-G1000, -1200 b+120…170+b

100-G550/100-G700, -860 b/2+400+b/2

100-G700, -860/100-G1000, -1200 b/2+570+b/2

4th add-on neutral switching pole 100-G550 a+74

100-G700, -860 a+68

100-G1000, -1200 a+76

Mechanical latch 100-G550 b+59

100-G700 b+64

100-G860 b+37

d2a

d1 b1 b

c

e1

e2 c1

øeød

25° 25° 25° 25°

Bulletin 100QCapacitor-Switching Contactors

136


Bulletin 100Q Capacitor Switching ContactorsDimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No.AC-Operated DC-Operated

h1 h2 h1 h2

100Q-C16 120(4-23/32)

115(4-17/32)

146(5-3/4)

141(5-9/16)

100Q-C37 137(5-3/8)

132(5-3/16)

181(7-1/8)

176(6-15/16)

9 945

60

35

81.

5

105

Ø 4.5

h2

h1

137

Bulletin 100LElectrically Held Lighting Contactors


Bulletin 100L Lighting Contactors and AccessoriesDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Open Type

IP42 (Type 1)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)

Cat. No. AWide

BHigh

CDeep D E F G H J K

100L-C20F⊗ 4 200(7-7/8)

300(11-13/16)

160(6-5/16)

236(9-9/32)

76(3)

62(2-7/8)

17.5(11/16)

313(12-5/16)

105(4-1/8)

47.5(1-7/8)

100L-C20F⊗ 8 250(9-27/32)

250(9-27/32)

160(6-5/16)

186(7-5/16)

76(3)

87(3-7/16)

17.5(11/16)

263(10-3/8)

105(4-1/8)

72.5(2-7/8)

100L-C20F⊗ 12 300(11-13/16)

300(11-13/16)

160(6-5/16)

236(9-9/32)

178(7)

61(2-13/32)

17.5(11/16)

313(12-5/16)

206(8-1/8)

47(1-27/32)

81(3-3/16)

60(2-23/64)

4 Pole45

(1-49/64)35

(1-23/64)45.5

(1-25/64)45.5

(1-25/64)

4.5 (3/16) Dia.Mtg. Holes

45.5(1-25/64)

45.5(1-25/64)

91(3-19/32)

8 Pole136

(5-11/32)12 Pole

80.5(3-11/64)

6(1/4)

23.4(15/16)

B

A

D

EF7.1 (1/4) DIA.for 1/4,″or M6 Screw3 Mtg. Holes

CCat. No. A

WideB

HighC

Deep D E F

100L-C20A⊗4 140(5-1/2)

220(8-21/32)

152(5-31/32)

175(6-7/8)

95(3-3/4)

22.5(7/8)

100L-C20A⊗ 8 235(9-1/4)

220(8-21/32)

152(5-31/32)

175(6-7/8)

190(7-1/2)

22.5(7/8)

100L-C20A⊗ 12 270(10-5/8)

290(11-7/16)

152(5-31/32)

245(9-21/32)

225(8-7/8)

22.5(7/8)

A

EFG

DH

6(15/64) K J

B

4 – 5.5 (7/32) X 7.1 (1/4) Mtg. Holes

4 – 5.5 (7/32)DIA. Mtg. Holes

C7.1

(1/4)

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ESE1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays

138


Your order must include 1) the Cat. No. of overload relay selected and 2) if required, Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection

Bulletin 193-EA/193-ES Electronic Motor Protection Relays

Bulletin 193-EB Electronic Motor Protection Relays

Automatic/Manual Reset, Adjustable Trip Class 10, 15 or 20, Jam/Stall and Ground Fault Tripping. ➊

➊ Ground Fault Tripping and Jam/Stall is inhibited for approximately 30 seconds to eliminate the possibility of nuisance tripping during motor starting.

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES — E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays193-EA/-ES• Self-Powered• Phase Loss Protection• Wide Adjustment Range (3.2:1)• 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Isolated Auxiliary Contact• Choice of Tripping Classes — Class 10 or 20• Compact Size• Low Energy Consumption (150 mW)• Ambient Temperature Compensation

193-EB also includes:• Selectable Trip Class 10, 15 or 20• Ground Fault Tripping• Jam/Stall Protection

The Bulletin 193-EA/EB/ES is a self-powered, solid-state overload relay that provides advanced motor protection when compared to traditional bimetallic overload relays. It provides improved protection against the damage caused to motors under phase loss conditions. It also offers, as standard, a manually operated trip function, visible trip indicator, and isolated N.O. alarm contacts.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ..............138Accessories .......................139Specifications ....................140ApproximateDimensions ........................142

Conformity to StandardsEN 60947-4-1CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508ApprovalsCECSA CertifiedUL ListedCCC (193-EA only)

Mounts to Contactor Adjustment Range (A)Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20

Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.Manual Reset for 3∅ Applications Automatic/Manual Reset for 3∅ Applications

100-M05…100-C29

0.1…0.32 193-EA1AB 193-EA2AB 193-EA4AB 193-EA5AB0.32…1.0 193-EA1CB 193-EA2CB 193-EA4CB 193-EA5CB1.0…2.9 193-EA1DB 193-EA2DB 193-EA4DB 193-EA5DB1.6…5.0 193-EA1EB 193-EA2EB 193-EA4EB 193-EA5EB3.7…12 193-EA1FB 193-EA2FB 193-EA4FB 193-EA5FB

100-C09…100-C23 12…32 193-EA1GB 193-EA2GB 193-EA4GB 193-EA5GB

100-C30…100-C373.7…12 193-EA1FC 193-EA2FC 193-EA4FC 193-EA5FC12…37 193-EA1HC 193-EA2HC 193-EA4HC 193-EA5HC

100-C43 14…45 193-EA1JD 193-EA2JD 193-EA4JD 193-EA5JD100-C60…100-C85 26…85 193-EA1KE 193-EA2KE 193-EA4KE 193-EA5KE

Manual Reset for 1∅ Applications Automatic/Manual Reset for 1∅ Applications

100-M05…100-C232.0…7.0 193-ES1AB 193-ES2AB 193-ES4AB 193-ES5AB5.0…15 193-ES1BB 193-ES2BB 193-ES4BB 193-ES5BB

100-C09…100-C23 12…32 193-ES1CB 193-ES2CB 193-ES4CB 193-ES5CB100-C30…100-C37 12…37 193-ES1DC 193-ES2DC 193-ES4DC 193-ES5DC

100-C43 14…45 193-ES1FD 193-ES2FD 193-ES4FD 193-ES5FD100-C60…100-C85 26…85 193-ES1HE 193-ES2HE 193-ES4HE 193-ES5HE

Mounts to Contactor Adjustment Range (A) Cat. No.

100-C09…100-C23

0.1…0.32 193-EB1AB0.32…1.0 193-EB1CB1.0…2.9 193-EB1DB1.6…5.0 193-EB1EB3.7…12 193-EB1FB12…32 193-EB1GB

100-C30…100-C37 14…45 193-EB1JC

100-C435.0…15 193-EB1SD14…45 193-EB1JD

100-C60…100-C8523…75 193-EB1ME60…85 193-EB1NE

139


Accessories

Add-On Accessories

⊗ Voltage Suffix Code

Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

DIN Rail/Panel AdapterFor separate mounting of the electronic motor protection relay, can be mounted to top-hat rail EN 50 02-35

193-EA_ _ B, -ES__B, -EA__C,

-ES__C

1

193-EPM1

193-EB__B, -EB__C, -E___D 193-EPM2

193-E___E 193-EPM3

Anti-Tamper ShieldProvides protection against inadvertent adjustment of mode selector and full load current settings.

193-E all 1 193-BC4

Current Adjustment ShieldProvides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the current setting.

193-E all 1 193-BC5

Anti-Tamper Shield for DIP Switches193-EB_ _ B193-EB_ _ C193-EB_ _D

40 193-BC7

Anti-Tamper Shield for DIP Switches 193-EB_ _ E 40 193-BC6

Remote Reset SolenoidFor remote reset of electronic overload relays 193-E all 1 193-ER1⊗

External Reset Button for Enclosed DevicesMetal construction IP66, non-illuminated with rod (Length: 142 mm, adjustment range 141…159 mm). Please consult Bulletin 800E push button selection guide for additional types.

193-E all 1 800ES-R611WTR08

Labelling MaterialUniform labelling material for contactors, motor protection devices, timing relays and circuit breakers. See page 88

Voltage 24V 48V 110V 115V 120V 220V 240V50 Hz J — D — — A —60 Hz J — — — D — A

DC Z24 Z48 — Z01 — — —


140

Specifications

Main Circuits

Control Circuits

General

193-E1 Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _B Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _C Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _D Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _E193-E2 — Cat. No. 193-EB _ _B, 193-EB _ _C, 193-EB _ _D Cat. No. 193-EB _ _E

Rated Insulation Voltage Ui [V] 690Rated Impulse Strength Uimp [kV] 6Rated Operating Voltage Ue [V] 690

Terminal Cross-SectionsTerminal Type

Terminal Screws M4 M5 M8

Flexible with WireEnd Ferrule

[mm2] 1 x (2.5…4)2 x (2.5…4)

1 x (2.5…10)2 x (2.5…6)

1 x (2.5…16)2 x (2.5…10)

1 x (4…35)2 x (4…25)

Solid Conductor Stranded

[mm2] 1 x (2.5…6)2 x (2.5…6)

1 x (2.5…16)2 x (2.5…6)

1 x (2.5…25)2 x (2.5…10)

1 x (4…50)2 x (4…35)

Solid/Stranded Conductor [AWG] 14…8 14…8 14…6 12…2

Recommended Torque [Nm][lb-in.]

1.8 (16)

1.4 (12)

1.6 (14)

4 (35)

Pozidriv Screwdriver Size 2 2Slotted Screwdriver mm 1 x 6 —

Hexagon Socket Size [mm] — 4

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _B Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _C Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _D Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _ERated Insulation Voltage Ui [V] 600Rated Impulse Strength Uimp [kV] 6Rated Operating Voltage Ue [V] 600

Rated Operating Current Ie /

AC-15 12…120V220…240V380…480V500…600V

[A][A][A][A]

3/21.5/1.5

0.75/0.750.6/0.6

DC-13, at L/R ≤ 15ms 24V110V220V440V

[A][A][A][A]

1.1/1.10.4/0.40.2/0.2

0.08/0.08

Conventional Thermal Current Ith [A] 5

TerminalsTerminal Type

Terminal Screws M3.5

Flexible with Wire End Ferrule

[mm2] 2 x (0.75…2.5)

Solid Conductor [mm2] 2 x (0.75…4)

Solid/Stranded Conductor [AWG] 18…12Recommended Torque [Nm]

[lb-in.]1.4 (12)

Pozidriv Screwdriver Size 2Slotted Screwdriver mm 1 x 6

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _B 193-E_ _ _C 193-E_ _ _D 193-E_ _ _EWeight [kg (lb)] 0.14 (0.31) 0.17 (0.37) 0.21 (0.46) 0.36 (0.84)Standards IEC 947, EN 60 947, DIN VDE 0660Approvals CCC, CE, UL, CSA

Corrosion Resistance 95% relative humidity, without condensation, 30…60°C

Ambient Temperature openenclosed

–20…+60°C (–4…122°F)–20…+40°C (–4…104°F)

Temperature Compensation ContinuousShock Resistance(10 ms sinusodial shock) [G] 30Type of Protection(in connected state) IP20

N.O. N.C.

141



Trip Curves for 1∅ Applications (Bulletin 193-ES)

Trip Curves for 3∅ Applications (Bulletin 193-EA/EB)

Wiring Schematic

Multiple of Rated Current

.1

1

10

100

1000

1 102 3 987654

.2

.4

.6

.8

2

468

20

406080

200

400600800

Class 101000

.1

1

10

100

1 102 3 987654

.2

.4

.6

.8

2

468

20

406080

200

400600800

Class 20

App

roxi

mat

e Tr

ip T

ime

(sec

onds

)

Approximate trip time for3-phase balanced conditionfrom cold start.

Approximate trip time for3-phase balanced conditionfrom hot start.

App

roxi

mat

e Tr

ip T

ime

(sec

onds

)Multiple of Rated Current

Approximate trip time for3-phase balanced conditionfrom cold start.

.1

1

10

100

1000

1 102 864

200

800600

400

20

8060

40

2

86

4

.2

.8

.6

.4

Class 10

.1

1

10

100

1000

200

800600

400

20

8060

40

2

86

4

.2

.8

.6

.4

1 102 864

Class 20

App

roxi

mat

e Tr

ip T

ime

(sec

onds

)

Approximate trip time for3-phase balanced conditionfrom hot start.

App

roxi

mat

e Tr

ip T

ime

(sec

onds

)Class 15 (MCS-E2 only)

.1

1

10

100

1000

200

800600400

20

806040

2

864

.2

.8

.6

.4

1 102 864

App

roxi

mat

e Tr

ip T

ime

(sec

onds

)

Multiple of Rated Current Multiple of Rated Current Multiple of Rated Current

96 98

95 97

2 4 6

9795

96 98

L1/1 L2/3 L3/5

T1/2 T2/4 T3/6

Typical IEC Wiring Schematic Typical NEMA Wiring Schematic

1 3 5

2 4 6

T1 T2 T3

M

A1

A2K1

Typical Wiring for 1-Phase Applications


142


Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Mounts to Bulletin 100-C Contactor

Individual Mounting with DIN Rail/Panel Adapter

Contactor Cat. No. a Width b Height b1 c Depth e1 e2 d1 d2 h j ∅ d

100-M05 with 193-EA or -ES 45(1-25/32)

107(4-13/64)

77.4(3-3/64)

67.2(2-41/64)

18.2(23/32)

48.5(1-29/32)

50(1-61/64) — 48.3

(1-29/32)2

(5/64)Two ∅ 4.2

(Two 11/64 ∅ )100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23 with

193-EA or -ES45

(1-25/32)131

(5-11/64)87.8

(3-29/64)88.5

(3-1/2)18.2

(23/32)59

(2-21/64)60

(2-23/64)35

(1-3/8)85.1

(3-23/64)2

(5/64)Two ∅ 4.2

(Two 11/64 ∅ )100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23 with

193-EB54

(2-1/8)136.5(5-3/8)

93.4(3-43/64)

90.7(3-37/64)

22.6(57-64)

59(2-21/64)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-3/8)

85.1(3-23/64)

2(5/64)

Two ∅ 4.2(Two 11/64 ∅ )

100-C30, -C37 with 193-EA or -ES

45(1-25/32)

136.5(5-3/8)

93.4(3-43/64)

92.1(3-5/8)

18.2(23/32)

59(2-21/64)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-3/8)

104.7(4-1/8)

2(5/64)

Two ∅ 4.2(Two 11/64 ∅ )

100-C30, -C37 with 193-EB 54(2-1/8)

136.5(5-3/8)

93.4(3-43/64)

92.1(3-5/8)

22.6(57/64)

59(2-21/64)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-3/8)

104.7(4-1/8)

2(5/64)

Two ∅ 4.2(Two 11/64 ∅ )

100-C43 with 193-EA, -ES or -EB 54(2-1/8)

136.5(5-3/8)

93.4(3-43/64)

92.1(3-5/8)

22.6(57/64)

59(2-21/64)

60(2-23/64)

45(1-49/64)

104.7(4-1/8)

2(5/64)

Two ∅ 4.2(Two 11/64 ∅ )

100-C60, -C72, -C85 with 193-EA, -ES or -EB

72(2-53/64)

188.5(7-27/64)

125.5(4-15/16)

120.4(4-3/4)

18.2(23/32)

83.5(3-9/32)

100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64)

123.9(4-7/8)

2(5/64)

Four ∅ 5.5(Four 7/32 ∅ )

Cat. No. a Width b Height c Depth d e193-EPM1 45 (1-25/32) 90 (3-35/64) 75 (2-61/64) 30 (1-3/16) 75 (2-61/64)193-EPM2 55 (2-11/64) 90 (3-35/64) 96.5 (4-29/32) 40 (1-37/64) 75 (2-61/64)193-EPM3 70 (2-49/64) 120 (4-23/32) 110 (4-11/32) 55 (2-11/64) 110 (4-21/64)

a

b

c

d2

d1

hj

e2

e1

ød

b1

a

e

d

c

b

Bulletin 193-ECE3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays

143


Your order must include 1) the Cat. No. of overload relay selected, and 2) if required, Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product OverviewThe E3 Overload Relay is available in two configurations: the E3 and E3 Plus. The following table illustrates the functional differences between the two:

➊ Inputs are rated 24V DC.

Thermal Overload

Thermal UtilizationThe E3 Overload Relay provides overload protection through true RMS current measurement of the individual phase currents of the connected motor. Based on this information, a thermal model that simulates the actual heating of the motor is calculated. Percent of thermal capacity utilization (%TCU) reports this calculated value and can be read via the DeviceNet network. An overload trip occurs when the value reaches 100%.

Adjustable SettingsThermal overload protection setup is accomplished simply by programming the motor’s full load current rating (FLA) and the desired trip class (5…30). Programming of the actual values through software programming ensures the accuracy of the protection.

Thermal MemoryThe E3 Overload Relay includes a thermal memory circuit designed to approximate the thermal decay for a trip class 30 setting. This means that the thermal model of the connected motor is maintained at all times, even if the supply power is removed.

Reset ModesFlexibility is afforded the end-user in the ability to select between manual and automatic reset for an overload trip, allowing for broad application. The point of reset is user adjustable from 1…100% TCU.

Time to TripDuring an overload condition, the E3 Overload Relay provides an estimated time to trip that is accessible via the DeviceNet network. This allows corrective action to be taken so that production may continue uninterrupted.

Time to ResetFollowing an overload trip, the E3 Overload Relay will not reset until the calculated percentage of thermal capacity utilization falls below the reset level. As this value decays, the time to reset, which is accessible via the DeviceNet network, is reported.

Thermal WarningThe E3 Overload Relay provides the capability to alert in the event of an impending overload trip. A thermal warning bit is set in the Warning Status word when the calculated percentage of thermal capacity utilization exceeds the programmed thermal warning level, which has a setting range of 0…100% TCU.

Phase LossThe E3 Overload Relay offers configurable phase loss protection in allowing the installer to enable or disable the function plus set a time delay setting, adjustable from 0.1…25.0 seconds. The trip level is factory-set at a current imbalance measurement of 100%.

Ground (Earth) FaultThe E3 Plus Overload Relay incorporates zero sequence (core balance) sensing into its design through the 90 A rating for low level (arcing) ground fault detection. Class 1 ground fault protection is provided per UL1053. Trip and warning settings are adjustable from 1.0…5.0 A. Devices rated greater than 90 A require the external core balance current transformer accessory.Note: The E3 Plus Overload Relay is not a Ground Fault Circuit-Interrupter for personnel protection as defined in article 100 of the U.S. National Electric Code.

StallStall is defined as a condition where the motor is not able to reach full-speed operation in the appropriate amount of time required by the application. This can result in motor overheating as current draw is in excess of the motor’s full load current rating.The E3 Overload Relay provides user-adjustable stall protection. The trip setting has a range of 100…600% FLA, and the enable time is adjustable up to 250 seconds.

Jam (Overcurrent)The E3 Overload Relay can respond quickly to take a motor off-line in the event of a mechanical jam, thereby reducing the potential for damage to the motor and the power transmission components.Trip adjustments include a trip setting adjustable from 50…600% FLA and a trip delay time with a range of 0.1…25.0 seconds. A seperate warning setting is adjustable from 50…600% FLA.

Underload (Undercurrent)A sudden drop in motor current can signal conditions such as• Pump cavitation• Tool breakage• Belt breakageFor these instances, rapid fault detection can help minimize damage and aid in reducing production downtime.

Bulletin 193-EC — E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays193-EC1• 0.4…5000 A Current Range• DeviceNet Ready (ODVA Conformance Tested)• LED Indicators• Test/Reset Button• Adjustable Trip Class 5…30• Ambient Temperature Compensation• True RMS Current Sensing (20…250 Hz)• Protection for Single- and Three-Phase motors• Integrated I/O (2 In/1 Out)• Programmable Trip and Warning Settings• Diagnostic Functions (History of Last 5 Trips)

193-EC2 also includes:• Integrated I/O (4 In/2 Out)• Low-Level (1…5 A) Ground Fault Protection• PTC Thermistor Monitoring

Table of ContentsProduct Overview ..............143Product Selection ..............145Accessories .......................146Specifications ....................148ApproximateDimensions .......................155Conformity to StandardsEN 60947-4-1CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508ApprovalsABSCE cULPTBC-tick

Feature E3 E3 PlusInputs ➊ 2 4Outputs 1 2Thermistor Input No YesGround Fault Protection No Yes

144


Product Overview, Continued

Underload (Undercurrent), ContinuedAdditionally, monitoring for an underload event can provide enhanced protection for motors that are cooled by the medium handled (e.g., submersible pump that pumps water). Such motors can become overheated despite being underloaded. This can result from an absence or an insufficient amount of the medium (due to clogged filters, closed valves, etc.).

The E3 Overload Relay offers underload trip and warning settings adjustable from 10…100% FLA. The trip function also includes a trip delay time with a range of 0.1…25.0 seconds.

Over-temperature ProtectionThe E3 Plus Overload Relay provides motor over-temperature protection with the added provisions for terminating and monitoring of stator winding-embedded positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistors. PTC thermistors are semiconductors that exhibit a large increase in resistance when the rated response temperature is exceeded. When the monitored PTC thermistor resistance exceeds the response level of the E3 Plus Overload Relay (3400 Ω), it can be set to trip immediately or programmed to set the PTC bit of the Warning Status word.

Current Imbalance (Asymmetry)The E3 Plus Overload Relay offers current imbalance trip and warning settings adjustable from 10…100%. The trip function also includes a trip delay time with a range of 0.1…25.0 seconds.

Current Monitoring FunctionsThe E3 Overload Relay allows the user to monitor the following operational data over the DeviceNet network:• Individual phase currents (in amperes)• Individual phase currents (as a percentage of motor full load current)• Average current (in amperes)• Average current (as a percentage of motor full load current)• Percentage of thermal capacity utilized• Current imbalance percentage• Ground fault current (E3 Plus)

Diagnostic FunctionsThe E3 Overload Relay allows the user to monitor the following diagnostic information over the DeviceNet network:• Device status• Trip status• Warning status• Time to an overload trip• Time to reset after an overload trip• History of past five trips

Status IndicatorsThe E3 Overload Relay provides the following LED indicators:

Network Status: This green/red LED indicates the status of the network connection.

TRIP/WARN: This LED flashes an amber code under a warning condition and a red code when tripped.

OUT A and B: These amber LEDs illuminate when the output contacts are commanded closed.

IN 1– 4: These amber LEDs illuminate when the user-connected device contact is closed.

Note: IN 3 and 4 and OUT B are available only on the E3 Plus Overload Relay.

Inputs/OutputsInputs allow for the connection of such devices as contactor and disconnect auxiliary contacts, pilot devices, limit switches and float switches. Input status can be monitored via the network and mapped to a controller’s input image table. Inputs are rated 24V DC and are current sinking. Power for the inputs is sourced from the DeviceNet network connection with convenient customer terminations at control terminals 5 and 6.

Relay contact outputs can be controlled via the network for performing such tasks as contactor operation.

Test/Reset ButtonThe Test/Reset button located on the front of the E3 Overload Relay allows the user to perform the following:

Test: The trip relay contact will open if the E3 Overload Relay is in an un-tripped condition and the Test/Reset button is pressed for 2 seconds or longer.

Reset: The trip relay contact will close if the E3 Overload Relay is in a tripped condition, supply voltage is present, and the Test/Reset button is pressed.

Single/Three-Phase OperationThe E3 Overload Relay can be applied to three-phase as well as single-phase applications. A programming parameter is provided for selection between single- and three-phase operation. Straight-through wiring is afforded in both cases.

DeviceNet CommunicationsThe E3 Overload Relay is a Group 2 “slave only” device and supports the following:• Polled I/O messaging• Change-of-state/cyclic messaging• Explicit messaging• Group 4 - Off-line node recovery messaging• Full parameter object support• Auto-baud network rate identification• Configuration consistency value• Programming and Control Terminal (PCT) accessory• AC Input Interface Module accessoryFor more information on operation and maintenance of this product, please reference the user manual, publication 193-UM001_-EN-P.

Programming and Control Terminal (PCT) AccessoryThe PCT is a convenient tool optimized for the commissioning, programming and monitoring of E3 overload relays. It can be used where E3 overload relays are installed on a DeviceNet network or in stand-alone applications. In addition, the PCT can be used to commission other DeviceNet products.

Easy Navigation/ProgrammingThe PCT’s top row of keys provides the five familiar navigation keys (ESC,

SEL, , , and ↵ ) found on other Allen-Bradley motor control products. The PCT menu structure is straightforward and intuitive so that programming time can be minimized. Numerical keys increase ease of use.

ControlThe green and red control keys allow the PCT to operate the output relays of an E3 overload relay operating in a stand-alone application. The reset key is provided to clear E3 overload relay trips.

Password ProtectionThe PCT allows the installer to set password protection to control access to the programming menus. When logged out, the PCT will allow the monitoring of parameter values through the Display mode.

EEPROM ModeThrough the EEPROM mode, the PCT allows for the uploading, downloading and file storage of device configurations. This feature can reduce programming time in installations with multiple E3 overload relays requiring similar configuration.

Auto Connect ModeThe Auto Connect mode provides an automatic method for the PCT to establish a communication connection with a target device on power up. Additionally, the PCT is factory set to auto connect to a target device set at node address 63 - typical factory default setting. This allows for establishing an easy out-of-the-box communication connection.


145

Product Overview. Continued/Product Selection

AC Input Interface Module AccessoryThe AC Input Interface Module conveniently allows the E3 overload relay to be retrofitted or applied in new applications that require 110/120V AC control circuitry. This new accessory simply plugs into the E3 overload relay’s

existing input terminals, optimizing panel space utilization. The module accepts termination of up to four external devices, making it compatible with the E3 and E3 Plus versions of the E3 overload relay. Optical isolation is provided between the AC input wiring and the E3’s internal 24V circuitry.


Product Selection

Bulletin 193-EC1 Electronic Motor Protection Relays – Direct Contactor Mount• 2 Inputs

• 1 Output

➊ Does not include terminal lugs. See Accessories, page 146.

Bulletin 193-EC2 Electronic Motor Protection Relay – Direct Contactor Mount• 4 Inputs

• 2 Outputs

• Built-in Ground Fault Sensor

• PTC Thermistor Input

➋ Does not include terminal lugs. See Accessories, page 146.

193 - EC1 B B

Bulletin Number

TypeEC1 E3EC2 E3 Plus

Current Rating (Amps)P 0.4…2.0A 1…5B 3…15C 5…25D 9…45E 18…90F 28…140G 42…210H 60…302J 84…420K 125…630L 172…860Z 9…5000

Bulletin 100Contactor SizeB C09…C23D C30…C43E C60…C85F D95…D180G D210…D420H D630…D860Z Panel Mount

Mounts to Contactor Adjustment Range[A] Cat. No.

100-C09…100-C23

0.4…2.0 193-EC1PB

1…5 193-EC1AB

3…15 193-EC1BB

5…25 193-EC1CB

100-C30…100-C43

1…5 193-EC1AD

3…15 193-EC1BD

5…25 193-EC1CD

9…45 193-EC1DD

100-C60…100-C859…45 193-EC1DE

18…90 193-EC1EE

100-D95…100-D18028…140 193-EC1FF ➊

42…210 193-EC1GF ➊

100-D210…100-D420

42…210 193-EC1GG ➊

60…302 193-EC1HG ➊

84…420 193-EC1JG ➊

100-D630…100-D860125…630 193-EC1KH ➊

172…860 193-EC1LH ➊

Mounts to Contactor Adjustment Range [A] Cat. No.

100-C09…100-C23

0.4…2.0 193-EC2PB

1…5 193-EC2AB

3…15 193-EC2BB

5…25 193-EC2CB

100-C30…100-C43

1…5 193-EC2AD

3…15 193-EC2BD

5…25 193-EC2CD

9…45 193-EC2DD

100-C60…100-C859…45 193-EC2DE

18…90 193-EC2EE

100-D95…100-D18028…140 193-EC2FF ➋

42…210 193-EC2GF ➋

100-D210…100-D420

42…210 193-EC2GG ➋

60…302 193-EC2HG ➋

84…420 193-EC2JG ➋

100-D630…100-D860125…630 193-EC2KH ➋

172…860 193-EC2LH ➋

146


Product Selection, Continued/Accessories

Panel Mount Devices for use with External Current Transformers ➊➋

➊ Current transformers supplied by customer. Refer to Specifications, page 148 for proper current transformer selection.

➋ Order panel adapter, Cat. No. 193-ECPM2, separately.➌ CT Ratio to FLA setting range correlation

Add-on Accessories

➍ The electronic motor protection relay can be mounted separately to top-hat rail EN 50 02-35.➎ Cat. No. 193-PCT ships complete with a 1 m communication cable.➏ Intended only for point-to-point configurations.➐ Used to make physical connections to other DeviceNet products.➑ Provides two physical plug connections to the E3 DeviceNet port.

Description Adjustment Range [A] ➌ Cat. No.

• 2 Inputs • 1 Output

9…5000 193-EC1ZZ

• 4 Inputs • 2 Output • Ground Fault Sensor input • PTC Thermistor Input

9…5000 193-EC2ZZ

CT Ratio FLA Setting Range (A) CT Ratio FLA Setting

Range (A) CT Ratio FLA Setting Range (A)

50:5 9…45 300:5 60…302 1200:5 240…1215100:5 18…90 500:5 84…420 2500:5 450…2250150:5 28…140 600:5 125…630 5000:5 1000…5000200:5 42…210 800:5 172…860 — —

Description For Use With Package Qty. Cat. No.

DIN Rail/Panel Adapter ➊

193-EC__B

1

193-ECPM1

193-EC__D, 193-EC__Z 193-ECPM2

193-EC__E 193-ECPM3

Programming and Control Terminal ➋ 193-EC — all592-EC — all 1 193-PCT

1 m communication cable with bare leads

193-PCT

1 2707-NC13

3 m communication cable with bare leads ➌ 1 193-C30

10 m communication cable with bare leads ➌ 1 193-C100

1 m communication cable with microconnector (female) ➍ 1 2707-NC14

1 m communication cable with microconnector (male) ➍ 1 2707-NC15

Door Mount Bezel Kit 1 2707-MVMNT

AC Input Interface Module• rated 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz

193-EC — all592-EC — all 1 193-EIMD

Core Balance Ground Fault Sensor 193-EC2_F, 193-EC2_G, 193-EC2_H, 193-EC2_Z 1 825-CBCT

DeviceNet Tee Interface ➑ 193-EC — all592-EC — all 1 1485P-P1J5-UU5

147



Add-on Accessories, Continued

Marking SystemsUniform labeling materials for contactors, motor starting equipment, timing relays and circuit breakers


Description For Use With Package Qty. Cat. No.

3-Pole Terminal Blocks• IP20 protection class

193-EC_F

1

100-DTB180

193-EC_G 100-DTB420

Terminal Lug Kits (UL/CSA)

193-EC_F

3

100-DL110

100-DL180

193-EC_G 100-DL420

193-EC_H100-DL630

100-DL860

Terminal Covers• IP20 protection class

193-EC_F

1

100-DTC180

193-EC_G 100-DTC420

193-EC_H 100-DTC860

Phase Barriers 193-EC_H 4 100-DPB860




10 100-FMP


100 100-FMC

Marking Tag Adapters• 100 each• To be used with System Bulletin 1492W marking tag

100 100-FMA2


148

Specifications

Main Circuits

3-Pole Terminal Blocks

Terminal Lug Kits

Maximum Heat Dissipation (Watts)

Cat. No. 193-EC_B, 193-EC_D, 193-EC_Z Cat. No. 193-EC_E Cat. No. 193-EC_F Cat. No. 193-EC_G Cat. No. 193-EC_E

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 690V AC 1000V AC

Rated Impulse Strength (Uimp) 6 kV AC 6 kV AC

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) IEC/UL 690V AC / 600V AC 1000V AC / 600V AC

Rated Frequency 20…250 Hz 50/60 Hz

Terminal Cross-Sections

— — —

Terminal TypeTerminal Screws .M5 M8

Flexible-Stranded with FerruleSingle Conductor Torque

2.5…16 mm2

2.5 Nm4…35 mm2

4 Nm

Flexible-Stranded with FerruleMultiple Conductor Torque

6…10 mm2

3.4 Nm4…25 mm2

4 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/SolidSingle Conductor Torque

2.5…25 mm2

2.5 Nm4…50 mm2

4 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/SolidMultiple Conductor Torque

6…16 mm2

3.4 Nm4…35 mm2

4 Nm

Stranded/Solid–Single Conductor Torque

14…6 AWG22 lb-in

12…1 AWG35 lb-in

Stranded/SolidMultiple Conductor Torque

10…6 AWG30 lb-in

6…2 AWG35 lb-in

Pozidriv Screwdriver Size 2 —

Slotted Screwdriver (mm) 1 x 6 —

Hexagon Socket Size SW (mm) — 4

Cat. No. 100-DTB180 Cat. No. 100-DTB420

(A) 6…1/0 AWG, 16…50 mm2

(B) 6 AWG…250 MCM, 16…120 mm2

90…110 lb.-in., 10…12 Nm

(2) 4 AWG…600 MCM, 25…240 mm2

180…220 lb.-in., 20…25 Nm

Cat. No. 100-DL110 Cat. No. 100-DL180 Cat. No. 100-DL420 Cat. No. 100-DL630 Cat. No. 100-DL860

Lug: 6…2/0 AWG, 16…70 mm2

90…110 lb.-in., 10…12 NmTerminal: 13/32 in, 10 mm

150 lb.-in., 17 Nm

Lug: 6 AWG…250 MCM, 16…120 mm2

90…110 lb.-in., 10…12 NmTerminal: 1/2 in, 13 mm

275 lb.-in., 16 Nm

Lug: 2 AWG…350 MCM, 375 lb.-in., 42 Nm

Terminal: 11/16 in, 17 mm140 lb.-in., 16 Nm

Lug: 2/0 AWG…500 MCM, 70…240 mm2

400 lb.-in., 45 NmTerminal: 3/4 in, 19 mm

600 lb.-in., 68 Nm

Lug: 2/0 AWG…500 MCM, 70…240 mm2

400 lb.-in., 45 NmTerminal: 3/4 in, 19 mm

600 lb.-in., 68 Nm

Cat. No. 193-EC_B, 193-EC_D Cat. No. 193-EC_E Cat. No. 193-EC_F Cat. No. 193-EC_G Cat. No. 193-EC_H

E3 3.83 4.43 10.67 22.52 35.36

E3 Plus 4.53 5.13 11.37 23.22 36.06


149


Control Circuits

UL Short-Circuit Ratings

IEC Short-Circuit Ratings

Control Circuits, Continued

Electromagnetic Compatibility Ratings

➊ Performance Criteria A requires the device under test (DUT) to experience no degradation or loss of performance.

Power Supply Ratings

Rated Supply Voltage (Us)24V DC (supply via DeviceNet

connection)

Operating Range 11…25V DC

Power ConsumptionE3E3 Plus

3.2 W3.9 W

Output Relay Ratings

Type of Contacts Form ASPDT–NO

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 300V AC

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 250V AC

Rated Operating Current (Ie) 5 A

Minimum Operating Current 10 mA @ 5V DC

Switching Capacity B300AC-15

Resistive Load Rating (p.f. = 1.0) 5 A, 250V AC/5 A, 30V DC

Inductive Load Rating(p.f. = 0.4)(L/R = 7 ms)

2 A, 250V AC/2 A, 30V DC

Input Ratings

Supply Voltage 24V DC ± 10% (provided by E3)

Input Type Current Sinking

Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings

Type of Control Unit Mark A

Max. No. of Sensors in Series 6

Max. Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500ΩTrip Resistance 3400 Ω ± 150 ΩReset Resistance 1600Ω ± 100 ΩShort-Circuit Trip Resistance 25 Ω ± 10 Ω

Cat. No. Maximum Available Fault Current [A]

Maximum Voltage [V]

193-EC_B 5,000 600

193-EC_D 5,000 600

193-EC_E 10,000 600

193-EC_F 10,000 600

193-EC_G 18,000 600

193-EC_H 42,000 600

193-EC_Z 5,000 600

Cat. No. Maximum Available High Fault Current [A] Maximum Voltage [V]

193-EC_B 100,000 690

193-EC_D 100,000 690

193-EC_E 100,000 690

193-EC_F 100,000 1000

193-EC_G 100,000 1000

193-EC_H 100,000 1000

193-EC_Z 100,000 690

Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings, Continued

Max. Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC = 4 kΩ)

7.5V DC

Max. Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC = open)

30V DC

Response Time 500 ms

Sensor Characteristic

Per IEC 34-11-2

Control and DeviceNet Terminal Cross-Sections

Terminal Screws M3

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule –Single Conductor Torque

0.25…2.5 mm2

0.55 Nm

Flexible-Stranded with Ferrule –Multiple Conductor Torque

0.5…0.75 mm2

0.55 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/Solid–Single Conductor Torque

0.2…4.0 mm2

0.55 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/Solid–Multiple Conductor Torque

0.2…1.5 mm2

0.55 Nm

Stranded/Solid–Single Conductor Torque

24…12 AWG5 lb-in

Stranded/Solid–Multiple Conductor Torque

24…16 AWG5 lb-in

Slotted Screwdriver (mm) 0.6 x 3.5

Electrostatic Discharge ImmunityTest Level

Performance Criteria

8kV Air Discharge, 6kV Contact Discharge

A ➊

RF Immunity Test LevelPerformance Criteria

10V/mA ➊

Electrical Fast Transient/Burst ImmunityTest Level

Performance Criteria

4kV (Power), 2kV (Control & Comm)

A ➊

Surge Immunity Test LevelPerformance Criteria

2kV (L-E), 1kV (L-L)A ➊

Radiated Emissions Class A

Conducted Emissions Class A

10

20

100

250

550

1330

4000

-20°C TNF-20K0°C TNF- 5K

TNF+15KTNF+ 5K

TNF

150



Environmental Ratings

Current Reporting Accuracy

External Current Transformers (for use with cat. nos. 193-EC1ZZ and 193-EC2ZZThe user shall provide one current transformer (CT) for each motor phase, and shall connect the CT’s secondary leads to the appropriate E3 overload relay power terminals, as shown in current transformer’s wiring diagrams. The CT shall have the appropriate ratio (refer to the product nameplate or product description). Additionally, the CT shall be selected to be capable of providing the required VA to the secondary load, which includes the E3 overload relay burden of 0.1 VA at the rated secondary current and the wiring burden. Finally, the CT shall be rated for protective relaying to accomodate the high inrush currents associated with motor startup, and shall have an accuracy of ≤±2% over its normal operating range. Typical CT ratings include (Instrument Transformers, Inc. — Model #23 or equivalent):

General

➊ Approved by the PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt, Physical Testing Institute, Federal Republic of Germany) for the protection of motors used in explosion hazard areas (EEx e).

Protection and Warning Summary

➋ Inhibit Time settings are used for both trip and warning functions.➌ Phase loss trip level is set at a current imbalance greater than or equal to 100% and is not user-adjustable.➍ Stall Protection is only applicable to the motor starting sequence.

Ambient TemperatureStorageOperating (open)Operating (closed)

-40…+85°C (-40…+185°F)-20…+55°C (-4…+131°F)-20…+40°C (-4…+104°F)

HumidityOperatingDamp Heat – Steady-State (per IEC 68-2-3)Damp Heat – Cyclic(per IEC 68-2-30)

5…95% Non-condensing92% r.h., 40°C(104°F), 56 days

93% r.h., 25°C/40°C(77°F/104°F), 21 cycles

Vibration (per IEC 68-2-6) 3G

Shock (per IEC 68-2-27) 30G

Pollution Environment Degree 2

Degree of Protection193-ECxxx592-ECxxx

1P1X1P0

Phase Currents:100% min. FLA Setting Value…720% max. FLA Setting Value50%…100% min FLA Setting Value

+/- 5%+/- 10%

Ground Current (0.5…9.0 A) +/- 10%

ANSI (USA) Class C5B0.1CSA (Canada) Class 10L5IEC (Europe) 5 VA Class 5P10

Cat. No. 193-EC_B, 193-EC_D, 193-EC_Z Cat. No. 193-EC_E Cat. No. 193-EC_F Cat. No. 193-EC_G Cat. No. 193-EC_H

Approximate Weights

0.80 kg(1.77 lb)

1.23 kg(2.71 lb)

2.95 kg(6.5 lb.)

4.43 kg(9.75 lb.)

8.63 kg(19.0 lb.)

Standards CSA C22.2 No.14, DIN VDE 0660, EN 60 947, UL 508, UL 1053

Approvals CE, PTB ➊ , C-tick, cUL

Protective Function

Trip Enable Warning Enable Trip Level Settings Trip Delay Settings Warning Level Settings Inhibit Time

Settings ➋

Factory Default

Factory Default Range Default Range

(s)Default

(s) Range Default Range(s)

Default (s)

Thermal Overload Enabled Disabled 0.4…5000 A — Trip Class5…30

Trip Class 10

0…100 %TCU 85% — —

Phase Loss Enabled — ➌ ➌ 0.1…25.0 1.0 — — 0…250 0

Ground (Earth) Fault Disabled Disabled 1.0…5.0 A 2.5 A 0.1…25.0 0.5 1.0…5.0 A 2.0 A 0…250 10

Stall (High Overload During Start)

Disabled — 100…600% FLA ➍

600% FLA ➍ 0…250 ➍ 10 ➍ — — — —

Jam (High Overload

During Run)Disabled Disabled 50…600

% FLA 250 % FLA 0.1…25.0 5.0 50…600 % FLA 150 % FLA 0…250 10

Underload Disabled Disabled 10…100% FLA 50 % FLA 0.1…25.0 5.0 10…100 %

FLA 70 % FLA 0…250 10

PTC Disabled Disabled — — — — — — — —

Current Imbalance

(Asymmetry)Disabled Disabled 10…100% 35% 0.1…25.0 5.0 10…100% 20% 0…250 10

Comm Fault Enabled Disabled — — — — — — — —

Comm Idle Disabled Disabled — — — — — — — —


151


Programming and Control Terminal AC Input Interface Module

DisplayDisplay type LCD with yellow-green backlightingColumn and character 2 lines x 16 charactersCharacter size 5.56 x 2.96 mm (0.22 x 0.12 in.)Viewing area 15 x 60 mm (0.58 x 2.35 in.)

Viewing angle Horizontal: 30°Vertical: -20…+30°

Keypad

Keypad type Tactile embossed, domed keys, sealed membrane

Operation Force 453 g (16 oz.)Operational life 1 million operations

CommunicationCommunication protocol DeviceNet (selectable 125, 250, 500 kbits/s)

ElectricalInput voltage range 11…25 V DC Input power, typical 1.8 WInput current 164 mA @ 11V, 72 mA @ 25V

EnvironmentalOperating temperature 0…55°C (32…131°F)Storage temperature -20…+70°C (-4…+158°F)Humidity 5…95%, non-condensingShock:

OperatingNon-operating

30 g50 g

DimensionsHeight 129.5 mm (5.1 in.)Width 90.2 mm (3.55 in.)Depth 24.8 mm (0.975 in.)Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb.)

Agency ApprovalsUL, cUL

ElectricalNumber of inputs 4Voltage category 110/120V ACOperating voltage range 79…132V ACFrequency range 47…63 HzOff-state voltage (max.) 20V ACOn-state voltage (min.) 79V AC

On-state current 2.0 mA @ 79V AC (min.), 10.0 mA @ 132V A (max.)

Inrush current (max.) 150 mAOff-state current (max.) 1.0 mAHeat dissipation (max.) 0.10 W/inputIEC input compatibility Type 1

EnvironmentalOperating temperature

OpenEnclosed

-20…+55°C (-4…+131°F)-20…+40°C (-4…+104°F)

Storage temperature -40…+85°C (-40…+185°F)Humidity 5…95%, non-condensingVibration (IEC 68-2-6) 3 GShock (IEC 68-2-27) 30 G

EnvironmentalMaximum altitude 2,000 mPollution environment Pollution degree 2Terminal marking EN50012Degree of protection IP2LX

Electromagnetic CompatibilityESD Immunity (IEC 10000-4-2) 6 kV contact, 8 kV airRadiated Immunity (IEC 10000-4-3) 10V/mFast transient burst (IEC 10000-4-4) 4 kV (Power), 2 kV (Control)

Surge immunity (IEC 10000-4-5) 2 kV common mode, 1 kV differential mode

Radiated and conducted emissions Class APhysical

Weight 60 g (2.1 oz.)Agency Approvals UR, cUR, CE


152


Trip Curves

E3 & E3 Plus Overload Relay Trip Class 5

1

10

100

1000

100% 1000%

Current (% FLA)

Tim

e (s

econ

ds)

Cold TripHot Trip


1

10

100

1000

100% 1000%

Current (% FLA)

Tim

e (s

econ

ds)

Cold TripHot Trip


1

10

100

1000

10000

100% 1000%

Current (% FLA)

Tim

e (s

econ

ds)

Cold TripHot Trip


1

10

100

1000

10000

100% 1000%

Current (% FLA)

Tim

e (s

econ

ds)

Cold TripHot Trip

153



Typical Wiring Schematics – NEMA

Typical Wiring Schematics – IEC

Single-Phase Three-Phase

S.C.P.D.

E3 / E3 Plus

L1 L2

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

M

T1 T2

S.C.P.D.

E3 / E3 Plus

L1 L2 L3

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

M

T1T2

T3

M 95 96A1 A21413

Out A Trip Relay (1)E3 E3

(1) Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

Single-Phase Three-Phase

95

96

A1

A2

14

13

Out A

Trip Relay (1)

E3

E3

(1) Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

K

L1

N

M

1

2

3

4

5

6

T1 T2 T3

K1

A1

A2

M

1

2

3

4

5

6

T1 T2 T3

K1

A1

A2


154


Typical Wiring Schematics – IEC

Reversing Starter Application

155



Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 109 Starter Approximate Dimensions

Overload Cat. No.

Contactor Cat. No. Width A

Height BB1 Depth C E1 E2without

193-EIMD with 193-EIMD

193-EC_ _B 100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23

45(1-25/32)

188.3(7-13/32)

207.7(8-11/64)

145.1(5-23/32)

107(4-7/32)

11.4(29/64)

67.9(2-43/64)

193-EC_ _D 100-C30, -C37 45(1-25/32)

188.3(7-13/32)

207.7(8-11/64)

145.1(5-23/32)

107(4-7/32)

11.4(29/64)

67.9(2-43/64)

193-EC_ _D 100-C43 54(2-1/8)

188.3(7-13/32)

207.7(8-11/64)

145.1(5-23/32)

107(4-7/32)

11.4(29/64)

67.9(2-43/64)

193-EC_ _E 100-C60, -C72, -C85

72(2-53/64)

236.1(9-19/64)

255.5(10-1/16)

173.2(6-13/16)

124.6(4-29/32)

11.4(29/64)

89.8(3-17/32)

Overload Cat. No.

Contactor Cat. No. D1 D2 H J ØD

193-EC_ _B 100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23 60(2-23/64)

35(1-3/8)

85.1(3-23/64)

2(5/64)

Ø4.2(11/64Ø)

193-EC_ _D 100-C30, -C37 60(2-23/64)

35(1-3/8)

104(4-3/32)

2(5/64)

Ø4.2(11/64Ø)

193-EC_ _D 100-C43 60(2-23/64)

45(1-25/32)

107(4-7/32)

2(5/64)

Ø4.2(11/64Ø)

193-EC_ _E 100-C60, -C72, -C85 100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64)

125.5(4-15/16)

2(5/64)

Ø5.5(7/32Ø)

C

H J

D1

E2B

B1

E1

D2 øD

A


156


Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Panel Mount Adapters(For Use With Cat. No. 193-EC_ _B)

(For Use With Cat. No. 193-EC_ _D, 193-EC_ZZ)

(For Use With Cat. No. 193-EC_ _E)

45(1-25/32)

159.3(6-17/64)

7.3(9/32)

135(5-5/16)

6.1(1/4)

100.5(3-31/32)

ø 4.4(11/64 ø)

11.4(29/64)

30(1-3/16)

115(4-17/32)

115(4-17/32)

11.4(29/64)

30(1-3/16)

45(1-25/32)

7.3(9-32)

135(5-5/16)

154.2(6-5/64)

ø 4.4(11/64 ø)

100.5(3-31/32)

6.1(1/4)

71.7(2-53/64)

131.2(5-11/64)

15(19/32)

77(3 - 1/32)

ø 5.5 (7/32 ø)

5 (13/64)

60(2-23/64)

11.4(29/64)

150.5(5-15/16)

130(5-1/8)

77(3-1/32)

155.1(6-7/64) w/193-EIMD

Bulletin 193-EFSolid-State Overload Relays

157


Features


Bulletin 193-EF193-EF1• 0.5…400 A Current Range• Phase Loss/Current Imbalance Protection• LED Indicators• Digital (DIP Switch) Adjustments• Adjustable Trip Class (2…30)

193-EF2 also includes:• 0.5…630 A Current Range• Overcurrent Indication• PTC Thermistor Monitoring

Bulletin 193-EF overload relays offer precise and reliable ambient compensated overload protection for the protection of three-phase squirrel cage motors. DIP switch settings allow the Bulletin 193-EF overload relays to be closely matched to the motor characteristics to safely obtain full utilization of the motor. The wide adjustment range of the trip class setting allows the Bulletin 193-EF overload relays to be applied in a wide variety of applications. The 193-EF2 version offers enhanced motor protection with additional circuitry for monitoring motor winding embedded thermistors.

Table of ContentsProduct Overview ............. 157Cat. No. Explanation ......... 157Product Selection ............. 158Accessories....................... 158Specifications.................... 160ApproximateDimensions........................ 161Conformity to StandardsIEC 947-4CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508ApprovalsCEPTBCSA CertifiedUL Listed

DIP switch for full-load current adjustment

Reset button

Test button for thermal overload protection

Control Voltage

Output relay contact connections

Connections for thermistor overtemperature protection

Stand-by display

Thermal overload (steady) and overcurrent (blinking) indication

Phase loss and phase imbalance indication

DIP switch for trip class adjustment

Thermistor overtemperature indication

Bulletin Number

VersionBasic 1Advanced 2

193 — EF 1 A KP — R F L

MCS PLUS Model 193-EF

Adj. Range20…180 A160…400 B160…630 C

Voltage24V AC36V AC48V AC110V AC120V AC230V AC240V AC400V AC415V AC440V AC24V DC48V DC

Factory ModificationsAutomatic ResetRemote ResetExternal Indication

RFL

KJKVKYKDKPKFKAKNKGKBZJZY


158

Product Selection/Accessories

Electronic Motor Protection Relays

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a Voltage Suffix Code from the table below for completion. Example: Cat. No. 193-EF1A⊗ becomes Cat. No. 193-EF1AKP.

➊ 0.5…20A can be achieved by looping the motor supply cables. (Refer to the Specifications section.)

Factory Modification Options

➋ Refer to the Catalog Number Identification section for the proper suffix code sequence.➌ Device ships with the Remote Reset Module accessory (Cat. No. 193-RB1) included.➍ Device ships with the External Indication Module accessory (Cat. No. 193-CB1) included.

Add-On Modules

Mounting Materials

➎ PQ = Package Quantity➏ Only Motor connection side, on supply side use 100-DTC420

Adjustment Range (A) Cat. No. Cat. No.20…180 ➊ 193-EF1A⊗ 193-EF2A⊗160…400 193-EF1B⊗ 193-EF2B⊗160…630 — 193-EF2C⊗

VoltageSuffix Code Suffix Code

V AC V DC24 36 48 110 120 230 240 400 415 440 24 48

50/60 Hz KJ KV KY KD KP KF KA KN KG KB — —— — — — — — — — — — ZJ ZY

Description Suffix Code ➋Automatic Reset of overload and thermistor overtemperature protection -RRemote Reset ➌ -FExternal Indication ➍ -L

Description Version Cat. No. Pkg. Qty. ➊

External Indication Module• For front mounting on a control panel or MCC• 3 m connection cable with plug• Function status indication• Trips and alarms can be reset• IP54 protection

193-LB1 1

Remote Reset ModuleTrip reset from any location Operating voltage

24…48V AC/DC

with external burden resistor-8.2 kΩ, 4 W110…230V AD/DC-22 kΩ, 10 W240…440V AD/DC

193-RB1 1

Adapter for Remote Reset Module• For easy mounting of remote reset module on standard DIN Rail

(EN 50 022-35) and G-Rail196-MTM 10

Description Version PQ ➎ Cat. No.Transparent Front Cover 10 193-PA

Main Terminal Cover• Set (2 pieces) Includes mounting materials• IP 10 Protection Class

for 825-MVM/825-MVSfor 825-MVS2for 193-EF2C

2100-DTS110100-DTS180100-DTS420

Terminal Lug• Set (6 pieces) Includes terminal and fixing screws

for 193-EF1Afor 193-EF2A 6 193-HD

Terminal Blocks• Set (2 pieces)• IP 10 Protection Class•

for 825-MVM, 825-MVSfor 825-MVM2, 825-MVS2for 193-EF2C ➏

2100-DTB110100-DTB180100-DTB420

A2 A1 98 97 96 95(-) (+)

r1 r2 r3

r1 r2 r3

rt

bl

RvUs

S1R

(-)(+)

159


Accessories, Continued/Specifications

Connecting Components

Mounting Materials — Bus BarsSet of 3 busbars, includes terminal and fixing screws. Suitable for use with 193-EF1A and 193-EF2A overland relays.

➊ PQ - Package Quantity

Labeling MaterialsUniform labeling materials for contactors, motor starting equipment, timing relays and circuit breakers

➋ Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.


Terminal Lugs (UL/CSA)• Set of 3• See page XREF for conductor capacities

For 193-EF_AFor 193-EF_AFor 193-EF_B

100-DL110100-DL180100-DL420

Description PQ ➊ Cat. No.M8 connections• 4 x 16 x 100 mm (0…125 A)• Universally applicable

3 825-MVM

M8 connections• 4 x 20 x 117 mm (0…180 A)• Universally applicable

3 825-MVM2

M6 lower connections• For mounting on 100-D95 and 100-D110 contactors 3 825-MVS

M8 lower connections• For mounting on 100-D140 and 100-D180 contactors 3 825-MVS2

Description Pkg. Qty. ➋ Cat. No.



10 100-FMP


100 100-FMC

Marking Tag Adapters• 100 each• To be used with System Bulletin 1492W marking tag

100 100-FMA2

160


Specifications

Supply Voltage FailureIn the event of a supply voltage failure, the output relay resets and the stand-by indicator goes out. The actual status is stored for 30 minutes. When the supply voltage is restored, the output relay reverts to its original state.

Reset — ManualThe reset button resets all protection functions. Resetting from any location is possible with the 193-RB1 remote reset module.

Reset — AutomaticAutomatic resetting of thermal overload and thermistor overtemperature functions is an optional feature. All other protection functions must be reset manually.

Test Button for Thermal Overload ProtectionPressing the test button will verify thermal tripping operation time at 6x/e without the motor being connected. The test button must be held for longer than the set trip time t6x/e.

Device Installation and CommissioningThe operating instructions enclosed with the device provide all of the information necessary to set and commission it.

Surface Mounting193-EF_A Snap-on fixing to standard DIN Rail or screw fixing193-EF_B Screw fixing193-EF_C Screw fixingMounting position: optional

Setting the Rated Current (0.5…20 A) (193-EF1A and 193-EF2A Required 193-HD)

➊ CSA, UL: for Ie = 0.5…2.5 A, only factory-assembled wound devices should be installed

➊ Type of wiring: insulated control leads, screened > 200 m (shield connected with 1T1)

➋ PTB: Approval of the Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt (Germany). Requirements for motor protection in highly combustible areas (e.g., chemical and petrochemical applications). Report No. 3.53-22532/97

The motor supply cables are looped through the current transformer twice, thereby doubling the rated motor current. The setting on the Bulletin 193-EF overload relay is the product of:

Recommended for Ie [A] Motor Supply CablesCable Cross Section (Flexible Strand)

IEC [mm2] CSA, UL (AWG No.)

20…180 fed straight through 4…95 10…10 000

10…20 looped twice 2.5…25 14…10

5…10 looped 4 times 1…6 14

2.5…5 looped 8 times 0.75…2.5 14

0.5…2.5 looped 40 times 0.5…0.75 ➊

Ie [A] x…number of loops

193-

EF

4

193-

EF

2

Motor supply wire looped twice Motor supply wire looped 4 times

Rated VoltageMotor Circuit(primary circuit of current measuring device)IEC 947, EN 60947 [V] 1 000CSA, UL [V] 600Control CircuitIEC 947, EN 60947 [V] 440CSA, UL [V] 240Rated Control Voltage US

AC 50/60 Hz [V] 24, 36, 48, 110, 120, 230, 240, 400, 415, 440, (0.8…1.1US)

DC [V] 24, 48 (0.9…1.2 US)

Special Control Voltage US

AC 50/60 Hz [V] 24…440Terminal Cross-sectionControl circuit [mm2] 2 x 2.5Device Protection Fuse 10 A Type gG or 16 A Type gGOutput Relay Contact InformationContact assembly 1 N.O. and 1 N.C., galvanically separatedRated operating voltageper UL/CSA: pilot duty 240V [V] 24 110…1125 220…250 380…440

Continuous Thermal current [A] 4Rated AC operating currentAC-15 [A] 3 3 1.2Max. permissible switching current (cos = 0.3)AC-15 [A] 30 30 12Rated DC operating current(L/R = 300 ms), no protective circuit neededDC-13 [A] 2 0.3 0.2 —Max. rated back-up fuse current 10 A, 500V AC Type gGAmbient temperature

Operation -5…+60°CStorage -50…+60°CTransport -50…+85°C

Sensor Measurement CircuitMeasurement circuitCross section [mm2] 0.5 1.5Max. lead length ➊ [m] 200 600Max. cold resistance of PTC sensor chain kΩ 1.5

Max. number of PTC sensors per IEC 34-11-2 6

WeightsOverload Relay193-EF1A [g] 1 070193-EF2A [g] 1 090193-EF1B [g] 2 510193-EF2B [g] 2 530193-EF2C [g] 5 550193-LB1 indication module [g] 160193-RB1 Remote reset module [g] 160196-MTM Adapter [g] 5193-PA Front cover [g] 3193-HD Terminal lug [g] 40Bus bars825-MVM [g] 230825-MVM2 [g] 290825-MVS [g] 280825-MVS2 [g] 350Approvals

CE, UL Listed, CSA, Bureau Veritas, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Maritime Register of Shipping, RINA, PTB ➋


161

Dimensions

Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. Nos. 193-EF1A, 193-EF2A

Cat. Nos. 193-EF1B, 193-EF2B

Cat. No. 193-EF2C

Cat. No. 193-LB1

➊ Terminal Cover➋ Universally applicable busbars (825-MVM)➌ Feed-through openings 19 x 19 mm➍ With 193-LB1 indication module: c = c + 29 mm➎ Can be mounted to DIN Rail EN 50 022-35➏ Universally applicable busbars (825-MVM2)

b1 e4 b

e2 e2

d2

a

ø d

a1

e3

c

➍

➌

c1

c3

d1

➎

ø e

➊

c2

➋ ➏

ø d

c

c1

d1 e4 b

a

➍

ø d

ø e

ø e1

ø d

e2e2

d2

e3

ce2

c1

d1 e4 b

e2

d2

a

ø d

ø e

ø e1

ø d

ø d ➍

e3

72

R 36

56.5 6

68

32

3

14

Dimensions 193-EF1A193-EF2A

193-EF1B193-EF2B 193-EF2C

a 120 140 155a1 105 — —b 100 142 143

b ➋ 100 — —b ➏ 117 — —b1 73 — —φd 5.4 5.8 6.5d1 55…60 75 90…93d2 100 125 135φe M8 x 12 M10 x 25 M10 x 25φe1 — M10 x 35 M10 x 25e2 38.5 48 48

e3 ➋ 16 25 25e3 ➏ 20 25 25e4 82 117 118

e4 ➋ 82 — —e4 ➏ 97 — —

c 143 148 178c1 72 117 118c2 93.5 — —c3 53.5 — —

Bulletin 193-TBimetallic Overload Relays

162


Product SelectionThermal Overload Relays

➊ Bulletin 193-T overload relays should not be used with DC contactors.➋ To select the setting range for use in Y-∆ Starters, multiply the rated operating current of the motor by a factor of 0.58.➌ For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate full load current. For motors with service factor of 1.0, use 90% of the motor nameplate full

load current.

Bulletin 193-T — Bimetallic Overload Relays• Phase Failure Sensitivity• Temperature Compensation• Auxiliary Switch (1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact)• Test/Stop Button• Manual/Auto Reset Button• Individual Mounting• Protection of EEX Electric Motors (PTB)• “Trip Free” Construction• Trip IndicatorBulletin 193-T thermal overload relays are designed for use with Bulletin 100-C contactors and Bulletin 104-C reversing contactors. These class 10 ambient compensated thermal overload relays use integral heater elements; therefore, additional heater elements are not required. Further, the design includes a differential mechanism for sensitivity to single-phase conditions.The trip setting is adjustable over the listed motor full load current range. The overload relay can be operated in a manual or automatic reset mode. An isolated normally open contact is standard. An anti-tamper shield is available and snaps on the front of the overload relay to discourage field adjustments of the trip setting and reset mode.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ............. 162Accessories ...................... 163Specifications ................... 164Approximate Dimensions 166Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947-4BS 5424VDE 0660IEC 60947-4 Type 2 CoordinationApprovalsUL ListedCSA CertifiedCE

Mounts on Contactor ➊ Setting Range [A] ➋➌ Cat. No.

100-C09…100-C37

0.1…0.16 193-TAA16

0.16…0.24 193-TAA24

0.24…0.4 193-TAA40

0.4…0.6 193-TAA60

0.6…1.0 193-TAB10

1.0…1.6 193-TAB16

1.6…2.4 193-TAB24

2.4…4 193-TAB40

4…6 193-TAB60

6…10 193-TAC10

100-C12…100-C37 10…16 193-TAC16

100-C23…100-C37 16…24 193-TAC24

100-C30…100-C43 18…30 193-TBC30

100-C37…100-C43 30…45 193-TBC45

100-C60…100-C85

18…30 193-TCC30

30…45 193-TCC45

45…60 193-TCC60

100-C72…100-C85 60…75 193-TCC75

Separate Mounting 70…90 193-TDC90

163


Accessories

Add-On Modules

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodesThe catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60Hz: Cat. No. 193-ER1⊗ becomes Cat. No. 193-ER1D.Standard Control Voltages

Labels• Uniform labeling materials for contactors, motor starting equipment, timing relays and circuit breakers


DIN Rail/Panel Mounting Adapter• For separate mounting of overload relays• Snaps on to DIN Rail EN 50 022-35

193-TA… 5 193-TAPM

193-TC… 2 193-TCPM

Anti-tamper ShieldProtects against unauthorized or unintentional modification of reset mode and full-load current settings

193-T all 1 193-BC1

Current Adjustment ShieldProtects against unauthorized or unintentional adjustment of the full-load current setting

193-T all 1 193-BC3

Remote ResetFor remote resetting of overload relays• Mounts on front of overload relay• Can be operated by remote push button or PLC control

193-T all 1 193-ER1⊗

External Reset Button for Enclosed Devices• Metal type• IP66 protection• Non-illuminated• Extender included (Length: 142 mm, selectable from 141…159 mm)For additional product selection, see Bulletin 800E selection information

193-T all 1800ES-R611W

and 800E-ATR08

Voltage 24 48 110 115 120 220 240

50 Hz J — D — — A —

60 Hz J — — — D — A

DC Z24 Z48 — Z01 — — —

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Label Sheet• Uniform labeling material for contactors, motor protection devices, timing relays and circuit-

breakers• For product information and ordering information see Bulletin 100-C accessory information

10 100-FMS


10 100-FMP

Transparent Cover• To be used with marking tags 100 100-FMC

Marking Tag Sheet• To be used with label frame:

System V4/V5System Bulletin 1492W

100100

100-FMA1100-FMA2


164

Specifications

Thermal Overload Relays

Circuit Diagrams

Trip Characteristics These trip characteristics refer to IEC 947 and are average values from cold start at an ambient temperature of 20 °C. Trip time is pictured as a function of operating current. With the device at normal operating temperature, the trip time decreases to approximately 25% of the shown value.

K1

2-phase 3-phase1-phase

Cat. No. 193-TDC90Cat. Nos. 193-TA…, 193-TB…, 193-TC…

Sec

onds

Sec

onds

Min

utes

Min

utes

3-phase

3-phase

2-phase 2-phase

Rated Current Rated Current


165


Thermal Overload Relays, Continued

Main Circuits Control Circuits

General

Cat. Nos. 193-TA…

193-TB…

193-TC…

193-TDC90

Rated isolation voltage Ui [V] 690 1 000

Rated surge withstand Uimp [kV] 6 8

Rated operating voltage Ue [V] 690 1 000

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3

Safe isolation (between main circuit and auxiliary contacts per [V]DIN, VDE 106, Part 101 and Part 101 A1

440

Current setting range 0.1…24 18…45 18…60 (75) 70…90

Direct load loss (for 3 current paths)

min. value of adjustment range [W] 2.5 3 3 (7) <16

max. value of adjustment range [W] 6 7.5 7.5 (10) <28

Wiring cross sectionType of clamp

Terminal screws M 4 M 6 M 8

multi-strand conductorwith ferrule [mm2] 2 x

(1…4)1 x 25 / 2 x

(1…10) 50

solid conductor [mm2]multi-strand conductor [mm2]solid or multi-strand [AWG]

2 x (1…6)

—14…8

2 x (1…16)—

14…2

16502

Flexible bus[mm] — — 6 x 9 x 0.8

Recommended tighteningtorque [Nm][lb-in] 1.8 (16) 3.5 (31) 6 (54)

Pozidrive screwdriver Size 2 —

Slotted screwdriver [mm] 1 x 6 —

Hex-head screw [mm] — 4

Cat. Nos. 193-TA…

193-TB…

193-TC…

193-TDC90

Rated isolation voltage Ui [V] 500

Rated surge withstand Uimp [kV] 6

Rated operating voltage Ue [V] 500

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3

Rated operating current Ie /

AC-15 220…240V [A]380…415V [A]500V [A]

1.5/1.50.5/0.90.5/0.8

DC-13 24V [A]60V [A]110V [A]220V [A]

0.9/0.90.75/0.75

0.4/0.40.2/0.2

Safe isolation (between auxiliary contacts) per DIN, VDE 106, [V]and Part 101 A1

240

Conventional thermal current Ith [A] 6

Short circuit withstandwithout welding, fuse gL [A] 6

Wiring cross sectionType of clamp

Terminal screw M 3.5

multi-strand conductorwith ferrule [mm2] 2 x (0.75…2.5)

solid conductor [mm2]solid or multi-strand [AWG] 2 x (0.75…4)

18…14

Recommended tightening torque [Nm(lb-in)]Pozi-driv screwdriver SizeSlotted screwdriver [mm]

1.2 (11)2

1 x 6

Cat. Nos. 193-TA… 193-TB… 193-TC… 193-TDC90

Weight [kg (lbs)] 0.130 (0.29) 0.210 (0.46) 0.210 (0.46) 1.300 (2.86)

Standards IEC 947, EN 60 947, DIN VDE 0660

Approvals CE, UL Listed, CSA, PTB, RINA

Climatic withstand humid/warm, constant, per DIN, IEC 68, Part 2-3humid/warm, cyclic, per DIN, IEC 68, Part 2-30

Ambient temperature openenclosed

–25…+50°C (–13…122°F)–25…+40°C (–13…104°F)

Temperature compensation continual

Shock withstand(Sin impact 10 ms) [G] 10

Protection class IP00IP2LX when attached

Contact protection Finger- and back of hand proof (VDE 0106, Part 100)


166


Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounted on Bulletin 100-C Contactor

Separately Mounted with DIN/Panel Adapter Separately Mounted

➊ Can be mounted on 35 mm DIN Rail EN 50 022-35➋ With reset rod, the max. action radius is 9 mm from the center of the reset knob. c3 With remote reset: 51 mm (2)c4 With auxiliary contact block: 39 mm (1-17/32)

Cat. No. With Contactor a b b1 c c1 c2 c5 ød d1 d2 e1 e2

193-TA…100-C09…100-C23 45

(1-25/32)127(5)

83(3-17/64)

96(3-25/32)

91(3-37/64)

15(19/32)

5(13/64)

2 @ 4.5(2 @ 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64) ➊

16.5(21/32)

51(2)

100-C30…100-C37 45(1-25/32)

127(5)

83(3-17/64)

105(4-9/64)

99(3-37/64)

6.5(17/64)

9.5(3/8)

2 @ 4.5(2 @ 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

35(1-25/64) ➊

16.5(21/32)

51(2)

193-TB…100-C3…100-C37 60

(2-23/64)140

(5-33/64)97

(3-13/16)105

(4-9/64)99

(3-37/64)6.5

(17/64)6.5

(17/64)2 @ 4.5

(2 @ 3/16)60

(2-23/64)35

(1-25/64) ➊16.5

(21/32)57

(2-1/4)

100-C43 60(2-23/64)

140(5-33/64)

97(3-13/16)

107(4-7/32)

103(4-3/32)

6.5(17/64)

8.5(21/64)

2 @ 4.5(2 @ 3/16)

60(2-23/64)

45(1-25/32) ➊

16.5(21/32)

57(2-1/4)

193-TC… 100-C60…100-C85 72(2-53/64)

185(7-9/32)

120(4-23/32)

125(4-15/16)

120(4-23/32)

8.5(21/64)

28.5(1-1/8)

4 @ 5.4(4 @ 7/32)

100(3-15/16)

55(2-11/64) ➊

16.5(21/32)

82(3-15/64)

Cat. No. a b b1 c c1 c2 ød d1 d2 e1 e2

193-TA… 45(1-25/32)

85(3-11/32)

44(1-47/64)

95(3-47/64)

90(3-35/64)

5(13/64)

2 @ 4.5(2 @ 3/16)

60…75(2-23/64…2-61/64)

35(1-25/64) ➊

16(5/8)

3(1/8)

193-TC… 60(2-23/64)

90(3-35/64)

44(1-47/64)

117(4-49/64)

112(4-13/32)

15(19/32)

2 @ 5.4(2 @ 7/32)

75(2-61/64)

50(1-31/32) ➊

16(5/8)

0(0)

193-TDC90 100(3-15/16)

120(4-23/32) — 135

(5-5/16) — 5(13/64)

4 @ 6.2(4 @ 1/4)

74(2-29/32)

80(3-5/32)

16(5/8)

7(9/32)

193-TA…, 193-TB…, 193-TC…

⊇

⊄

193-TDC90193-TA…, 193-TC…

➊

➊

➋

167

Bulletin 193-MBimetallic Overload Relays

Overview/Product Selection/Specifications

Product Selection

SpecificationsThermal Overload Relays

Circuit Diagrams

Bulletin 193-M — Bimetallic Overload Relays• Phase Failure Sensitivity• Temperature Compensation• Optional Auxiliary Contact (1 N.O. Contact)• Manual Reset/Stop Button• Built-in Connection Between N.C. Trip Contact (95) and Contactor Coil Terminal (A2)• “Trip Free” Construction• Trip IndicatorBulletin 193-M thermal overload relays are designed for use with Bulletin 100-M contactors and Bulletin 104-M reversing contactors. These class 10 ambient compensated thermal overload relays use integral heater elements; therefore, additional heater elements are not required.The trip setting is adjustable over the listed motor full load current range. The overload relay can be operated in a manual reset mode only. An isolated normally open contact is optional.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection..............167Specifications....................168Approximate Dimensions.168Conformity to StandardsIEC 60947-1IEC 60947-4 Type 2 CoordinationApprovalsUL ListedCSA CertifiedCE

Mounts on Setting Range [A] Cat. No.Max. current rating of backup gL fuse [A]

IEC Coordination Type Type 1 Type 2

100-M Contactor

M05…M12

0.10…0.15 193-M-A15 25 10.15…0.23 193-M-A23 25 10.23…0.35 193-M-A35 25 20.35…0.55 193-M-A55 25 20.55…0.8 193-M-A80 25 20.8…1.2 193-M-B12 25 41.2…1.8 193-M-B18 25 41.8…2.7 193-M-B27 25 62.7…4 193-M-B40 25 104…6 193-M-B60 25 16

M09…M126…7.7 193-M-B77 25 207.5…9 193-M-B90 25 20

M128.8…10.5 193-M-C10 25 —

10.4…12.5 193-M-C12 25 —193-M Overload Relay(Optional N.O. Auxiliary Contact) — — 193-M-F10 — —

2-phase 3-phase1-phase

K1 K1 K1

168

Bulletin 193-MBimetallic Overload Relays


Trip Characteristics • Time/current characteristics of thermal overload relay

Mean value of tolerance bands 3-phase heated. Full line curves relate to cold relay. Dashed curves relate to relay at operating temperature (at set current load).Tolerance trip time ±20%, ±10% for current.Function limits and temperature compensation from –25oC…+75oC.Tripping limit specified in IEC 60947-4 for –5oC…+40oC are included in the –20oC…60oC range.Specified points relative to operating temperature condition; in compliance with IEC 60947-4.

• Single phasing (phase failure):Trip limits 1.05…1.25 of set current IeF (1.05…1.32 IeF is permissible according to IEC 60947-4).For motors up to 10 kW, the 2-phase trip at 1.25 IeF max. guarantees heat buildup limitation to the value that occurs in the event of a 3-phase trip at 1.2 IeF.

Specifications Approximate Dimensions — 193-M on 100-M ContactorDimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

12.5 A

Main CircuitRated Insulation Voltage

IEC [V]cULus [V]

500600

Max. Wire SizeIEC Fine Stranded w/ Ferrule [mm2]

Coarse Stranded or Solid [mm2]cULus Stranded or Solid [AWG]

2 x (1…2.5)2 x (1.5…4)2 x (14…10)

Recommended Torque [Nm][lb-in]

1.4…2.012…20

Control CircuitRated Insulation Voltage

IEC [V]cULus [V]

500600

Rated Operating CurrentAC-12 [A]AC-15 220…240V [A]

380…415 [A]

—

Max. Wire SizeIEC Fine Stranded w/ Ferrule [mm2]

Coarse Stranded or Solid [mm2]cULus Stranded or Solid [AWG]

2 x (0.75…2.5)2 x (0.75…4)2 x (18…14)

Recommended Torque [Nm][lb-in]

1.211

General

Standards Compliance IEC60947, DIN VDE 0660, UL508, CSA22.2, No. 14

Approvals CE, cULusAmbient Temperature

OpenEnclosed

-20…+60°C (-4…+140°F)-20…+40°C (-4…+104°F)

169

Bulletin 190/191Eco and Compact Combination Starters


Your order must include: cat. no. of the starter selected and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories.


Bulletin 190 Eco and Compact Combination Starters• Power Range 0.1…45 A• Bulletin 190E/191E Modular Eco Starters• Bulletin 190S/191S Pre-wired Compact Starters• Uses Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) and Bulletin 100-C or

100-M Contactors 140M is UL/CSA Approved as Manual Self-Protected (Type E) Combination Starters

• Type 2 Coordination• Mounts to DIN Rail(s) or Screw Mounts

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ..............170Accessories ........................177SpecificationsFactory Options . . . . . . . . . .177

Conformity to StandardsIEC 947-1/2/4/5IEC 204-1


Eco Starter with 100-M Miniature

Contactor

Eco Starter with 100-C IEC Contactor

Reversing Eco Starter with

100-M Miniature Contactor

Reversing Eco Starter with 100-C IEC Contactor

Compact Combination Starter (25 A)

Compact Combination Starter (45 A)

Reversing Compact

Combination Starter (25 A)

Reversing Compact

Combination Starter (45 A)

AC Coils

DC Coils — — —

Standards ComplianceUL Listed/ CSA Certified See page 176

CE

IEC 60947

Type 2 Coordination See page 176

ComponentsMPCB 140M-C 140M-C, -D 140M-C 140M-C, -D 140M-C, -D 140M-F 140M-C, -D 140M-FContactor 100-M 100-C 104-M 104-C 100-C 100-C 104-C 104-C

Bulletin 190EEco Starters

170

Product Selection

AC or DC Control Coils

⊗ Voltage Suffix Codes for AC or DC Control

➊ 1 N.O. auxiliary contact on contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 177 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.➋ UL Pending.

IndexMotor Current Adjustment

Range[A]


[A]

Max. Hp, 3-phase Non-Reversing Starter ➊Cat. No.200V 230V 460V 575V

C-Frame

➋ 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 190E-MN⊗ 2-CA16X

➋ 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 190E-MN⊗ 2-CA25X

➋ 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 190E-MN⊗ 2-CA40X

➋ 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 190E-MN⊗ 2-CA63X

➋ 0.63…1.00 13 — — 1/2 3/4 190E-MN⊗ 2-CB10X

➋ 1.00…1.60 21 — — 1 1 190E-MN⊗ 2-CB16X

➋ 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 190E-MN⊗ 2-CB25X

➋ 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 190E-MN⊗ 2-CB40X

➋ 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 190E-NN⊗ 2-CB63X

➋ 6.30…10.0 130 2 2 5 5 190E-NN⊗ 2-CC10X

Voltage 24V 48V 100V 100…120V 220…230V 230…240V 380V

50 Hz KD KH D — A — KK

60 Hz KD KH — D — A KK

DC Z24 — — — — — —

• 190E Modular Eco Starter using Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and Bulletin 100-M Mini Contactor• Mounting Options:

Snap Fixing on (1) 35 mm DIN Rail

171

Bulletin 190EEco Starters


AC Control Coils


⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes for AC Control


Range[A]

Magnetic Trip Current[A]


C-Frame➋ 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 190E-AN⊗ 2-CA16X➋ 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 190E-AN⊗ 2-CA25X➋ 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 190E-AN⊗ 2-CA40X➋ 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 190E-AN⊗ 2-CA63X➋ 0.63…1.00 13 — — 1/2 3/4 190E-AN⊗ 2-CB10X➋ 1.00…1.60 21 — — 1 1 190E-AN⊗ 2-CB16X➋ 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 190E-AN⊗ 2-CB25X➋ 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 190E-AN⊗ 2-CB40X➋ 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 190E-AN⊗ 2-CB63X➋ 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 190E-BN⊗ 2-CC10X➋ 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 10 190E-CN⊗ 2-CC16X➋ 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 190E-DN⊗ 2-CC20X➋ 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 190E-DN⊗ 2-CC25X

D-Frame➋ 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 190E-AN⊗ 2-DB25X➋ 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 190E-AN⊗ 2-DB40X➋ 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 190E-AN⊗ 2-DB63X➋ 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 190E-BN⊗ 2-DC10X➋ 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 10 190E-CN⊗ 2-DC16X➋ 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 190E-DN⊗ 2-DC20X➋ 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 190E-DN⊗ 2-DC25X

Voltage 12V 24V 32V 36V 42V 48V 100V 100…110V 110V 120V 127V 200V 200…

220V200…230V 208V 208…

240V

50 Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG — — — —

60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG — H L

50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG — KL — —

Voltage 220…230V 230V 230…

240V 240V 277V 347V 380V 380…400V 400V 400…

415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V

50 Hz F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —

60 Hz — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C

50/60 Hz — KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

• 190E Modular Eco Starter using Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and Bulletin 100-C MCS Contactor• Mounting Options:

-Snap Fixing on (1) 35 mm DIN Rail

Bulletin 190SCompact Starters

172

0Product Selection, Continued

AC or DC Control Coils

➊ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts on 140M is standard. 1 N.O. auxiliary contact on 100C contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 177 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.

⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes for AC or DC Control

⊗ Standard Voltage Suffix Codes for DC Control

➋ For pricing information, consult the Master Price List or your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

IndexMotor Current

Adjustment Range[A]



C-Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 190S-AN⊗ 2-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 190S-AN⊗ 2-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 190S-AN⊗ 2-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 190S-AN⊗ 2-CA63C5 0.63…1.00 13 — — 1/2 3/4 190S-AN⊗ 2-CB10C6 1.00…1.60 21 — — 1 1 190S-AN⊗ 2-CB16C7 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 190S-AN⊗ 2-CB25C8 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 190S-AN⊗ 2-CB40C9 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 190S-AN⊗ 2-CB63C10 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 190S-BN⊗ 2-CC10C11 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 15 190S-CN⊗ 2-CC16C12 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 190S-DN⊗ 2-CC20C13 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 190S-DN⊗ 2-CC25C

D-Frame14 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 190S-AN⊗ 2-DB25C16 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 190S-AN⊗ 2-DB40C18 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 190S-AN⊗ 2-DB63C20 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 190S-BN⊗ 2-DC10C22 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 15 190S-CN⊗ 2-DC16C24 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 190S-DN⊗ 2-DC20C26 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 190S-DN⊗ 2-DC25C

F-Frame28 6.30…10.0 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 190S-EN⊗ 3-FC10C29 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 15 190S-EN⊗ 3-FC16C30 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 190S-EN⊗ 3-FC20C31 18.5…25.0 325 5 10 20 25 190S-EN⊗ 3-FC25C32 23.0…32.0 416 10 10 25 30 190S-FN⊗ 3-FC32C33 32.0…45.0 585 10 15 30 30 190S-GN⊗ 3-FC45C

Voltage 12V 24V 32V 36V 42V 48V 100V 100-110V 110V 120V 127V 200V 200-

220V200-230V 208V 208-

240V


60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG — H L

50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG — KL — —

Voltage 220-230V 230V 230-

240V 240V 277V 347V 380V 380-400V 400V 400-

415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V

50 Hz F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —

60 Hz — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C

50/60 Hz — KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

190SVoltage 6…12V 12V 24V 24V w/

diode 36V 48V 60V 64V 72V 80V 110V 115V 125V 220 V230V 240V

Code ZR ZQ ZJ DJ ➋ ZW ZY ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD ZP ZS ZA ZF ZT

• 190S Compact Combination Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 100-C Contactor • Auxiliary Contacts Wired to Terminal Block at Bottom of Starter Assembly• Mounting Options:-Screw Fixing-Snap Fixing on (1) or (2) 35 mm DIN Rails-Snap Fixing on (1) 75 mm DIN Rail

173

Bulletin 191EReversing Eco Starters


AC Control Coils




Range[A]


[A]


C-Frame

➋ 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 191E-MN⊗ 3-CA16X

➋ 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 191E-MN⊗ 3-CA25X

➋ 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 191E-MN⊗ 3-CA40X

➋ 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 191E-MN⊗ 3-CA63X

➋ 0.63…1.00 13 — — 1/2 3/4 191E-MN⊗ 3-CB10X

➋ 1.00…1.60 21 — — 1 1 191E-MN⊗ 3-CB16X

➋ 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 191E-MN⊗ 3-CB25X

➋ 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 191E-MN⊗ 3-CB40X

➋ 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 191E-NN⊗ 3-CB63X

➋ 6.30…10.0 130 2 2 5 5 191E-NN⊗ 3-CC10X

Voltage 24V 48V 100V 100…120V 220…230V 230…240V 380V

50 Hz KD KH D — A — KK

60 Hz KD KH — D — A KK

• 191E Modular Eco Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 104-M Reversing Mini Contactor• Mounting Options:


Bulletin 191EReversing Eco Starters

174


AC Control Coils




Range[A]


[A]


C-Frame➋ 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 191E-AN⊗ 3-CA16X➋ 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 191E-AN⊗ 3-CA25X➋ 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 191E-AN⊗ 3-CA40X➋ 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 191E-AN⊗ 3-CA63X➋ 0.63…1.00 13 — — 1/2 3/4 191E-AN⊗ 3-CB10X➋ 1.00…1.60 21 — — 1 1 191E-AN⊗ 3-CB16X➋ 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 191E-AN⊗ 3-CB25X➋ 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 191E-AN⊗ 3-CB40X➋ 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 191E-AN⊗ 3-CB63X➋ 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 191E-BN⊗ 3-CC10X➋ 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 10 191E-CN⊗ 3-CC16X➋ 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 191E-DN⊗ 3-CC20X➋ 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 191E-DN⊗ 3-CC25X

D-Frame➋ 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 191E-AN⊗ 3-DB25X➋ 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 191E-AN⊗ 3-DB40X➋ 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 191E-AN⊗ 3-DB63X➋ 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 191E-BN⊗ 3-DC10X➋ 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 10 191E-CN⊗ 3-DC16X➋ 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 191E-DN⊗ 3-DC20X➋ 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 191E-DN⊗ 3-DC25X

Voltage 12V 24V 32V 36V 42V 48V 100V 100…110V 110V 120V 127V 200V 200…

220V200…230V 208V 208…

240V


60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG — H L

50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG — KL — —

Voltage 220…230 230 230…

240 240V 277V 347V 380V 380…400V 400V 400…

415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V

50 Hz F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —

60 Hz — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C

50/60 Hz — KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

• 191E Modular Eco Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 104-C Reversing MCS Contactor• Mounting Options:


175

Bulletin 191SReversing Compact Starters


AC Control Coils

➊ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts on 140M is standard. 1 N.O. auxiliary contact on 100C contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 177 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.



Range[A]



C-Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 191S-AN⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 191S-AN⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 191S-AN⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 191S-AN⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.00 13 — — 1/2 3/4 191S-AN⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.00…1.60 21 — — 1 1 191S-AN⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 191S-AN⊗ 3-CB25C8 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 191S-AN⊗ 3-CB40C9 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 191S-AN⊗ 3-CB63C10 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 191S-BN⊗ 3-CC10C11 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 15 191S-CN⊗ 3-CC16C12 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 191S-DN⊗ 3-CC20C13 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 191S-DN⊗ 3-CC25C

D-Frame14 1.60…2.50 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 191S-AN⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.50…4.00 52 1 1 3 3 191S-AN⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.00…6.30 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 191S-AN⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.30…10.0 130 2 3 7-1/2 10 191S-BN⊗ 3-DC10C22 10.0…16.0 208 3 5 10 15 191S-CN⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20.0 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 191S-DN⊗ 3-DC20C26 18.5…25.0 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 191S-DN⊗ 3-DC25C

Voltage 12V 24V 32V 36V 42V 48V 100V 100-110V 110V 120V 127V 200V 200-

220V200-230V 208V 208-

240V


60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG — H L

50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG — KL — —

Voltage 220-230V 230V 230-

240V 240V 277V 347V 380V 380-400V 400V 400-

415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V

50 Hz F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —

60 Hz — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C

50/60 Hz — KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

• 191S Compact Combination Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 104-C Reversing MCS Contactor • Auxiliary Contacts Wired to Terminal Block at Bottom of Starter Assembly• Mounting Options:

-Screw Fixing-Snap Fixing on (1) or (2) 35 mm DIN Rails-Snap Fixing on (1) 75 mm DIN Rail

Bulletin 190/191ECO and Compact Combination Starters

176

Specifications


Index

Motor Current

Adjustment Range (A)

Magnetic Release

Operating Current (A)

Max. Hp, 60 Hz Max. Fault Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current 600Y/347V Group Installation

200V 230V 460V 575VType 1Iq [kA]

Type 2Iq [kA]

Type EIq [kA]

Type 1Iq [kA]

Type 2Iq [kA]

Type EIq [kA]

480Y/277V Iq [kA]

600Y/347V Iq [kA]

Max. Fuse or CB per

NEC[kA]

C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4502 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4503 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4504 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4505 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4506 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4507 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 65 65 10 10 — 65 10 4508 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 — — 10 — — 65 10 4509 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — — — — — 65 — 45010 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — — — — — 65 — 45011 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 10 — — — — — 10 — 45012 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 10 — — — — — 10 — 45013 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 10 — — — — — 10 — 450

D Frame14 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 65 65 30 — — 65 30 45015 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45016 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45017 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45018 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45019 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45020 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45021 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45022 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45023 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45024 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 65 — — — — 65 — 45025 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 65 65 — — — 65 — 45026 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 65 — — — — 65 — 45027 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 65 65 — — — 65 — 450

F Frame28 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60029 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60030 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60031 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60032 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60033 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 65 65 30 30 — 65 30 600

177

Bulletin 190Eco and Compact Combination Starters

0 Specifications

Bulletin 190E/191E/190S/191S Factory Installed ModificationsNote: For modifications change (option code ➊ ) and — add (option code ➋ ) for desired features to cat. no.

➊ Change option code X to desired auxiliary contact: 190E-MND2-CA16X

➋ Add desired option codes AFTER auxiliary contact option code: 190S-AND2-CA16X-KY

➌ 191E and 191S Reversing Eco Starters will have two of these accessories installed (one on each contactor).

Bulletin 140M Auxiliary and Trip ContactsAvailability

190E 191E 190S 191SX Without Auxiliary and Trip Contacts Standard Standard NA NAA Auxiliary Contact 1 N.C. Available Available NA NAB Auxiliary Contact 1 N.O. Available Available NA NAC Auxiliary Contact 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Available Available Standard StandardD Auxiliary Contact 2 N.O. Available Available Available AvailableE Auxiliary Contact 2 N.C. Available Available Available AvailableR 1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.C. Auxiliary Contact Available Available Available AvailableS 1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.O. Auxiliary Contact Available Available Available Available

Modifications, AccessoriesAvailability

190E 191E 190S 191SJE ➌ Electronic Interfaces (100-C) Available Available Available AvailableR ➌ Surge Suppressor RC (100-C) Available Available Available AvailableV ➌ Surge Suppressor Varistor (100-C) Available Available Available AvailableD ➌ Surge Suppressor Diode (100-C) Available Available Available AvailableKN Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Black Available Available Available AvailableKY Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Red/Yellow Available Available Available AvailableTE Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E Available Available Available Available

Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Side Mount)S01 ➌ 1 N.C. Available Available Available AvailableS10 ➌ 1 N.O. Available Available Available AvailableS11 ➌ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Available Available Available AvailableS20 ➌ 2 N.O. Available Available Available Available

Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Front Mount)F11 ➌ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Available Available NA NAF20 ➌ 2 N.O. Available Available NA NAF22 ➌ 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Available Available NA NA

Additional Bulletin 140M Auxiliaries (Side Mount)A02 2 N.C. Available Available Available AvailableA20 2 N.O. Available Available Available AvailableA11 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Available Available Available Available

Additional Bulletin 140M Trip Contacts (Side Mount)R00 1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only Available Available Available AvailableR01 1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only Available Available Available AvailableR10 1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only Available Available Available AvailableR11 1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only Available Available Available AvailableM11 1 N.O. Mag Only + 1 N.C. Mag Only Available Available Available Available


178

Wiring Diagrams

IEC Wiring Diagram Cat. No. 190S-A…D

IEC Wiring Diagram Cat. No. 190S-E…G

190S-_ _ _ 2- _ _ _ _ C 190S-_ _ _ 2- _ _ _ _ S

190S-_ _ _ 3- _ _ _ _ S190S-_ _ _ 3- _ _ _ _ C

179



Dimensions are shown in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

190E/191E

190S-A…D

Cat. No. a a1 b b1 b2 c c1190E Eco Starters

190E-MN…190E-NN45 (1-25/32) 0

164 (6-15/32)45 (1-25/32) —

45 (1-25/32)70 (2-49/64)

190E-AN…190E-DN 178 (7) 83.5 (3-19/64)191E Reversing Eco Starters

191E-MN…191E-NN45 (1-25/32) 0

164 (6-15/32)45 (1-25/32) —

45 (1-25/32)70 (2-49/64)

191E-AN…191E-DN 178 (7) 83.5 (3-19/64)

A[mm]

B[mm]

C[mm]

190S-AN140M-C 112

107100-FA, 100-FC

100-FPT100-FL

138157160

190S-BN190S-CN

140M-D 122190S-DN190S-ANZ

140M-C 134.5132.5 100-FA, 100-FC 163.5190S-BNZ

190S-CNZ 140M-D 144.5

190S-DNZ140M-C 157

150 100-FA, 100-FC 181140M-D 167

a1 c

c1

3 (3

/32)

aa

b1b2 b

a

b1b2 b

5.5

45

9

Ø5.4

918

9

178

Ø5.4

345.5 5.5

215

A

4

8

BC


180



190S-A…D

115˚

25˚

25

90˚ 90˚

25

Safety Clearance

yyyy25

75

135

21

15

35

101.

5

11

35

3.5

46.2

7.5

125±

1


181



190S-E and 190S-F Approximate Dimensions190S-G Approximate Dimensions

190-E…G Approximate Dimensions

A[mm]

B[mm]

C[mm]

190S-EN

140M-F135 124

100-FB100-FPT100-FL

154.5173.5176.5190S-FN

190S-ENZ179 168 100-FB 198.5

190S-FNZ

5.5

54

9

Ø5.4

918

9

200

Ø5.4

435.5 5.5

238

A

4

8

BC

A[mm]

B[mm]

C[mm]

190S-GN140M-F

135 118.5100-FB

100-FPT100-FL

157176179

190S-GNZ 179 162.5 100-FB 201

5.5

54

9

Ø5.4

918

9

200

Ø5.4

435.5 5.5

238

A

4

8

BC

90

˚

25˚

25

90˚ 90˚

25

AC

25˚

DC

Safety Clearance

35

3.5

56

7.5

125±

1

yy

25

75

145.

5

21

Bulletin 190Coordinated Starters

182

Overview

Your order must inlude the cat. no. of the manual interrupter, contactor module, trip unit, operating handle adapter, or operating shaft and, if required, the cat. no. of any accessories.

Bulletin 190 Starters• Manual Interrupter — 40 A• Interchangeable Trip Units — 11 Ranges to 40 A• Contactor Module — 40 A, 20 kW @ 415V AC, Current Limiting Contact Structure• Coordinated Protected Starter (Applicable in North America Only)• Operating Handle Indicates “ON”, “OFF” and “TRIPPED”• Visible Isolation Gap with Trip Unit Removed• Short Circuit Trip Setting Dial• Overload Trip Setting Dial• Sealable Cover for Trip Setting Dials• Operating Handle Can Be Padlocked “OFF”• Type 2 Coordination with Integrated and Coordinated Protected Starters

Bulletin 190 Coordinated Starters are a family of modular components assembled into a series of high-performance motor starters. These starters reduce machine or process down time by lessening or eliminating component damage caused by short circuit current.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ............. 183Accessories....................... 187Specifications.................... 190ApproximateDimensions........................ 197

Conformity to StandardsIEC 947-2, 947-4-1, 204-1, 364VDE 0100, 0106 Parts 101, 0110, 0113, 0660 Parts 101, 102, 104, 107

CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508UL Listed for Group Motor installation


183


Product Selection

System Circuit Breaker (to IEC 947-2) for Protection of Cables and Wiring ➊Note: Not for use in North America.

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Voltage Suffix Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 190-A40⊗ becomes Cat. No. 190-A40J.

➊ The Bulletin 190 System Circuit Breaker and Combination Circuit Breaker cannot be utilized as a short circuit protective device in Canadian and U.S. applications. In order to be utilized as a circuit breaker in Canadian and U.S. applications, the device would have to meet the breaker requirements of CSA and UL respectively. The Bulletin 190 System Combination Circuit Breaker does not meet these requirements.


ORDER Manual Interrupter 40A Ie 690V. 190-MN

ALSOORDER

Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit for

System Protection(Short Circuit trip

= 5 – 8.5 x Iu)

Adjustable Thermal Current Range (A)

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Current Range (A)

6…10 50…80 190-P100L

10…16 80…140 190-P160L

16…25 130…210 190-P250L

24…32 160…280 190-P320L

32…40 200…350 190-P400L

ORDERContactor ModuleorCurrent Limiter Module

190-A40 ⊗

190-CL1

Schematic Symbol:

Voltage 24V 110V 120V 208V 220V 240V 380V 415V 440V 480V 600V

50 Hz K D — — A — N B B — —

60 Hz J — D H — A — — G B C

DC Z

Contactor Module orCurrent Limiter ModuleCat. No. 190-A40⊗ or

Cat. No. 190-CL1+

Combination Circuit Breaker ➊

Circuit Breaker ➊

Trip Unit for System ProtectionCat. No. 190-P100L

Manual InterrupterCat. No. 190-MN

+

=

=

13 21

A1

A214 22


184


Manual Motor Starter and Protector ➊

➊ UL Listed Components — The Bulletin 190 manual motor starter/protector is CSA Certified and UL Listed. Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering 42 kA RMS SYM/600V or 65 kA RMS SYM/480V when protected by fuses or circuit breaker selected in accordance with the U.S. National Electrical Code.


ORDER Manual Interrupter 40 AMP Ie 690 V Ui 190-MN

ALSO ORDER Trip Unit Adjustable Thermal Current Range (A)

Adjustable Magnetic Trip

Current Range (A)0.4…0.6 5…8 190-P0060.6…1.0 8…14 190-P0101.0…1.6 14…22 190-P0161.6…2.4 20…35 190-P0242.4…4 35…55 190-P0404…6 50…80 190-P060

6…10 80…140 190-P10010…16 130…220 190-P16016…27 200…350 190-P25024…32 275…425 190-P32032…42 350…500 190-P400

OR ALSO ORDER

Trip Unit withRelay Contacts —1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

Suitable for use withBulletin 190-MN or Bulletin 190-CPS40D.

Overload condition changes contact state. Usually wired to de-energize contactor coil on overload condition. Interrupter opens on short circuit only.

Note: This trip unit not compatible with 190 RC Remote Operators, 190 RT Shunt Trip, or 190 UV Undervoltage Trip Modules.

0.4…0.6 5…8 190-P006R

0.6…1.0 8…14 190-P010R

1.0…1.6 14…22 190-P016R

1.6…2.4 20…35 190-P024R

2.4…4 35…55 190-P040R

4…6 50…80 190-P060R

6…10 80…140 190-P100R

10…16 130…220 190-P160R

16…27 200…350 190-P250R

24…32 275…425 190-P320R

32…42 350…500 190-P400R

Schematic without Relay Contacts:

Trip Unit Cat. No. 190-P_ _ _

or+


Trip Unit Cat. No. 190-P_ _ _R+

Manual Motor Starter andProtector=

185



Integrated Starter ➊

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Voltage Suffix Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 190-A40⊗ becomes Cat. No. 190-A40J.

➊ UL Listed Components — The Bulletin 190 Integrated Starter is CSA Certified and UL Listed. Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 42,000 A. RMS Symmetrical at 600V AC, or 65,000A. RMS Symmetrical at 480V AC when protected by fuses or circuit breaker selected in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. National Electrical Code.

➋ A Trip Unit with Relay Contacts (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) may be ordered. See page 184 for Cat. No.

Description Cat. No.ORDER Manual Interrupter 190-MNORDER Contactor Module 190-A40 ⊗

ALSO ORDER Trip Unit ➋ Adjustable Thermal Current Range (A)

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Current Range

(A)0.4…0.6 5…8 190-P0060.6…1.0 8…14 190-P0101.0…1.6 14…22 190-P0161.6…2.4 20…35 190-P0242.4…4 35…55 190-P0404…6 50…80 190-P060

6…10 80…140 190-P10010…16 130…220 190-P16016…27 200…350 190-P25024…32 275…425 190-P32032…42 350…500 190-P400

Schematic without Relay Contacts:

Voltage 24V 110V 120V 208V 220V 240V 380V 415V 440V 480V 600V50 Hz K D — — A — N B B — —60 Hz J — D H — A — — G B C

DC Z

Integrated Starter

Trip Unit Cat. No. 190-P_ _ _


Contactor ModuleCat. No. 190-A40⊗+

+

=

14 22

A1

A2

13 21


186


Coordinated Protected Starter — North American Markets Only ➊

Meets CSA and UL Requirements for a Combination Starter.

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Voltage Suffix Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 190-CPS40⊗ becomes Cat. No. 190-CPS40J.

➊ CSA Certified and UL Listed — Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering 100,000 amperes RMS SYM at 240V, 65,000 amperes RMS SYM at 480V or 42,000 amperes RMS SYM at 600V. Note: Ratings above 240V are based on Power Systems as follows: 480Y/277V AC; 600Y/347V AC (up through 190-P250) to the line side of this starter.

➋ 60 Hz only.➌ A Trip Unit with Relay Contacts (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) may be ordered. See page 184 for Cat. No. and pricing.

Description Cat. No.ORDER Coordinated protected starter less trip unit 190-CPS40⊗ ➋

OR ORDER Reversing coordinated protected starter less trip unit 190R-CPS40⊗ ➋

ALSO ORDER Trip Unit ➌ Adjustable Thermal Current Range (A)

Adjustable Magnetic Trip Current Range

(A)0.4…0.6 5…8 190-P0060.6…1.0 8…14 190-P0101.0…1.6 14…22 190-P0161.6…2.4 20…35 190-P0242.4…4 35…55 190-P0404…6 50…80 190-P060

6…10 80…140 190-P10010…16 130…220 190-P16016…27 200…350 190-P25024…32 275…425 190-P32032…42 350…500 190-P400

Voltage 24V 110V 120V 208V 220V 240V 380V 415V 440V 480V 600V50 Hz K D — — A — N B B — —60 Hz J — D H — A — — G B C

DC Z

Coordinated Protected Starter

Coordinated ProtectedStarter Less Trip Unit

Cat. No. 190-CPS40⊗

Trip Unit Cat. No. 190-P

=

+

13 21

A1

A214 22

187


Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts ➊

Trip Indicating Contacts ➊

Three Phase Commoning Link

➊ 1 N.O., 1 N.C. internal auxiliary contacts furnished standard with the contactor module.042

Mounting Configuration Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Manual Interrupter

1 N.O., 1 N.C., Operate with interrupter

1190-A11

2 N.O., 2 N.C., Operate with interrupter 190-A22

Integrated StarterORCoordinated Protected Starter

1 N.O., 1 N.C., Operate with interrupter

1

190-A11C

2 N.O., 2 N.C., Operate with interrupter 190-A22C

1 N.O., 1 N.C., Operate with interrupter; 1 N.O., 1 N.C., Operate with contactor

190-A11-11

Contactor(when separately mounted) ➊ 1 N.O., 1 N.C. 1 190-AC11-11

Mounting Configuration Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Manual Interrupter 1 N.O., 1 N.C., Indicate short circuit;1 N.O., 1 N.C., Indicate overload 1 190-T11-11

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.For line side connection of adjacent manual interrupters. 100A. (Sufficient room between units for auxiliary contacts, shunt trip or undervoltage trip module is provided.)

1 190-L13

Three Phase Link Terminal — (Not shown.) For use with commoning link above. 1 190-L2

Cat. No. 190-A11

Cat. No. 190-AC11-11

Cat. No. 190-A11-11


188


Modules/Adaptors

➊ The use of an auxiliary contact with the manual interrupter is recommended.

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Shunt Trip Module — Trips manual interrupter from a remote location using a voltage signal. Coils available (multi-voltage):

1

—

24…48V 50/60 Hz 24…60V DC 190-RT048

110…250V 50/60 Hz 110…250V DC 190-RT250

380…600V 50/60 Hz 380…600V DC 190-RT600

Undervoltage Trip Module — Trips manual interrupter on power loss (70…35% V). Prevents undesired restart upon power resumption. (Undervoltage protection) Coils available (multi-voltage):

1

24V 50/60 Hz 190-UV024

110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz 190-UV120

220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz 190-UV240

415/440V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz 190-UV480

500V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz 190-UV600

208V 60 Hz 190-UV208

380V 50 Hz 190-UV380

Remote Operator Module ➊ — Operates manual interrupter from a remote location using a voltage signal. Provides “ON,” “OFF,” and “RESET” functions. Includes a lockout provision. 50,000 operations life.

1

—

Signalled and powered at same voltage —

110…120V AC/DC 190-RCE120

220…250V AC/DC 190-RCE230

380…415V AC 190-RCE400

440V AC 190-RCE440

Signalled at 24V AC or DC. Powered at separate voltages shown below.

1

—

24V AC/DC 190-RCS24

48V AC/DC 190-RCS48

110…120V AC/DC 190-RCS120

220…240V AC/DC 190-RCS230

380…415V AC 190-RCS400

440V AC 190-RCS440

Separate Mounting Base for Contactor Module — Provides line side terminals and mounting provisions. Allows panel design flexibility by offering the option of side or separate mounting of the contactor.

1 190-N2

Amplifier Module — For programmable controller interfacing.

1

—

Input: 24V DC, 15 mA 190-N3

48V DC, 10 mA 190-N4

125V DC, 10 mA 190-N5

Output: 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. contacts, 2A at 415V AC11 or 0.11A at 240V DC-DC11 —

Adaptor — Allows an integrated starter to be DIN Rail mounted. 2 190-N1

189



Coding Pin/Surge Suppressor

External Operating Handle for Enclosure Cover Mounting ➊

➊ Not compatible with use of “Remote Operator Module”.➋ An operating shaft may be required depending on the working depth of the enclosure. Working depth is measured from the front of the enclosure to the panel on

which the Bulletin 190 starter is mounted (see drawing). This depth determines if an adapter is required and which adapter, or adapter and operating shaft, is to be used. Order an adapter and operating shaft as indicated in the table.

Description Pkg.Qty. Cat. No.

Coding Pin — Inhibits insertion of the incorrect trip unit into the manual interrupter. 5 190-N7

Surge Suppressor — Suitable for use with 120V contactor modules. 1 199-FSMA1

IP42 (Type 1) IP66 (Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12)Color Cat. No.Price Color Cat. No.Black 190-HS1$ 20 Black 190-HS4

Red/Yellow 190-HS1E20 Red/Yellow 190-HS4E

Adapter and Operating ShaftWorking Depth mm (in.) Adapter Operating Shaft

Min. Max. Cat. No. Cat. No.When Cat. No. 190-N1 Mounting Plate Is Used

161 (6-11/32) 175 (6-57/64) 190-SE1$ 5 ➋

176 (6-15/16) 303 (11-15/16) 190-SE211 194R-R1305 (12) 497 (19-9/16) 190-SE211 194R-R2

When Cat. No. 190-N1 Mounting Plate Is Not Used152 (6) 166 (6-17/32) 190-SE15 ➋

167 (6-9/16) 294 (11-9/16) 190-SE211 194R-R1295 (11-5/8) 488 (19-7/32) 190-SE211 194R-R2

Operating Handle

AdapterCat. No. 190-SE-1

or+

Adapter Cat. No. 190-SE2

Operating Shaft+

Working Depth


190

Specifications

Short-Circuit Switching CapacityThe following information is not for use in Canadian and U.S. Applications.

NR = Not Required

NR = Not Required

006 010 016 024 040

Adjustable Thermal Current (A) 0.4…0.6 0.6…1.0 1.0…1.6 1.6…2.4 2.4…4.0Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range (A) 5…8 8…14 14…22 20…35 35…55

Switching Capacity (kA)

190-MN + 190-P__switching capacity Icn P-1/P-2 (kA)

220/380/415V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞440V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞500V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞660/690V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ 4.5/3

with 190-A 40 contactor or 190-CL1 current limiter switching capacity IcnP-1/P-2 (kA)

220/380/415V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞440V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞500V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞660/690V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ 10/7.5

Backup Fuses (A)

190-MN + 190-P__ backup fuse aM or gL required when available current Icc exceeds Icn

220/380/415V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR440V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR500V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR660/690V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR 63

with 190-A 40 or 190-CL1 backup fuse aM or gLrequired when available current Icc exceeds Icn

220/380/415V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR440V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR500V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR660/690V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR 80

060 100 160 250 320 400

Adjustable Thermal Current (A) 4…6 6…10 10…16 16…27 24…32 32…42Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range (A) 50…80 80…140 130…220 200…350 275…425 350…500

Switching Capacity (kA)

190-MN + 190-P__switching capacity Icn P-1/P-2 (kA)

220/380/415V 50 Hz ∞ R/30 R/30 30/10 30/10 30/10440V 50 Hz ∞ 10/7 10/7 10/7 10/7 10/7500V 50 Hz ∞ 7/4.5 7/4.5 7/4.5 7/4.5 7/4.5660/690V 50 Hz 4.5/3 4.5/3 4.5/3 4.5/3 4.5/3 4.5/3

with 190-A 40 contactor or 190-CL1 current limiter switching capacity Icn P-1/P-2 (kA)

220/380/415V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞440V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞500V 50 Hz ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞660/690V 50 Hz 10/7.5 10/7.5 10/7.5 10/7.5 10/7.5 10/7.5

Backup Fuses (A)

190-MN + 190-P__ backup fuse aM or gL required when available current Icc exceeds Icn

220/380/415V 50 Hz NR NR NR 160 160 160440V 50 Hz NR 80 100 125 160 160500V 50 Hz NR 80 100 125 160 160660/690V 50 Hz 80 80 100 125 160 160

with 190-A 40 or 190-CL1 backup fuse aM or gLrequired when available current Icc exceeds Icn

220/380/415V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR NR440V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR NR500V 50 Hz NR NR NR NR NR NR660/690V 50 Hz 80 100 100 160 160 160

190-MN+190-P___Trip Unit

Manual Interrupter


Manual Interrupter

Cat. No.

191



Short-Circuit Protection Requirements

North American Market Only

Single Motor Application

Group Motor Applications

➊ Horsepower ratings are shown as a reference only. Selection should be based on motor full load current:• For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate full load current to select the trip unit with the proper thermal current

range. EXAMPLE: Motor FLC = 17 A, SF = 1.15. Select Trip Unit 190-P250 which has a thermal current range of 16…25 A.• For motors with service factor less than 1.15: Multiply motor nameplate full load current by 0.9 and use the resulting figure to select the trip

unit with the proper thermal current range. EXAMPLE: Motor FLC = 17 A, SF = 1.0. 17 A x 0.9 = 15.3 A. Select Trip Unit 190-P160 which has a thermal current range of 10…16 A.

Single Motor Application, Continued

Group Motor Applications, Continued

006 010 016 024 040

Adjustable Thermal Current A 0.4…0.6 0.6…1.0 1.0…1.6 1.6…2.4 2.4…4.0Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range A 5…8 8…14 14…22 20…35 35…55

230V/60 Hz Hp — — — 1/2 1Max. 3∅ horsepower ➊ 460V/60 Hz Hp — 1/2 3/4 1 2

575V/60 Hz Hp — 1/2 1 1-1/2 3

Max. backup protection for 190-MN manual interrupter + 190-P__ trip unit

Max. Fuse A Per U.S. NEC Table 430-152(usually 175% motor full load current for time delay fuse)

Max. Circuit Breaker Size A Per U.S. NEC Table 430-152(usually 250% motor full load current for inverse time circuit breaker)

Max. backup protection for 190-MN manual interrupter + 190-P__ trip unit + 190-A40* contactor module



Max. backup protection for 190-CPS40* combination starter plus 190-P__ trip unit

Max. Fuse A None requiredMax. Circuit Breaker A None required


Max. Fuse A 500 500 500 500 500Max. Circuit Breaker Size A 500 500 500 500 500


Max. Fuse A 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Max. Circuit Breaker Size A 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

060 100 160 250 320 400

Adjustable Thermal Current A 4.0…6.0 6…10 10…16 16…27 24…32 32…42Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range A 50…80 80…140 130…220 200…350 275…425 350…500

Max. 3∅ horsepower230V/60 Hz Hp 1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15460V/60 Hz Hp 3 5 10 20 20 30575V/60 Hz Hp 5 7-1/2 10 25 30 30







Max. backup protection for 190-CPS40* combination starter plus 190-P__ trip unit

Max. Fuse A None required

Max. Circuit Breaker A None required


Max. Fuse A 500 500 500 500 500 500Max. Circuit Breaker Size A 500 500 500 500 500 500


Max. Fuse A 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Max. Circuit Breaker Size A 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000


Manual Interrupter

Cat. No.


Manual Interrupter

Cat. No.


192


EnvironmentalTemperature Storage

Open Enclosed Ambient temperature compensation (overload)

–25…+70° C–25…+60° C–25…+40° C–5…+60° C

Climatic Tests Damp heat to IEC 68 Pt. 2-30 Dry heat to IEC 68 part 202 85°CAltitude 3000 M

Electrical RatingsMain Contacts

Rated Insulation Voltage Ui 690VUninterrupted Current Iu 42AFrequency 50…60 HzHeat Loss Manual motor starter Integrated starter

or coordinated protected starter 14 W23 W

Electrical Life Manual interrupter Contactor module

(see curve page 193)

AC3 50000 ops at 20 kWAC3 1000000 ops at 20 kW

AC4 30000 ops at 15 kW Maximum Switching Frequency Manual Interrupter

Contactor Module(see curve page 193)

60 OPS/HR

Motor Voltage AC-3 DC-4

690V AC Max.230V DC Max.

Short Circuit Switching Capacity See page 193Contactor Module

Operating Range Pick upDrop out

85…110% nameplate voltage60…40% nameplate voltage

Power Consumption Pick up Seal

≤190 VA≤13 VA

Duty Factor 100%Operating Times ≤ 9…30 ms

≤ 4…12 ms closing delayopening delay

Making Capacity 400 A cos φ = 0.35 cos ϕ = 1Breaking Capacity 400 A cos φ = 0.35 230…690VAC 1 Duty Thermal current Ith = operating

current Ie open or enclosed 16-2/3…400 Hz

AC 3/AC 4 Duty Rated Operating Current Open or Enclosed

Voltage AC 3 Ie (A) AC 4 Ie (A)

230V AC/50 Hz 40 30415V AC/50 Hz 40 30440V AC/50 Hz 40 30500V AC/50 Hz 32 28690V AC/50 Hz 25 21

Trip UnitResidual Error Less than 5% at 40° C,Less than 10% at 60° CShort Circuit Trip Tolerance ± 20%Trip Unit for Motor Loads 11 adjustable overload trip ranges

Adjustable short circuit trip rangePhase loss sensitivity to IEC 292-1

0.4…40 A8.5…14 x Iu

Trip Unit for System Protection 5 adjustable overload trip rangesAdjustable short circuit range

6…40 A5…8.5 x Iu

193



Electrical Ratings, Continued

Contactor Module Life Load Curves for Squirrel-Cage Motors

Contactor Module Switching Frequency Curve

Normal Switching Duty Extreme Switching Duty

Operating characteristics Starting:Stopping:

From restAfter attaining full running speed Operating characteristics Inching, plugging, reversing

Electrical characteristics Make:Break:

Up to 6x rated motor current1x rated motor current Electrical characteristics Make:

Break:6x rated motor current6x rated motor current

Utilization category 99.9% AC-3 + 0.1% AC-4 Utilization category 100% AC-4

380/415 AC3

kW330

200160

132110907555453730

2218.515

11

7.5

5.5

4

3

2.2

1.5

1.1

0.80.55

Normal switching duty

Rat

ed o

utp

ut

of

thre

e-p

has

e m

oto

rs 5

0...6

0 H

z

Component lifespan (millions of operations)0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

380/415 AC–4

kW

375

300220

110907555

45

373022

18.51511

7.5

5.5

4

3

2.2

1.5

1.1

0.8

0.55 Extreme switching duty, squirrel-cage motors

Rat

ed o

utp

ut

of

thre

e-p

has

e m

oto

rs 5

0...6

0 H

z

0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10

0.250.37

Component lifespan (millions of operations)0.03 0.3

AC3

AC4

9000700060005000

4000

3000

2000

1500

1000800

600500400

300

200

150

1000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%

Ops

/h

% Rated Load


194


Electrical Ratings, Continued

Manual Motor Starter and Protector — Let-Through curves

Integrated Starter — Manual Starter with Current Limiter Module — Let-Through curves

Trip Curves

[kA]100

80

60

40

30

20

15

108

6

4

3

2

1.5

11 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 60 80100

16 A10 A

6 A

I D

Icc [kA]

32/40 A25 A

Ue = 415V

1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100

32/40 A25 A

16 A

10 A

6 A

106

86

43

2

1.5

105

86

43

21.5

104

6

4

8

2dti[A s]2

Icc kAms

Ue = 415V

[kA]100

80

60

40

30

20

15

108

6

4

3

2

1.5

11 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100

16 A10 A

6 A

32/40 A25A

I D

Icc [kA]

Ue = 415V

1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100

32/40 A25 A16 A10 A

6 A

106

86

43

2

1.5

105

86

43

21.5

104

6

4

8

2dti[A s]2

Icc kAms

Ue = 415V

2h2010

5

21

40

2010

5

2

1

200

50

20

5

21.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30

Min

utes

Sec

onds

Mill

isec

onds

x rated current

System Protection — Cat. No. 190-P___LMotor Protection — Cat. No. 190-P___

2010

5

21

402010

5

2

1

200

50

20

5

21.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30

2h

Min

utes

Sec

onds

Mill

isec

onds

x rated current

195



Mechanical RatingsMechanical Ratings

Impact Resistance 20 msManual motor starter 30 G

Integrated starter 8 GCoordinated protected starter 8 G

Mechanical Life Manual interrupterContactor module

100000 ops5000000 ops

Installed PositionManual motor starterIntegrated starterCoordinated protected starter

No restrictionsWithin 30° of vertical planeWithin 30° of vertical plane

Degree of Protection IP20 VDE 0106 Part 100

Terminal Capacities

Power terminals1 conductor

Solid or stranded 1.0…16 mm2 AWG 14…6Stranded with ferrule 1.5…10 mm2 AWG 14…6

Power terminals2 conductor

Solid or stranded 1.0…6 mm2 AWG 14…6Stranded with ferrule 1.5…6 mm2 AWG 14…6

Control/accessory terminals1 or 2 conductor Solid or stranded with ferrule 0.5…2.5 mm2 AWG 18…14

Approximate Shipping Weights Cat No. kg (lb)Manual Interrupter 190-MN 0.450 (1.00)Trip Unit 190-P___ 0.218 (0.48)Contactor Module 190-A40___ 0.850 (1.87)

Auxiliary Contacts

190-A11190-A22

190-AC11/11190-A11/11190-A11C190-A22C

0.087 (0.19)0.102 (0.22)0.094 (0.21)0.180 (0.40)0.180 (0.40)0.180 (0.40)

Trip Indicating Contacts 190-T11/11 0.042 (0.09)Amplifier Module 190-N3, N4, N5 0.085 (0.19)Remote Operator 190-RC___ 0.5 (1.10)Undervoltage Trip 190-UV___ 0.188 (0.41)Shunt Trip 190-RT___ 0.188 (0.41)Current Limiter Module 190-CL1 0.522 (1.15)Separate Mounting Base 190-N2 0.147 (0.32)Adaptor Plate 190-N1 0.145 (0.32)


196


Auxiliary Contacts

Rated Insulation Voltage500V AC 600V DC

Separation from main contacts to VDE 0106 Part 100 up to 690V AC

Rated Operating Current

AC II

DC II

220/240V 50 Hz Ie = 6 A380/415V 50 Hz Ie = 3 A440/500V 50 Hz Ie = 1.5 A24V Ie = 1 A 60V Ie = 0.8 A 110V Ie = 0.7 A220V Ie = 0.3 A L/R < 200 ms

Electrical Life

190-A11190-T11/11

190-A22C, A11C, A11/11, AC11/11

A22 50 000 ops5000 ops

1 000 000 ops

Mechanical Life190-A11, A22 100000 ops190-T11/11 10000 ops190-A11C, A22C, A11/11, AC11/11 5000000 ops

Remote OperatorRated Insulation Voltage 500V AC 600V DCOperating Range AC or DC 85%…110% of nameplate voltage

Power ConsumptionACDCL/R

700 VA for 15 ms700 W for 15 ms

≤ 200 msMake Time ≤ 50 msBreak Time ≤ 50 msReset Time To Off ≤ 20 msSwitching Frequency 60 ops/hrMechanical Life 50 000 ops

Undervoltage TripRated Insulation Voltage 690V ACDrop Out 70…35% of nameplate voltage

Power Consumption Pick upSeal

5 VA AC3 VA AC

3 W DC3 W DC

Drop Out Delay 200 msShunt Trip

Operating Range AC or DC 70…110% of nameplate voltage

Power Consumption Pick upSeal

5 VA AC3 VA AC

3 W DC3 W DC

Amplifier ModuleRated Insulation Voltage 415V ACMechanical Life 10 000 000 opsOperating Range 85…110% of nameplate voltageDuty Factor 100%Uninterrupted Current 6AInput 24V 15 mA DC 48V 10 mA DC 125V 10 mA DC

Output Max. 415V ACMax. 240V DC

AC-11DC-11

AC11 2 ADC11 0.11 A

197



Manual Motor Starter/ProtectorDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

45 (1-49/64)

31.5(1-16/64)

18(23/32)

68(2-11/16)

77(3-1/32)

44(1-47/64)

105(4-1/8)

18(23/32)

38

1 M1 B

2 M2 B

>

+ +

>

83105

19

38

62.5

71.5

M 4

18 62.5 36 18

105

8

68

15

45

3

4.5 39.5

109

118

(4-1/8)(3-9/32)

(3/4)

(1-1/2)

(2-7/16)

(2-25/32)

(11/16) (2-7/16) (1-13/32) (11/16)

(1/8)

(3/16) (1-9/16)

(4-21/32)

(4-19/64)

(1-49/64)

(19/32)

(2-11/16)

(4-1/8)

(5/16)

18(23/32)

(1-1/2)

Cat. No.190_A

Cat. No. 190-MNwith 190-P

Cat. No.190-RC

Cat. No.190-UV190-RT

Cat. No. 190-A22 Cat. No. 190-A11

Auxiliary Contacts Trip Indicating Contacts

Cat. No. 190-T11/11


198


Integrated Starter Coordinated Protected StarterDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

105

44

109

113

(4-1/8)

(1-47/64)

(4-19/64)

(4-29/64)

18(23/32)

74

HAND

AUTO

A20

36

105

45

109118

(4-1/8)

(1-49/64)

(4-19/64)(4-21/32)

(1-27/64)

8.5

4.5 39.5

118

109

15

204

190

125

6.1 (15/64)

10 (25/64)

15 (19/32)

18.5 (23/32)

46.4

111.4

120.4135.9

145.9

150.9

8

(21/64)

(11/64) (1-35/64)

(4-21/32)

(4-19/64)

(5/16)

(8-1/32)

(7-31/64)

(4-59/64)

(1-53/64)

(4-25/64)

(4-47/64)(5-23/64)

(5-47/64)

(5-29/32)

(19/32)

19(3/4)

71.5(2-25/32)

11(7/16)

204(8-1/32)

38

62.5(1-1/2)

(2-7/16)

>

+

168

M4

C2D2

C1D1

Cat. No.

T11/11 1

Cat. No. 190-N1

190

A40 B20Control

NO

R E

72

3433

Cat. No. 190-RC_

Cat. No. 190-UVCat. No. 190-RT

Cat. No. 190-A_CCat. No. 190-A11/11

Remote OperatorCat. No. 190-RCS, RCE

Undervoltage TripCat. No. 190-UV

Shunt TripCat. No. 190-RT

199



Contactor ModuleDimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

19

103.5

85

44

109

38

19

100

21.8

11 (7/16)

3 65.5 77

125

53

37 (1-1/2)

(3/4)

38

62.5(1-1/2)

(2-15/32)

(4-5/64)

(3-23/64)

(1-47/64)

(4-19/64)

(1/8)

(55/64)

(2-37/64)

(3-15/16)

(4-29/32)

(2-7/64)

(3-1/32)

(1-1/2)

(3/4)

110.5

98

75

6

(4-23/64)

(3-55/64)

(2-61/64)

(15/64)

22.5(57/64)

153 (6-1/64)

77(3-1/32)

44(1-47/64)18

(23/32)18

(23/32)18

(23/32)

CS-TE

1 M1 B

1 M1 B

2 M2 B

3143

4432

1 M1 B

2M4 x 12

58

(7-31/64)190

(2-9/32)

Auxiliary Contacts

Cat. No.190-A22C

Cat. No.190-A11/11

Cat. No.190-A11C Amplifier Module

Cat. No. 190-N3, N4, N5

Separate Mounting BaseCat. No. 190-N2

Contactor ModuleCat. No. 190-A4O__

Current Limiter ModuleCat No. 190-CL1

Bulletin 141AMCS Mounting System

200

Overview

Bulletin 141A MCS Mounting System• Modularity makes Planning Easy• Simple Prefabrication of Starters• Easy Starter Exchange• Flexible in-line Assembly

DOL StartersReversing StartersStar-Delta StartersSoft StartersInverterComplete Range of Accessories

• 3 Mounting MethodsOn BusbarsOn Standard DIN RailsScrew Fixing

Table of ContentsProduct Selection

ISO Busbar Module .......201Standard Busbar Module ...........................202Mounting Module ...........204

Accessories....................... 208Specifications

Panel Mounting System .210

Conformity to StandardsUL 508CSA 22.2 No. 14EN 60947

ApprovalsCEUL Recognized

ISO Busbar Modules Standard Busbar Modules with Wires

Standard Busbar Modules with Terminals

Mounting Modules

201


Product Selection

ISO Busbar Modules • 2-part construction

- Device adapter plate (carrying the starter) snaps onto the base of the module- Base of module remains on busbar when exchanging starters, providing isolation from live parts

• Test position with load circuit isolated• Designed for use with control plug (order separately)• Modules with current ratings supply the load current by means of wire connections matched to MCS motor protection circuit breakers• Modules can form bigger platforms using the connection clips (see accessories)• For plugging on 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars

DescriptionRated Thermal

Current Ith Width[mm] Rails Pkg.

Qty Cat. No.

ISOTM Busbar Modules • 200 mm high• Top hat rails:

R = MCS-specific top hat rail

25 A

45

2R

1 141A-SS45RR25

54 1 141A-SS54RR25

45 A

54 1 141A-SS54RR45

63 1 141A-SS63RR45

Without electricalconnections

45

1R

1 141A-SS45R

54 1 141A-SS54R

ISO Busbar Modules • 260 mm high• Top hat rails:

R = MCS-specific top hat railS = Standard top hat rail

25 A

45

1R + 1S 1

141A-SM45RS25

54 141A-SM54RS25

45 A

54 141A-SM54RS45

63 141A-SM63RS45


45

1S 1

141A-SM45S

54 141A-SM54S

63 141A-SM63S


202


Standard Busbar Modules • Modules plug directly onto the busbar• Suitable for use with control plug• Modules with current ratings supply the load current by means of wire

connections matched to MCS motor protection circuit breakers• Modules can form bigger platforms using the connection clips (see accessories)• For plugging on 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars

DescriptionRated Thermal

Current Ith Width[mm]

Top HatRails

Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Standard Busbar Module• 200 mm high• Top hat rails:

R = MCS-specific top hat railM = Metal top hat railS = Standard top hat rail

2545

2R

1 141A-GS45RR25

54 1 141A-GS54RR25

4554 1 141A-GS54RR45

63 1 141A-GS63RR45

90

90

1M 1

141A-GS90M125

162 141A-GS180M125

243 141A-GS270M125


451R

1 141A-GS45R

54 1 141A-GS54R

721S 1

141A-GS72S

81 141A-GS81S

Standard Busbar Module• 260 mm high• Top hat rails:


25

45

1R + 1S 1

141A-GM45RS25

54 141A-GM54RS25

45

54 141A-GM54RS45

63 141A-GM63RS45


45

1S 1

141A-GM45S

54 141A-GM54S

63 141A-GM63S

Standard Busbar Module with terminals• 200 mm high• With terminals for mounting various components• Top hat rails:


25 45

1S

1 141A-FS45S25

63

54 1 141A-FS54S63

63

1

141A-FS63S63

72 141A-FS72S63

81 141A-FS81S63

Standard Busbar Module with terminals• 260 mm high• With terminals for mounting various components• Top hat rails:


25 45

2S 1

141A-FM45SS25

63

54 141A-FM54SS63

63 141A-FM63SS63

72 141A-FM72SS63

81 141A-FM81SS63

203

Bulletin 141AMCS Mounting SystemProduct Selection, Continued

Standard Busbar Modules >100 A • Modules plug directly onto the busbar• For plugging on 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars

Description For Use WithRated Thermal

Current Ith Width[mm]

Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Standard Busbar Module — for Mounting Bulletin 140U Circuit Breakers• Designed specifically for use with

Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers

140U H-Frame(Top feed)

125 A 90

1

141A-CUH125T

140U H-Frame(Bottom feed) 141A-CUH125B

140U J-Frame(Top or Bottom Feed) 250 A 105 141A-CUJ250

140U K-Frame(Top or Bottom Feed) 400 A 140 141A-CUK400

Standard Busbar Module — Universal Mounting• 222 mm high• With box terminals on top• Wire size 70 mm2

200 A 108

1

141A-FS108V200T

Standard Busbar Module• 320 mm high• With box terminals on top• Wire size 120 mm2

250 A 110 141A-FL110V250T

Standard Busbar Module — Universal Adapters• 222 mm high• With box terminals on bottom• Wire size 70 mm2

200 A 108

1

141A-FS108V200B

Standard Busbar Module — Universal Adapters• 320 mm high• With box terminals on bottom• Wire size 120 mm2

250 A 110 141A-FL110V250B


204

Product Selection

Mounting Modules • Mounts to (2) 35 mm DIN Rails, (1) 70 mm DIN Rail, or screw mounts• Suitable for use with control plug

Description Width[mm]

Top HatRails

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.(Standard Module)

Cat. No.(Module with PE Terminal)

Mounting Module • 228 mm high• Top hat rails:

R = MCS-specific top hat rail• For 2-component starters

45

2R

1 141A-WS45RR 141A-WS45RRP

54 1 141A-WS54RR 141A-WS54RRP


R = MCS-specific top hat rail• For 3-component starters using 193-EA or -EB

overload relays

45

2R

1 141A-WM45RR 141A-WM45RRP

54 1 141A-WM54RR 141A-WM54RRP


R = MCS-specific top hat rail• For 3-component starters using 193-EC overload

relays

45

2R 1

141A-WL45RR 141A-WL45RRP

54 141A-WL54RR 141A-WL54RRP

205


Busbar Components

Description Ampere Rating per IEC Height (mm) x Width (mm) Cat. No.

Busbar• 800 mm in length• Tinned copper busbar

100 12 x 5 141A-B125A

175 20 x 5 141A-B205A

230 30 x 5 141A-B305A

285 20 x 10 141A-B2010A

400 30 x 10 141A-B3010A

• 1600 mm in length• Tinned copper busbar

100 12 x 5 141A-B125B

175 20 x 5 141A-B205B

230 30 x 5 141A-B305B

285 20 x 10 141A-B2010B

400 30 x 10 141A-B3010B

• 2400 mm in length• Tinned copper busbar

100 12 x 5 141A-B125N

175 20 x 5 141A-B205N

230 30 x 5 141A-B305N

285 20 x 10 141A-B2010N

400 30 x 10 141A-B3010N

Description Busbar[mm]

Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Busbar Support• 60 mm pole center spacing• The busbar support can easily be adjusted to the busbar size

via the integral slide rail.

3-polewith inside mounting holes

12…30 x 5or

12…30 x 10

10 141A-TR3

4-polewith inside mounting holes 10 141A-TR4

1-pole 10 141A-TR1

Busbar End Cover• Prevents contact with the busbar ends and prevents busbars

from sliding.• The end cover can easily be clipped on the busbar support.

3-pole 10 141A-TR3E

4-pole 10 141A-TR4E

Feeder Busbar Support• For 3-pole• 60 mm pole centre spacing

16 mm2 (#6 AWG)12…30 x 5

or12…30 x 10

10 141A-TR3F16


206


Busbar Components, Continued

Description Busbar[mm]

Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Supply Module• For 3-pole

70 mm2 (AWG 00)54 mm wide

12…30 x 5or

12…30 x 10

1

141A-VN370


120 mm2 (AWG 250 MCM)81 mm wide 141A-VN3120


185 mm2 (AWG 350 MCM)135 mm wide 141A-VN3185

Supply Module• For 3-pole• For round conductors

300 mm2 (AWG 600 MCM)135 mm wide 141A-VN3300R

Supply Module• For 3-pole• For flat conductors

300 mm2

135 mm wide 141A-VN3300F

Single Terminals• Single terminals for supplying busbars

2.5…16 mm2

AWG 14…612…30 x 5 25 141A-VS11612…30 x 10 25 141A-VS216

4…35 mm2

AWG 12…212…30 x 5 25 141A-VS13512…30 x 10 25 141A-VS235

16…70 mm2

AWG 6…0012…30 x 5 25 141A-VS17012…30 x 10 25 141A-VS270

Terminal Cover• Finger protection when busbars supplied with contact terminals.• Fixable on busbar with plastic lock.• (Height: 180 mm)

12…30 x 5or

12…30 x 101 141A-BK1

Busbar Connector

Distance of systems5…10 mm

12…20 x 512…20 x 10 12 141A-VC3A

13…20 mm

20…30 x 520…30 x 10

6 141A-VC3B

50…60 mm 3 141A-VC3C

100…110 mm 3 141A-VC3D

Busbar Shroud (Cat. No. 141A-BCF1) and Busbar Shroud Holder (Cat. No. 141A-BCF1H)• 200 x 1100 mm• Covers all 3 busbars

12…30 x 5 2 141A-BCF1

12…30 x 10 10 141A-BCF1H

Busbar Cover• Hollow profile of grey PVC for contact protection.• Length: 1 m, can be extended.

12…30 x 510

141A-BS5

12…30 x 10 141A-BS10

207


Circuit Breaker Modules

Description Circuit Breaker Module Cat. No.Consists of

Mounting Module Cat. No. Circuit Breaker Cat. No.

H-Frame — Top Feed

65 kA, 15 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-H6C3-C15-BT 141A-CUH125T 140U-H6C3-C15












65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-H6C3-D10-BT 141A-CUH125T 140U-H6C3-D10



H-Frame — Bottom Feed

65 kA, 15 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-H6C3-C15-BB 141A-CUH125B 140U-H6C3-C15












65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-H6C3-D10-BB 141A-CUH125B 140U-H6C3-D10



J-Frame — Top or Bottom Feed

65 kA, 90 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-J6D3-C90-BB 141A-CUJ250 140U-J6D3-C90

65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-J6D3-D10-BB 141A-CUJ250 140U-J6D3-D10







K-Frame — Top or Bottom Feed

65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker 140U-K6D3-D10-BB 141A-CUK400 140U-K6D3-D10











208

Product Selection, Continued/Accessories

Accessories

Description Size[mm]

Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Hat (DIN) Rails• Slides onto mounting modules and is then fixed

with screws• Has notches for MCS components (prevents

movement of components when used with vertical busbar)

MCS top hat rail (plastic)

45

10

141A-AHR45

54 141A-AHR54

63 141A-AHR63

72 141A-AHR72

Hat (DIN) Rails• Slides onto mounting modules and is then fixed

with screwsStandard top hat rail (plastic)

45

10

141A-AHS45

54 141A-AHS54

63 141A-AHS63

72 141A-AHS72

81 141A-AHS81

Hat (DIN) Rails• Screws directly onto mounting modules Top hat rail (metal)

90

10

141A-AHM90

171 141A-AHM171

252 141A-AHM252

Carrier for Top Hat Rail• Carrier for metal rail inclusive screws 45 10 141A-AHH45

Control Plug• Pull-apart terminal block allows fast and simple

disconnection of control wiring.

8-pole control plug 1 141A-APC8



Spacer module• For 9 mm spacing of mounting modules.

Connection clips (141A-AK) are included for attaching the spacer module to the mounting modules.

For ISO™ busbar modules 200

10

141A-AS9S

For standard busbar modules 200 141A-AS9B

For mounting modules 228 141A-AS9W

Connection Clip• For joining base of mounting modules 50 141A-AK

Micro Switch• Contact

• Only for ISO Modules. Automatically drops out the contactor when the device adapter plate (carrying the starter) is unplugged from the base of the ISO busbar module.

10 141A-AS

209


Specifications

Module Data

➊ The admissible load of a complete system depends on the system topography and the application parameters. Factors of influence are ambient temperature, air circulation, busbar load, distribution of busbar load, mix of modules and switchgear components.

Supply Modules

Single Terminals

Busbar System

IsoTM ModulesStandard Modules

with Wire ConnectionsStandard Modules with Box Terminals

141A-S 141A-G 141A-F

Rated current at 60°C Ith ➊ [A] 25 45 25 45 125 25 63 200 250

stranded [mm2][AWG]

610

108

610

108 — 4

12166

6…7010…00

35…1202…4/0

solid [mm2][AWG]

610

108

610

108 — 4

12166

6…7010…00

35…1202…4/0

Laminated copper [mm] — — — — 431/0 — — — —

Insulation rating of conductors [°C] 105 105 — — — —

Supply Modules

141A-TR3F16 141A-V…70 141A-V…120 141A-V…185 141A-V…300R 141A-V…300F

stranded [mm2][AWG]

1.5…1616…6

6…7010…2/0

35…1202…4/0

95…185No. 3/0…MCM 350

150…300MCM 300…600 —

solid [mm2][AWG]

1.5…1616…6

6…7010…2/0

35…1202…4/0

95…185No. 3/0…MCM 350

150…300MCM 300…600 —

Laminated copper [mm] — — — — — 3 x 20 x 1…10 x 32 x 1

Single terminals

141A-VS116, 141A-VS216 141A-VS135, 141A-VS235 141A-VS170, 141A-VS270

Rated current at 60°C Ith [A] 180 270 400

stranded [mm2][AWG]

2.5…1614…6

4…3512…2

16…706…00

solid [mm2][AWG]

2.5…1614…6

4…3512…2

16…706…00

Laminated copper 1. Conductor [mm]

2. Conductor [mm]——

5 x 9 x 0.8—

5 x 9 x 0.85 x 9 x 0.8

Clamping area Width x Height [mm] 7.5 x 7.5 10.5 x 11 14 x 14

Tightening torque [Nm] / [lb-in] 4 / 35 6 / 53 10 / 120

Short circuit withstand

According to IEC 60439 no proof of the short circuit withstand strength is required for systems with peak short circuit levels less than 17 kA.The 140M and 140-CMN MCS circuit breakers limit the peak short circuit currents well below this level, so that the busbar support spacing does not need factor in the prospective short circuit current when using MCS starters, but may be chosen based on mechanical considerations. The diagram for busbar support spacing gives recommendations accordingly.

Support Spacing for 60 mm Busbar System

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900Busbar Support Spacing [mm]

Sho

rt-c

ircui

t Cur

rent

Ipk

[kA

]

30 x

10

20 x

10

30 x

5

25 x

5

20 x

5

15 x

5

12 x

5


210

Specifications

Busbar System, Continued

Busbars (required quality)

General Data

Main Circuits

Control Circuits

Current carrying capacity of the busbars

BarDimensions

Recommended max. busbarload at 50 / 60 Hz

The current carrying capacities of the busbars highly depend on the application (air circulation, utilization with adapters, current distribution along the rails etc.). It is not only limited by the admissible temperatures of the plastic parts, which are in contact with the busbars, but by the admissible operating temperatures of the components mounted on top of the modules.In mounting system applications the busbars act as a heatsink for the heat produced inside the starter components. The heat is flowing from the component terminals (e.g. motor protection circuit breaker) via the short wire links to the busbars. For this reason it is good practice to run busbars, which are connected to component terminals, at 65°C maximum. The recommended ampacities for copper busbar as of the table are based on this fact and taken from amendment 1 of IEC 60890, which is referred to by IEC 60439-1 for Partially Type Tested Assemblies.

tamb = 35°C tamb = 55°C

[mm] [A] [A]5 x 12 145 1005 x 15 175 1305 x 20 220 175

10 x 12 230 1855 x 25 250 2055 x 30 290 235

10 x 20 350 28510 x 30 480 400

Material E-CU blank or tinnedBusbar widths 5 or 10 mm thick [mm] 12, 15, 20, 25, 30Tolerance of thickness [mm] +0.1 / -0.3Corner radius [mm] 0.5Tolerance of center spacing [mm] 60 +0.5 / -0.5Standard DIN 46433

Rated insulation voltage UiAcc. to IEC, EN [V]Acc. to UL, NEMA, CSA, EEMAC [V]

690600

Protection class- Modules and busbars IP00

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kV] 8 -Modules and busbars mounted on plate, connected conductors and usage of busbar covers IP20

Rated frequency [Hz] 50…60 -Iso-Modules with device adapter plate removed, from front IP20 B (finger proof)

Pollution degree 3 Standards and Norms IEC/EN 60439-1Ambient temperatureOperation [°C]Transport and storage [°C]

-25…+60-50…+80

Conformity and Approvals CE, UL recognized, CSA

Control plugs For details see Wago catalog Micro switch


250300


250300

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kV] 4 Rated current

Suitable for switching 100-C contactors

AC-coil-voltage ≤ 250 VDC-coil-voltage ≤ 120 V

Rated current at 40°C ambient temperature Ith [A] 12 Micro switch

211


Specifications

Weight [g] MCS IsoTM

Busbar Module[g] MCS Standard

Busbar Module [g] MCS StandardBusbar Module >100 A [g] Busbar

Components [g] Accessories [g]

141A-SS45RR25 381 141A-GS45RR25 302 141A-FS108V200T 1000 141A-TR3 203 141A-AHR45 15141A-SS54RR25 396 141A-GS54RR25 347 141A-FL110V250T 1200 141A-TR4 256 141A-AHR54 16141A-SS54RR45 472 141A-GS54RR45 358 141A-FS108V200B 1000 141A-TR1 59 141A-AHR63 16141A-SS63RR45 480 141A-GS63RR45 379 141A-FL110V250B 1200 141A-TR3E 21 141A-AHS45 15141A-SS45R 279 141A-GS90M125 781 141A-TR4E 28 141A-AHS54 16141A-SS54R 305 141A-GS171M125 1021 MCS

Mounting Module [g]141A-TR3F16 285 141A-AHS63 16

141A-SM45RS25 402 141A-GS252M125 1271 141A-VN370 360 141A-AHS72 17141A-SM54RS25 418 141A-GS45R 200 141A-WS45RR 163 141A-VN3120 485 141A-AHS81 18141A-SM54RS45 494 141A-GS54R 226 141A-WS54RR 204 141A-VN3185 1140 141A-AHM90 65141A-SM63RS45 502 141A-GS72S 268 141A-WM45RR 189 141A-VN3300R 1540 141A-AHM171 122141A-SM45S 300 141A-GS81S 289 141A-WM54RR 211 141A-VN3300F 1619 141A-AHM252 180141A-SM54S 327 141A-GM45RS25 313 141A-WL45RR 211 141A-VS116 21 141A-AHH54 19141A-SM63S 405 141A-GM54RS25 368 141A-WL54RR 222 141A-VS216 23 141A-APC8 29

141A-GM54RS45 379 141A-WS45RRP 180 141A-VS135 46 141A-APC10 35

141A-GM63RS45 400 141A-WS54RRP 221 141A-VS235 47 141A-APC12 40

141A-GM45S 211 141A-WM45RRP 212 141A-VS170 71 141A-APH 5

141A-GM54S 277 141A-WM54RRP 234 141A-VS270 74 141A-AS9B 20

141A-GM63S 298 141A-WL45RRP 240 141A-BK1 144 141A-AS9W 20

141A-FS45S25 272 141A-WL54RRP 251 141A-VC3A 185 141A-AS9S 38

141A-FS54S63 328 141A-VC3B 251 141A-AK 1

141A-FS63S63 349 141A-VC3C 565 141A-AS 75

141A-FS72S63 387 141A-VC3D 870

141A-FS81S63 408 141A-BCF1 750

141A-FM45SS25 293 141A-BCF1H 40

141A-FM54SS63 349 141A-BS5 87

141A-FM63SS63 370 141A-BS10 101

141A-FM72SS63 408

141A-FM81SS63 429


212


Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 141A-S…ISO Busbar Modules

NOTES:

1. FREE SPACE REQUIRED TO GET THE DEVICE ADAPTER PLATE IN PARKING POSITION.

34

60

60

200

C

D

A

26 SEE NOTE 1 E5

B

47

10

75

CATALOG NO. A B C D E141A-SS45RR25 200 45 65 162.5 73141A-SS54RR25 200 54 65 162.5 73141A-SS54RR45 200 54 65 170 95141A-SS63RR45 200 63 65 170 95141A-SS45R 200 45 - 162.5 -141A-SS54R 200 54 - 170 -141A-SM45RS25 260 45 65 170 73141A-SM54RS25 260 54 65 170 73141A-SM54RS45 260 54 65 170 95141A-SM63RS45 260 63 65 170 95141A-SM45S 260 45 - 170 -141A-SM54S 260 54 - 170 -141A-SM63S 260 63 - 170 -

213



Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 141A-GS, -GM Standard Busbar Modules with Wires

CAT. NO. APER DETAIL B C D E141A-GS45RR25 200 45 65 162.5 73141A-GS54RR25 200 54 65 162.5 73141A-GS54RR45 200 54 65 170 95141A-GS63RR45 200 63 65 170 95141A-GS45R 200 45 — 162.5 —141A-GS54R 200 54 — 170 —141A-GS72S 200 72 105 — —141A-GS81S 200 81 105 — —141A-GM45RS25 260 45 65 170 73141A-GM54RS25 260 54 65 170 73141A-GM54RS45 260 54 65 170 95141A-GM63RS45 260 63 65 170 95141A-GM45S 260 45 — 170 —141A-GM54S 260 54 — 170 —141A-GM63S 260 63 — 170 —

A

D

C

34

60

200

B

63

35

10

E

12SEE NOTE 1

60

NOTES:

1. FREE SPACE REQUIRED TO PLUG/UNPLUG MODULE INTO THE BUSBARS.

DETAIL AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA

141A-GS90M125141A-GS171M125141A-GS252M125

BCD

———

———

———

———

———


214



Cat. No. 141A-F… Standard Busbar Modules with Terminals

NOTES:

1. FREE SPACE REQUIRED TO PLUG/UNPLUG MODULE INTO THE BUSBARS.

A

D

C

34

60

60

200

B

63

35

10

E

CAT. NO. A B C D141A-FS45S25 200 45 65 — 6mm² AWG 10141A-FS54S63 200 54 65 — 16mm² AWG 6141A-FS63S63 200 63 65 — 16mm² AWG 6141A-FS72S63 200 72 65 — 16mm² AWG 6141A-FS81S63 200 81 65 — 16mm² AWG 6141A-FM45SS25 260 45 65 170 6mm² AWG 10141A-FM54SS63 260 54 65 170 16mm² AWG 6141A-FM63SS63 260 63 65 170 16mm² AWG 6141A-FM72SS63 260 72 65 170 16mm² AWG 6141A-FM81SS63 260 81 65 170 16mm² AWG 6

WIRE SIZES

12SEE NOTE 1

215




Panel Mounting Modules

oben/top

A

C

152.5

E

F

64

125

D

25

B

Cat. No. A B C D E F141A-WS45RR(P) 228 45 69 166.5 210 35141A-WS54RR(P) 228 54 69 174 210 40141A-WM45RR(P) 283 45 69 166.5 265 35141A-WM54RR(P) 283 54 69 174 265 40141A-WL45RR(P) 333 45 69 166.5 315 35141A-WL54RR(P) 333 54 69 174 315 40


216



Cat. No. 141A-W… Panel Mount Modules

oben/top

A

C

152.5

E

F

64

125

D

25

B

CATALOG NO. A B C D E F141A-WS45RR(P) 228 45 69 166.5 210 35141A-WS54RR(P) 228 54 69 174 210 40141A-WM45RR(P) 283 45 69 166.5 265 35141A-WM54RR(P) 283 54 69 174 265 40141A-WL45RR(P) 333 45 69 166.5 315 35141A-WL54RR(P) 333 54 69 174 315 40

217




Supply Modules

Cat. No. 141A-VN370

Cat. No. 141A-VN3120


218



Supply Modules, Continued

Cat. Nos. 141A-VN3185, -VN3300R, and -VN3300F

135

60

94

200194

60

27,5 32

90

184,5

82

30255

20

L33L33

L22

L11L11

219




Standard Busbar Modules — Universal Adapters

30 20 20

90

80

60

50

40

30

60

50

40

30

10

0

190

180

170

160

150

140

130

110

60

50

40

30

20

10

0 L33

L1

L1L

10Nm

L2 L3L

36

36

101

73

23

50,5

14

40 30 20 30

40 30 20 30

80

80

210

70

60

50

30

10

0

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

200

190

170

160

150

140

1303031303

110110

90

80

60

40

30

20

10

000

L3L22L1

20Nm

L33

10Nm

obene

L1-60

L2L

30

20

40

50

60

80160

70

30

20

10

0

10

40

50

60

70

80

90

1001

110

1201

130 50

40

30

20

10

8NmNm

L18Nm

L2 L33

30 20 3020

30 20 3020

L3-40

L1-40

obene

45

38,5

9

108

16 44

222

109

60

oben

3020

L2L

30

20

40

50

60

80160

70

30

20

10

0

10

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

50

40

30

20

10

6-70

L22L1

8NmNm

20 3020

20

L3-40

L1-40

L3-60

45

73

73

101

38,5

108

222

35 35

16 44

60

60

101

30MAX.

60

60

60

9

30MAX.

2141

108

320

152

60

60

60

21

36

101

152

60

73

41

320

110

60

60

60

30MAX.30

MAX.

Cat. No. 141A-FS108V200B Cat. No. 141A-FS108V200T

Cat. No. 141A-FL110V250TCat. No. 141A-FL110V250B


220



Busbars

Cat. Nos. 141A-BCF1, 141A-BCF1H Busbar Cover and Cover Holder

Cat. No. A B C Cat. No. A B C141A-B3010A 30 10 800 141A-B255B 25 5 1600141A-B2010A 20 10 800 141A-B205B 20 5 1600141A-B1210A 12 10 800 141A-B155B 15 5 1600141A-B305A 30 5 800 141A-B125B 12 5 1600141A-B255A 25 5 800 141A-B3010N 30 10 2400141A-B205A 20 5 800 141A-B2010N 20 10 2400141A-B155A 15 5 800 141A-B1210N 12 10 2400141A-B125A 12 5 800 141A-B305N 30 5 2400

141A-B3010B 30 10 1600 141A-B255N 25 5 2400141A-B2010B 20 10 1600 141A-B205N 20 5 2400141A-B1210B 12 10 1600 141A-B155N 15 5 2400141A-B305B 30 5 1600 141A-B125N 12 5 2400

"C" "B"

"A"

32

60

60195,4

6060

Cat. No. 141A-BCF1 Cat. No. 141A-BCF1H

221




Cat. No. 141A-TR…Busbar Supports and End Covers

Cat. No. 141A-TR3 Cat. No. 141A-TR3E

Cat. No. 141A-TR4E

L3

2L

L1

L3

2L

L1

PE N

L3

2L

L1

PE N

L3

2L

L1

6,5

125

20

12

28

51

60

5 31

22660 245

60

2051

5 31

166

28

12

75

6,5

60

60

185

Cat. No. 141A-TR1

Cat. No. 141A-TR3

Cat. No. 141A-TR3F16 Cat. No. 141A-TR4

L3

2L

L1

PE N

L3

2L

L1

26

20

63 50

51

20

18575

60

6,5

125

20

12

28

51

60

60 245

60

60

202

77

28

6,5

36,5

2051

28

12

75

6,5

60

60

185

Cat. No. 141A-TR3E

L3

2L

L1

5 31

166

Bulletin 103S/107SIEC Combination Starters, Standard Busbar Mount

222


2-Component Starters, Type 1 Coordination

➊ These starters are UL Listed as Manual Motor Controllers and must be applied in Group Installations per NEC Article 430-53 with a max. 1000 A back-up fuse or Circuit Breaker. See page 234 for details.

⊗ Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control — see page 233

Bulletin 103S/107S IEC Starters• Current Range 0.1…90 A• UL Listed Combination Motor Comtrollers

Type 1 CoordinationType 2 Coordination

• UL Listed Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers• Assemblies consist of Bulletin 140M MPCBs and Bulletin 100-C contactors mounted on

Bulletin 141A Standard Busbar Modules• Factory installed options include:

Installation and wiring of Control Plug for auxiliary contacts.Installation of Lockable Twist Knob.Installation of Spacing Adapter for Self-Protected Starters.Electronic Interface and Surge Suppressors for coil on 100-C.Additional auxiliary contacts for 100-C.Additional auxiliary or trip contacts on 140M.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ............. 223Factory-Installed Options. 231UL Listed Application Ratings .......... 234Accessories....................... 235Specifications.................... 102Approximate Dimensions. 131

Conformity to StandardsUL 508CSA 22.2 No. 14IEC 60947 -2, -4

ApprovalsUL ListedCSA CertifiedCE

Index

MotorCurrent

AdjustmentRange

(A)

MagneticRelease

OperatingCurrent

(A)

Max. Hp, 3-phaseMax. Fault

Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current

600Y/347VStandard Bus Bar Mount

200V 230V 460V 575VType 1 Iq

[kA]Type 1 Iq

[kA]Non-ReversingStarter Cat. No.

Reversing StarterCat. No.

C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 10 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB25C8 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 10 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB40C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB40C9 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB63C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB63C

10 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — 103S-BT⊗ 2-CC10C 107S-BT⊗ 3-CC10CD Frame

14 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-AT⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-AT⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-AT⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-AT⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-AT⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-BT⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-BT⊗ 3-DC10C22 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-CT⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-CT⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DT⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DC20C26 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DT⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FT⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FT⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 30 103S-GT⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GT⊗ 3-FC45C

CMN Frame ➊34 40…63 882 15 20 40 50 42 18 103S-HT⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-HT⊗ 3-GC63C35 40…63 882 20 20 50 60 42 18 103S-JT⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-JT⊗ 3-GC63C36 63…90 1260 20 25 50 60 35 10 103S-JT⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-JT⊗ 3-GC90C37 63…90 1260 25 30 60 60 35 10 103S-KT⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-KT⊗ 3-GC90C

223






IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current


200V 230V 460V 575V Type 2 Iq [kA] Type 2 Iq [kA] Non-Reversing Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter Cat. No.

C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 10 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB25C

D Frame15 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-DT⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 — 103S-AT⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-AT⊗ 3-DB40C17 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-DT⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — 103S-AT⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-AT⊗ 3-DB63C19 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — 103S-BT⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-BT⊗ 3-DC10C21 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC10C22 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 — 103S-CT⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-CT⊗ 3-DC16C23 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DT⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DC20C25 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC20C26 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DT⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DC25C27 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame28 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC10C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC10C29 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC16C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC16C30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FT⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FT⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 30 103S-GT⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GT⊗ 3-FC45C

CMN Frame ➊34 40…63 882 15 20 40 50 42 18 103S-HT⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-HT⊗ 3-GC63C35 40…63 882 20 20 50 60 42 18 103S-JT⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-JT⊗ 3-GC63C36 63…90 1260 20 25 50 60 35 10 103S-JT⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-JT⊗ 3-GC90C37 63…90 1260 25 30 60 60 35 10 103S-KT⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-KT⊗ 3-GC90C


224


2-Component Starters, Self-Protected


IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current


200V 230V 460V 575V Type E Iq [kA] Type E Iq [kA] Non-Reversing Starter Cat. No.


C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 — 103S-AT⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AT⊗ 3-CB25C

D Frame15 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-DT⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DB25C17 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-DT⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-DT⊗ 3-DB40C19 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DB63C21 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC10C23 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC16C25 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC20C27 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ET⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-ET⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-ET⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-ET⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FT⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FT⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 — 103S-GT⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GT⊗ 3-FC45C

225

Bulletin 103S/107SIEC Combination Starters, ISO Busbar Mount







Bulletin 141A ISO Busbar Modules• Installation and wiring of Control Plug for auxiliary contacts is standard on ISO Busbar

Mount starters.• Factory installed options include:

Installation of Lockable Twist Knob.Installation of Spacing Adapter for Self-Protected Starters.Electronic Interface and Surge Suppressors for coil on 100-C.Additional auxiliary contacts for 100-C.Additional auxiliary or trip contacts on 140M.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ..............225Factory-Installed Options .231UL Listed Application Ratings...........234Accessories .......................235Specifications ....................102Approximate Dimensions .131



IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current

600Y/347VISO Bus Bar Mount



C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 10 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB25C8 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 10 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB40C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB40C9 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB63C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB63C10 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — 103S-BS⊗ 2-CC10C 107S-BS⊗ 3-CC10C

D Frame14 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-AS⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-AS⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-AS⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-AS⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-AS⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-AS⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-BS⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-BS⊗ 3-DC10C22 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-CS⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-CS⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DS⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DC20C26 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DS⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FS⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FS⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 30 103S-GS⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GS⊗ 3-FC45C


226




IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current




C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 10 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB25C

D Frame15 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-DS⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 — 103S-AS⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-AS⊗ 3-DB40C17 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-DS⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — 103S-AS⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-AS⊗ 3-DB63C19 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — 103S-BS⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-BS⊗ 3-DC10C21 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC10C22 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 — 103S-CS⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-CS⊗ 3-DC16C23 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DS⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DC20C25 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC20C26 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DS⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DC25C27 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame28 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC10C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC10C29 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC16C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC16C30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FS⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FS⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 30 103S-GS⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GS⊗ 3-FC45C

227





IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current




C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AS⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 — 103S-AS⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AS⊗ 3CB25C

D Frame15 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-DS⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DB25C17 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-DS⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-DS⊗ 3-DB40C19 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DB63C21 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC10C23 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC16C25 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC20C27 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-ES⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-ES⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-ES⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-ES⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FS⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FS⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 — 103S-GS⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GS⊗ 3-FC45C

Bulletin 103S/107SIEC Combination Starters, Panel Mount

228

Product Selection







Bulletin 141A Panel Mount Modules• Factory installed options include:

Installation and wiring of Control Plug for auxiliary contacts.Installation of Lockable Twist Knob.Installation of Spacing Adapter for Self-Protected Starters.Electronic Interface and Surge Suppressors for coil on 100-C.Additional auxiliary contacts for 100-C.Additional auxiliary or trip contacts on 140M.

Table of ContentsProduct Selection ............. 228Factory-Installed Options. 231UL Listed Application Ratings .......... 234Accessories....................... 235Specifications.................... 102Approximate Dimensions. 131



IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current

600Y/347VPanel Mount



C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 10 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB25C8 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 10 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB40C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB40C9 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB63C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB63C10 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — 103S-BW⊗ 2-CC10C 107S-BW⊗ 3-CC10C

D Frame14 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-AW⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-AW⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-AW⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-AW⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-AW⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-BW⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-BW⊗ 3-DC10C22 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-CW⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-CW⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DW⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DC20C26 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DW⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FW⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FW⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 30 103S-GW⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GW⊗ 3-FC45C

CMN Frame ➊34 40…63 882 15 20 40 50 42 18 103S-HW⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-HW⊗ 3-GC63C35 40…63 882 20 20 50 60 42 18 103S-JW⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-JW⊗ 3-GC63C36 63…90 1260 20 25 50 60 35 10 103S-JW⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-JW⊗ 3-GC90C37 63…90 1260 25 30 60 60 35 10 103S-KW⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-KW⊗ 3-GC90C

229






IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current




C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 10 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB25C

D Frame15 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-DW⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DB25C16 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 — 103S-AW⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-AW⊗ 3-DB40C17 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-DW⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DB40C18 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — 103S-AW⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-AW⊗ 3-DB63C19 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DB63C20 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — 103S-BW⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-BW⊗ 3-DC10C21 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC10C22 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 — 103S-CW⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-CW⊗ 3-DC16C23 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC16C24 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DW⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DC20C25 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC20C26 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 — 103S-DW⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DC25C27 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame28 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC10C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC10C29 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC16C 107S-EW⊗ 32-FC16C30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FW⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FW⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 30 103S-GW⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GW⊗ 3-FC45C

CMN Frame ➊34 40…63 882 15 20 40 50 42 18 103S-HW⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-HW⊗ 3-GC63C35 40…63 882 20 20 50 60 42 18 103S-JW⊗ 2-GC63C 107S-JW⊗ 3-GC63C36 63…90 1260 20 25 50 60 35 10 103S-JW⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-JW⊗ 3-GC90C37 63…90 1260 25 30 60 60 35 10 103S-KW⊗ 2-GC90C 107S-KW⊗ 3-GC90C


230




IndexMotor Current


Magnetic Release



Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current




C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA16C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA16C2 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA25C3 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA40C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA40C4 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CA63C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CA63C5 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB10C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB10C6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 47 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB16C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB16C7 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 — 103S-AW⊗ 2-CB25C 107S-AW⊗ 3-CB25C

D Frame15 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 30 103S-DW⊗ 2-DB25C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DB25C17 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 30 103S-DW⊗ 2-DB40C 107S-DW⊗ 3-DB40C19 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-DB63C 107S-EW⊗ 3DB63C21 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC10C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC10C23 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC16C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC16C25 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC20C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC20C27 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 — 103S-EW⊗ 2-DC25C 107S-EW⊗ 3-DC25C

F Frame30 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC20C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC20C31 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 30 103S-EW⊗ 2-FC25C 107S-EW⊗ 3-FC25C32 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 30 103S-FW⊗ 2-FC32C 107S-FW⊗ 3-FC32C33 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 — 103S-GW⊗ 2-FC45C 107S-GW⊗ 3-FC45C

231

Bulletin 103S/107SCombination Starters

Modifications

103S Factory Installed OptionsChange option code ➀ to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD➀ -CA16C

Contactor Auxiliaries without “-SP” Control PlugISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount

Option ➀ Description 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A

2 1 N.O. NA NA NA Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard3 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available4 2 N.O. NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available6 2 N.O. + 1 N.C. NA NA NA Available NA NA Available NA NA7 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. NA NA NA NA Available Available NA Available Available8 3 N.O. + 2 N.C. NA NA NA Available NA NA Available NA NA

Change option code ➀ to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD➀ -CA16C

Contactor Auxiliaries with “-SP” Control PlugISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount


2 1 N.O. Standard Standard NA Available Available Available Available Available Available3 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available4 2 N.O. Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available6 2 N.O. + 1 N.C. NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA7 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA8 3 N.O. + 2 N.C. NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

Change option code ➁ to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD2-CA16➁Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip Contacts

ISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount

Option ➁ Description 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A

X➊ Without Aux / Trip Contacts NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

A➊ 1 N.C. Aux. NA NA NA Available Available NA Available Available NAB 1 N.O. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NAC 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux. Standard Standard NA Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard StandardD 2 N.O. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

E➊ 2 N.C. Aux. NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

R➊ 1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.C. Aux NA NA NA Available Available NA Available Available NAS 1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.O. Aux Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

➊ Not available when a “-SP” Control Plug is selected.

Add option code ➂ to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD2-CA16C➂Additional Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip ContactsISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount

Option ➂ Description 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A

Blank Without Aux / Trip Contacts Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available

C➋ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

D➋ 2 N.O. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

E➋ ,➌ 2 N.C. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NAK 1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available AvailableL 1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

M➌ 1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

N➌ 1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

Q➋ 1 N.O. (SC) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

➋ Not available on 60…85 A starters.➌ Not available when a “-SP” Control Plug is selected on 60…85 A starters.

Add option code ➃ to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD2-CA16C-➃Modifications / Accessories

Option ➃ Description 9…85 A

JE Electronic Interface AvailableR Surge Suppressor, RC AvailableV Surge Suppressor, Varistor AvailableD Surge Suppressor, Diode Available

KN Lockable Knob, Black AvailableKY Lockable Knob, Red/Yellow AvailableTE Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E Available

SP Control Plug, Top Mount * See Option ➀


232

Modifications, Continued

107S Factory Installed OptionsChange option code ➀ to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD➀ -CA16C

Contactor Auxiliaries without “-SP” Control PlugISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount


3 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. NA NA NA Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard7 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

Change option code ➀ to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD➀ -CA16C

Contactor Auxiliaries with “-SP” Control PlugISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount


3 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Standard Standard NA Available Available Available Available Available Available7 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

Change option code ➁ to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD3-CA16➁Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip Contacts

ISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount

Option ➁ Description 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A

X➊ Without Aux / Trip Contacts NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

A➊ 1 N.C. Aux. NA NA NA Available Available NA Available Available NAB 1 N.O. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NAC 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux. Standard Standard NA Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard StandardD 2 N.O. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

E➊ 2 N.C. Aux. NA NA NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

R➊ 1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.C. Aux NA NA NA Available Available NA Available Available NAS 1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.O. Aux Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

➊ Not available when a "-SP" Control Plug is selected.

Add option code ➂ to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD3-CA16C➂Additional Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip ContactsISO Busbar Mount Standard Busbar Mount Panel Mount

Option ➂ Description 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A 9…23 A 30…43 A 60…85 A

Blank Without Aux / Trip Contacts Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available

C➋ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

D➋ 2 N.O. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

E➋ ,➌ 2 N.C. Aux. Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NAK 1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available AvailableL 1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

M➌ 1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

N➌ 1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available Available Available Available Available

Q➋ 1 N.O. (SC) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip Available Available NA Available Available NA Available Available NA

➋ Not available on 60…85 A starters.

➌ Not available when a “-SP” Control Plug is selected on 60…85 A starters.

Add option code ➃ to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD3-CA16C-➃Modifications / Accessories

Option ➃ Description 9…85 A

JE Electronic Interface AvailableR Surge Suppressor, RC AvailableV Surge Suppressor, Varistor AvailableD Surge Suppressor, Diode Available

KN Lockable Knob, Black AvailableKY Lockable Knob, Red/Yellow AvailableTE Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E Available

SP Control Plug, Top Mount * See Option ➀

233


Coil Voltage Codes

⊗ Coil Voltage Codes for AC Control The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA16C becomes Cat. No. 103S-ATD2-CA16C.

⊗ Coil Voltage Codes for DC ControlThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103S-AT⊗ 2-CA16C becomes Cat. No. 103S-ATZR2-CA16C.

Coil Voltages 12 24 32 36 42 48 100 100-

110 110 120 127 200 200-220 208 208-

240220-230 230 230-

240 240 277 347 380 380-400 400 400-

415 440 480 500 550 600



DC Voltages 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250



=

Bulletin 103S/107SIEC Combination Starters

234

Specifications


Index

Motor Current


Magnetic Release


Maximum Hp, 60 Hz Max. Fault Current 480Y/277V

Max. Fault Current 600Y/347V Group Installation

200V 230V 460V 575VType 1Iq [kA]

Type 2Iq [kA]

Type EIq [kA]

Type 1Iq [kA]

Type 2Iq [kA]

Type EIq [kA]

480Y/277V Iq [kA]

600Y/347V Iq [kA]

Max. Fuse or CB per

NEC[kA]

C Frame1 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4502 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4503 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4504 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4505 0.63…1.0 13 — — 1/2 3/4 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4506 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 65 65 65 47 47 47 65 47 4507 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 65 65 30 30 — 65 30 4508 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 — — 30 — — 65 30 4509 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 — — — — — 65 30 45010 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 — — — — — 65 25 45011 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 30 — — — — — 30 25 45012 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 10 — — — — — 30 30 45013 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 — — — — — — 10 10 450

D Frame14 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 65 65 30 — — 65 30 45015 1.6…2.5 33 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45016 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45017 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45018 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45019 4.0…6.3 82 1-1/2 2 5 5 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45020 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45021 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45022 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 65 — 30 — — 65 30 45023 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 45024 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 65 — — — — 65 — 45025 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 65 65 — — 30 65 — 45026 18…25 325 5 7-1/2 15 15 65 65 — — — — 65 — 45027 18…25 325 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 65 65 65 — — 30 65 — 450

F Frame28 6.3…10 130 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60029 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60030 14.5…20 260 5 7-1/2 15 20 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60031 18…25 325 7-1/2 10 20 25 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60032 25…32 416 10 10 25 30 65 65 65 30 30 30 65 30 60033 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 65 65 65 30 30 — 65 30 600

CMN Frame ➊34 40…63 882 15 20 40 50 — — — — — — 42 18 100035 40…63 882 20 20 50 60 — — — — — — 42 18 100036 63…90 1260 20 25 50 60 — — — — — — 35 10 100037 63…90 1260 25 30 60 60 — — — — — — 35 10 1000

235


Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts for Contactors (100-C09…C85)

➊ Up to 8 auxiliary contacts may be mountedAC coil contactors — max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor and max. 2 N.O. contacts on the side.DC coil contactors — max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor or max. 2 N.O. contacts on the side.

➋ Double Numbering — Left-side mounting only is recommended for Cat. No. 100-C09…100-C23 due to double numbering.

Coil Accessories (For 100-C09…C85 Contactors)

➌ Not suitable for use with 103T and 107T 3-component combination starters.



Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting with Sequence Terminal Designations ➊• 1- and 2-pole• Two-way numbering for right or left

mounting on the contactor• Quick and easy mounting without tools• Electronic compatible contacts down to

17V, 5 mA• Mutual positive guidance to the main

contactor poles (except for L types)L = Late break/Early make

0 1 100-C all 100-SB01

1 0 100-C ➋ 100-SB10

0 2 100-C ➋ 100-SB02

1 1 100-C ➋ 100-SB11

2 0 100-C ➋ 100-SB20

L1 L1 100-C ➋ 100-SBL11

Description Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No. ➌



ON-Delay0.1…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

110…240V,50/60 Hz110…250VDC

100-C all 100-ETA3100-ETA30100-ETA180

ON-Delay0.1…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

24V DC

100-C with DC coils

100-ETAZJ3100-ETAZJ30100-ETAZJ180

OFF-Delay0.3…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

24V50/60 Hz

100-C09…C37 with

AC coils



OFF-Delay0.3…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

110…240V50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils

100-ETB3100-ETB30100-ETB180



1…30 s

110…240V50/60 Hz


-SB01 -SB10

-SB02 -SB11

-SB20 -SBL11

(K1M)

K1M

(K1M)

K1M

(K1M)

K1M


236


Coil Accessories (For 100-C09…C85 Contactors), Continued

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100-FL11⊗ becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11D.

➊ For special voltages, cosult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Assembly Components➌ Use Discount Schedule A1.

Description Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.DC Interface (electronic)Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) and the AC operating mechanism of the contactor. Requires no additional surge suppression on the contactor coils.• Control (input) voltage

100-C with AC coils 110…240V AC

12V DC18…30V DC (24V DC nominal)48V DC

100-JE12100-JE

100-JE48

Surge SuppressorsFor limitation of coil switching transients.• Plug-in, coil mounted• Suitable for all 100-C

contactor sizes, 9…85 A• RC, Varistor and Diode

Versions


24…48V 50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils

100-FSC48

110…280V50/60 Hz 100-FSC280

380…480V50/60 Hz 100-FSC480


12…55V AC /12…77V DC

100-C all

100-FSV55

56…136V AC /78…180V DC 100-FSV136

137…277V AC /181…350V DC 100-FSV277

278…575V AC 100-FSV575


12…250V DC 100-C with DC coils 100-FSD250

Voltage ➊ 24 48 100 110 120 230…240 240 277 380…400 400…415 440 48050 Hz K Y KP D — VA T — N G B —60 Hz J — — — D — A T — — N B



timers and latches



K1M

(K1M)

Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Cat. No. 100-SCFA

237



Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (140M-C, -D, -F)


➋

Description


With Cat. No.



OFF ON Tripped

Front-Mounted Auxiliary Contact• 1-pole or 2-pole• No additional space

required

O X O 13-14 N.O. Aux 140M 140M-C-AFA10

X O X 11-12 N.C. Aux 140M 140M-C-AFA01


140M 140M-C-AFA11



140M 140M-C-AFA20



140M 140M-C-AFA02


Front-MountedTrip Contact• 2-pole• Indicates tripping of

device• No additional space

required


140M 140M-C-AFAR10A10




140M 140M-C-AFAR10A01



I >>

13

14

I >>

11

12

13

14

21

22

I >>

I >>

13

14

23

24

I >>

11

12

21

22

13 27

14I >>

28

11

12I >>

27

28

I >>

140 M Operator



238




➋

Description


With Cat. No.



OFF ON Tripped

Front-Mounted Auxiliary Contacts• Internal• 2-Pole


140-CMN

140-CA20



140-CA02



140-CA11


Front-MountedTrip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts• Internal• 2-Pole


140-CMN

140-CT10-10



140-CT01-01



140-CT01-10



140-CT10-01


13

14

23

24

I >>

140-CMN

140-CA20

I >>

21

22

11

12

140-CMN

140-CA02

I >>

13

14

21

22

140-CMN

140-CA11

37

38

43

44

I >>

140-CMN

140-CT10-10

a

b


I >>

41

42

35

36

140-CMN

140-CT01-01

a

b


I >>

35

36

43

44

140-CMN

140-CT01-10

a

b


I >>

37

38

41

42

140-CMN

140-CT10-01

a

b


I >>

140 M Operator


239


Accessories



➋

Description


With Cat. No.


Term. No. Desc.

OFF ON Tripped


width of the device


140M 140M-C-ASA20



140M 140M-C-ASA02



140M 140M-C-ASA11



Motor Protector• Adds 9 mm to the

width of the circuit breaker



140M 140M-C-ASAR10M10




140M 140M-C-ASAR10M01




140M 140M-C-ASAR01M10




140M 140M-C-ASAR01M01



140M 140M-C-ASAM11X X O 65-66 N.C. Trip

(Short-Circuit)

I >>

33

34

43

44

I >>

31

32

41

42

33

34

41

42

I >>

57

58

67

68

I >>

I >>

57

58

65

66

I >>

55

56

67

68

I >>

65

66

55

56

I >>

77

78

65

66

I >>

140 M Operator



240


Accessories for Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (140M-C, -D, -F)

Description Connection Diagram For Use With Cat. No.

Undervoltage Trip• Left-side mounted• Adds 18 mm to the width of

the circuit breaker• Trips motor protector when

voltage is removed

24V, 60 Hz24V, 50 Hz

120V, 60 Hz110V, 50 Hz

220…230V, 50 Hz240…260V, 60 Hz

277V, 60 Hz380…400V, 50 Hz

480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz600V, 60 Hz

575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140M



Shunt Trip• Left-side mounted• Adds 18 mm to the width of


voltage is applied

24V, 60 Hz24V, 50 Hz

120V, 60 Hz110V, 50 Hz

220…230V, 50 Hz240…260V, 60 Hz

277V, 60 Hz380…400V, 50 Hz

480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz600V, 60 Hz

575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140M




Anti Tamper Shield• Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the current setting on the

140M-C, -D, and -F MPCBs140M 140M-C-CA

Lockable Twist Knob• For 1 padlock 4…8 mm (5/16") dia. shackle• Can be locked in OFF position

black 140M 140M-C-KN

red/yellow 140M-C/-D 140M-C-KRY

red/yellow 140M-F 140M-F-KRY

Padlockable Operating Knob• Accepts 8mm (5/16") padlock — up to three padlocks.• Permits padlocking in the off position.

black

140-CMN

140-KN

red/yellow 140-KRY

D1

D2I >>

U <

C1

C2I >>

241

Bulletin 103S/107SIEC Compact Combination Starters


Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Standard and ISO Busbar MountBulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters

34 (

b)39

(c)

6060

205.

5 (b

) /

210

.5 (

c)

236.

5 (

b) /

241

.5 (

c)45

12...

30

Circuit Breaker: 140M-C / -DContactor: 100-C09...23

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(s)(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug(c) Iso busbar mount(d) Electronic interface

9 (d

)

31

97.5

97.5

65 (

b) /

70

(c)

54 (a)

Reference Print: D00GMD

31

97.5

97.5

65 (

b) /

70

(c)

34 (

b)39

(c)

6060

205.

5 (b

) /

210

.5 (

c)

236.

5 (

b) /

241

.5 (

c)

54

12...

30

Circuit Breaker: 140M-DContactor: 100-C30...37

(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug(c) Iso busbar mount(d) Electronic interface

9 (d

)

Reference Print: D10GMD

Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount



242



Standard and ISO Busbar Mount, ContinuedBulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters, Continued

34 (

b)39

(c)

6060

213

(b)

/ 2

18 (

c)

244

(b)

/ 2

49 (

c)

54

12...

30

Circuit Breaker: 140M-FContactor: 100-C30...37

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug(c) Iso busbar mount(d) Electronic interface

9 (d

)

31

105

65 (

b) /

70

(c)

63 (a)

Reference Print: D10GMF

34 (

b)39

(c)

6060

213

(b)

/ 2

18 (

c)

244

(b)

/ 2

49 (

c)

63

12...

30

Circuit Breaker: 140M-FContactor: 100-C43

(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug(c) Iso busbar mount(d) Electronic interface

9 (d

)

31

105

65 (

b) /

70

(c)




243




Standard and ISO Busbar Mount, ContinuedBulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters, Continued

3431

6060

200 23

1 (

b)

180

12...

30

Circuit Breaker: 140-CMNContactor: 100-C60...85 (b) Standard busbar mount with control plug

105

Reference Print: D30GCM

3431

6060

200 23

1 (

b)

144

12...

30


(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug

105

65





244



Standard and ISO Busbar Mount, ContinuedBulletin 107S Reversing Starters

34 (

b)39

(c)

6060

205.

5 (b

) /

210

.5 (

c)

236.

5 (

b) /

241

.5 (

c)

99

117 (a)

12...

30

Circuit Breaker: 140M-DContactors: 100-C09...23

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug(c) Iso busbar mount(d) Electronic interfaces

9 (d

)

31

97.5

97.5

65 (

b) /

70

(c)

Reference Print: R00GMD

99

117 (a)


(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug(c) Iso busbar mount(d) Electronic interface

97.5

236.

5 (b

) /

241.

5 (c

)

205.

5 (b

) /

210.

5 (c

)

65 (b

) /

70 (c

)97

.5

12...

3034

(b)

39 (c

)60

6031

9 (d

)

Reference Print: R10GMD



245




Standard and ISO Busbar Mount, ContinuedBulletin 107S Reversing Starters, Continued

213

(b)

/ 2

18 (

c)

244

(b)

/ 2

49 (

c)

99

117 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-FContactors: 100-C30...37


9 (d

)

12...

3034

(b)

39 (

c)60

6031

105

65 (

b) /

70

(c)

Reference Print: R10GMF

117

135 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-FContactors: 100-C43


9 (d

)

12...

3034

(b)

39 (

c)60

6031

244

(b)

/ 2

49 (

c)

213

(b)

/ 2

18 (

c)

65 (

b) /

70

(c)

105





246



Standard and ISO Busbar Mount, ContinuedBulletin 107S Reversing Starters, Continued

34

31

60

60

20

0 23

1

(b)

252

261 (a)

12...3

0

Circuit Breaker: 140-CMNContactors: 100-C60...85

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug

10

5

Reference Print: R30GCM

3431

6060

200 23

1 (

b)

225

234 (a)

12...

30


(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts(b) Standard busbar adapter with control plug

105

65




247




Panel Mount, ContinuedBulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters

64

31 (

b)

125

228

54 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-C/DContactor: 100-C09...23

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(s)(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

31 (

b)

210

35

6997

.5

45

40 (a)

Reference Print: D00WMD

6997

.5

64

31 (

b)

125

228

54

Circuit Breaker: 140M-DContactor: 100-C30...37 (b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

31 (

b)

210

40

Reference Print: D10WMD

Bulletin 103S Panel Mount



248



Panel Mount, ContinuedBulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters, Continued

6910

5

64

31 (

b)

125

228

54


(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

31 (

b)

210

40

Reference Print: D10WMF

6910

5

64

31 (

b)

125

228

63

Circuit Breaker: 140M-FContactor: 100-C43

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

31 (

b)

210

40

Reference Print: D20WMF



249




Panel Mount, ContinuedBulletin 107S Reversing Starters

31 (

b)

210

87

6997

.5

64

31 (

b)

125

228

99

117 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-C/DContactors: 100-C09...23

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Reference Print: R00WMD

64

31 (

b)

125

228

99

117 (a)



31 (

b)

210

87

6997

.5

Reference Print: R10WMD




250



Panel Mount, ContinuedBulletin 107S Reversing Starters, Continued

64

31 (

b)

125

228

99

117 (a)



31 (

b)

210

87

6910

5

Reference Print: R10WMF

64

31 (

b)

125

228

117

135 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-FContactors: 100-C43


31 (

b)

210

103

6910

5

Reference Print: R20WMF

Bulletin 107S Panel Mount Bulletin 107S Panel Mount

251

Bulletin 103H/107H/140MIEC Enclosed Starters


Bulletin 103H/107H/140M Enclosed IEC Starters Table of ContentsProduct Selection

Reversing and Non-reversing Starters.......................... 252

Accessories .......................254Modifications .....................258Wiring Diagrams................259Enclosure Dimensions......261

Conformity to StandardsUL 489CSA 22.2 No. 5IEC 60947-2

ApprovalsUL ListedCSA CertifiedCEKEMA-KEUR

Bulletin 103H starter in enclosure size A

Bulletin 107H starter in enclosure size C

The "A" sixe box accomodates:-103H Non-Reversing Starters-Motors up to 15 Hp/480V (23 A)-2 pilot devices

The "B" sixe box accomodates:-103H Non-Reversing Starters AND 107H Reversing Starters-Motors up to 15 Hp/480V (23 A)-Control Transformer and 3 pilot devices

The "C" sixe box accomodates:-103H Non-Reversing Starters AND 107H Reversing Starters-Motors up to 30 Hp/480V (43 A)-Control Transformer and 3 pilot devices


252

Product Selection — 3-pole AC Contactors

• 65 kA at 480V• 30 kA at 600V• Type 2 coordination is standard for all voltages, except where noted for 575V starters

➊ 25 kA.➋ For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-CF⊗ 2-DB40X.➌ For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-DF⊗ 2-DB63X.➍ For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-EF⊗ 2-DC10X.➎ For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-EF⊗ 2-DC16X.

Line Voltage Codes — see page 258

⊗ Coil Voltage Codes — see page 258

Rated Operational

Current Ie (A)

Motor Current Adjustment Range (A)

Magnetic Trip

Current (A)

Maximum Hp, 3-phaseNon-Reversing Starter

Cat. No.Enclosure

SizeReversing Starter Cat.

No.Enclosure

Size200V 230V 460V 575V

25 A Frame Size0.16 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 103S-AF ⊗ 2-CA16X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-CA16X B0.25 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 103H-AF ⊗ 2-CA25X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-CA25X B0.40 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 103H-AF ⊗ 2-CA40X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-CA40X B0.63 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 103H-AF ⊗ 2-CA63X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-CA63X B1.0 0.63…1.0 13 — — 0.5 0.5 103H-AF ⊗ 2-CB10X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-CB10X B1.6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 0.75 0.75 103H-AF ⊗ 2-CB16X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-CB16X B2.5 1.6…2.5 33 0.5 0.5 1 1.5 103H-AF ⊗ 2-DB25X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-DB25X B4.0 2.5…4.0 52 0.75 0.75 2 3 ➋ 103H-AF ⊗ 2-DB40X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-DB40X B6.3 4.0…6.3 82 1.5 1.5 3 5 ➌ 103H-AF ⊗ 2-DB63X A 107H-AF ⊗ 3-DB63X B10 6.3…10 130 2 3 5 7.5 ➍ 103H-BF ⊗ 2-DC10X A 107H-BF ⊗ 3-DC10X B16 10…16 208 3 5 10 10 ➎ 103H-CF ⊗ 2-DC16X A 107H-CF ⊗ 3-DC16X B20 14.5…20 260 5 5 15 15 103H-DF ⊗ 2-DC20X A 107H-DF ⊗ 3-DC20X B25 18…25 325 5 7.5 15 ➊ 15 103H-DF ⊗ 2-DC25X A 107H-DF ⊗ 3-DC25X B

45 A Frame Size10 6.3…10 130 3 3 7.5 10 103H-EF ⊗ 2-FC10X C 107H-EF ⊗ 3-FC10X C16 10…16 208 3 5 10 10 103H-EF ⊗ 2-FC16X C 107H-EF ⊗ 3-FC16X C20 14.5…20 260 5 7.5 15 20 103H-EF ⊗ 2-FC20X C 107H-EF ⊗ 3-FC20X C25 18…25 325 5 10 20 20 103H-EF ⊗ 2-FC25X C 107H-EF ⊗ 3-FC25X C32 23…32 416 10 10 25 25 103H-FF ⊗ 2-FC32X C 107H-FF ⊗ 3-FC32X C45 32…45 585 10 15 30 30 103H-GF ⊗ 2-FC45X C 107H-GF ⊗ 3-FC45X C

253

Bulletin 103H/107H/140MIEC Enclosed StartersProduct Selection, Continued

➊ 25 kA

Rated Operational Current Ie (A)

Motor Current Adjustment Range (A)

Magnetic Trip Current (A)

Maximum Hp, 3-phaseCat. No. Enclosure

Size200V 230V 460V 575V

25 A Frame Size0.16 0.10…0.16 2.1 — — — — 140M-F-CA16X A0.25 0.16…0.25 3.3 — — — — 140M-F-CA25X A0.40 0.25…0.40 5.2 — — — — 140M-F-CA40X A0.63 0.40…0.63 8.2 — — — — 140M-F-CA63X A1.0 0.63…1.0 13 — — 0.5 0.75 140M-F-CB10X A1.6 1.0…1.6 21 — — 1 1 140M-F-CB16X A2.5 1.6…2.5 33 0.5 0.75 1.5 2 140M-F-DB25X A4.0 2.5…4.0 52 1 1 3 3 140M-F-DB40X A6.3 4.0…6.3 82 1.5 2 5 5 140M-F-DB63X A10 6.3…10 130 3 3 7.5 10 140M-F-DC10X A16 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 140M-F-DC16X A20 14.5…20 260 5 7.5 15 20 140M-F-DC20X A25 18…25 325 7.5 7.5 15 ➊ 20 140M-F-DC25X A

45 A Frame Size10 6.3…10 130 3 3 7.5 10 140M-F-FC10X A16 10…16 208 3 5 10 15 140M-F-FC16X A20 14.5…20 260 5 7.5 15 20 140M-F-FC20X A25 18…25 325 7.5 10 20 25 140M-F-FC25X A32 23…32 416 10 10 25 30 140M-F-FC32X A45 32…45 585 15 15 30 40 140M-F-FC45X A

Enclosed Motor Protectors• 65 kA at 480V• 30 kA at 600V


254

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts for Contactors (100-C09…C85)

➊ Up to 8 auxiliary contacts may be mounted (max. 4 N.O. contacts or 6 N.C. and max. 2 N.O. contacts on the side.)➋ Double Numbering — Left-side mounting only is recommended for Cat. No. 100-C09…100-C23 due to double numbering.

Coil Accessories (For 100-C09…C85 Contactors)

➊ May be used with DC coils if no side mounted auxiliary contacts are used.



Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting with Sequence Terminal Designations ➊• 1- and 2-pole• Two-way numbering for right or left

mounting on the contactor• Quick and easy mounting without tools• Electronic compatible contacts down to

17V, 5mA• Mutual positive guidance to the main

contactor poles (except for L types)L = Late break/Early make

0 1 100-C all 100-SB01

1 0 100-C ➋ 100-SB10

0 2 100-C ➋ 100-SB02

1 1 100-C ➋ 100-SB11

2 0 100-C ➋ 100-SB20

L1 L1 100-C ➋ 100-SBL11




ON-Delay0.1…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

110…240V,50/60 Hz110…250V DC

100-C all 100-ETA3100-ETA30100-ETA180

ON-Delay0.1…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

24V DC

100-C with DC coils

100-ETAZJ3100-ETAZJ30

100-ETAZJ180

OFF-Delay0.3…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

24V50/60 Hz

100-C09…C37 with

AC coils



OFF-Delay0.3…3 s1…30 s10…180 s

110…240V50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils

100-ETB3100-ETB30100-ETB180



1…30 s

110…240V50/60 Hz


-SB01 -SB10

-SB02 -SB11

-SB20 -SBL11

(K1M)

K1M

(K1M)

K1M

(K1M)

K1M

255



Coil Accessories (For 100-C09…C85 Contactors), Continued

⊗ Voltage Suffix CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100-FL11⊗ becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11D.

➊ For special voltages, contact factory.

Assembly Components➌ Use Discount Schedule A1.

Description Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.DC Interface (electronic)Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) and the AC operating mechanism of the contactor. Requires no additional surge suppression on the contactor coils.• Control (input) voltage

100-C with AC coils 110…240V AC

12V DC18…30V DC (24V DC nominal)48V DC

100-JE12100-JE

100-JE48

Surge SuppressorsFor limitation of coil switching transients.• Plug-in, coil mounted• Suitable for all 100-C

contactor sizes, 9…85 A• RC, Varistor and Diode

Versions


24…48V 50/60 Hz

100-C with AC coils

100-FSC48

110…280V50/60 Hz 100-FSC280

380…480V50/60 Hz 100-FSC480


12…55V AC /12…77V DC

100-C all

100-FSV55

56…136V AC /78…180V DC 100-FSV136

137…277V AC /181…350V DC 100-FSV277

278…575V AC 100-FSV575


12…250VDC 100-C with DC coils 100-FSD250

Voltage ➊ 24 48 100 110 120 230…240 240 277 380…400 400…415 440 48050 Hz K Y KP D — VA T — N G B —60 Hz J — — — D — A T — — N B



timers and latches



K1M

(K1M)

Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Cat. No. 100-SCFA


256

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Protectors (140M-C, -D, -F)


➋

Description


With Cat. No.


Term. No. Desc.

OFF ON Tripped


width of the device


140M 140M-C-ASA20



140M 140M-C-ASA02



140M 140M-C-ASA11



Motor Protector• Adds 9 mm to the

width of the circuit breaker



140M 140M-C-ASAR10M10




140M 140M-C-ASAR10M01




140M 140M-C-ASAR01M10




140M 140M-C-ASAR01M01



140M 140M-C-ASAM11X X O 65-66 N.C. Trip

(Short-Circuit)

I >>

33

34

43

44

I >>

31

32

41

42

33

34

41

42

I >>

57

58

67

68

I >>

I >>

57

58

65

66

I >>

55

56

67

68

I >>

65

66

55

56

I >>

77

78

65

66

I >>

140 M Operator


257



Accessories for Motor Protectors (140M-C, -D, -F)

Description Connection Diagram For Use With Cat. No.

Undervoltage Trip• Left-side mounted• Adds 18 mm to the width of


voltage is removed

24V, 60 Hz24V, 50 Hz

120V, 60 Hz110V, 50 Hz

220…230V, 50 Hz240…260V, 60 Hz

277V, 60 Hz380…400V, 50 Hz

480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz600V, 60 Hz

575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140M



Shunt Trip• Left-side mounted• Adds 18 mm to the width of


voltage is applied

24V, 60 Hz24V, 50 Hz

120V, 60 Hz110V, 50 Hz

220…230V, 50 Hz240…260V, 60 Hz

277V, 60 Hz380…400V, 50 Hz

480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz600V, 60 Hz

575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140M




Anti Tamper Shield• Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the current setting 140M 140M-C-CA

Door Coupling Handle• For 3 padlocks 4…8 mm (5/16") in diameter• IP66 Protection/Type 1,3,3R,4,4x,13• Interlock override capability• Can be modified for locking in ON position• Ships with coupling — order extension shaft and legend plate

separately• Mounting depth (adapter-door):

140-C: 105.5 mm ± 5 mm (4.15" ± 3/16")140-D: 114.5 mm ± 5 mm (4.5" ± 3/16")140-F: 137.1 mm ± 5 mm (5.4" ± 3/16")

black 140M 140M-C-DN66

red/yellow 140M 140M-C-DRY66

Extension Shaft• Cut to required length for mounting depth (adapter-door):

140-C: 117…338 mm (4.6"…13.3")140-D: 126…347 mm (5.0"…13.7")140-F: 149…369 mm (5.4"…14.5")

140M-C-DN66140M-C-DRY66 140M-C-DS

Legend Plate• Marking: "Haupschalter" and "Main Switch"• Marking: "Not-Aus" and "Emergency Off"

140M-C-DN66 140M-C-DFCN

140M-C-DRY66 140M-C-DFCRY

Screw Adapter• For screw arrangement of a motor protector 10 pcs/pkg 140M 140M-C-N45

D1

D2I >>

U <

C1

C2I >>


258

Modifications

Bulletin 103H/107H Factory Installed ModificationsNote: For modifications add (option code ➊ ) for desired features to cat. no.

➊ Add desired option codes. Example: 103H-AND2-CA16X-KY

➋ 107H - One per contactor, for a total of two per option code.➌ Starters in enclosure size "A" will change to enclosure size "B" when a control

transformer is factory installed.

140M Factory Installed Modifications (Enclosed)Note: For modifications add (option code ➍ ) for desired features to cat. no.

➍ Add desired option codes. Example: 140M-F-CA16X-UVB

Line and Coil Voltage Suffix Codes

Line Voltage Suffix CodesThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a line voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 208V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103H-AF ⊗ 2-CA16X becomes Cat. No. 103H-AFH⊗ 2-CA16X.

⊗ Coil Voltage Suffix CodesThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103H-AFH⊗ -CA16X becomes Cat. No. 103H-AFHD-CA16X.

Coil OptionsJE ➋ Electronic Interfaces (100-C)

R ➋ Surge Suppressor RC (100-C)

V ➋ Surge Suppressor Varistor (100-C)

D ➋ Surge Suppressor Diode (100-C)Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Side Mount)

S01 ➋ 1 N.C.

S10 ➋ 1 N.O.

S11 ➋ 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

S20 ➋ 2 N.O.Additional 140M Auxiliaries (Side Mount)

A02 2 N.C.A20 2 N.O.A11 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

Additional 140M Trip Contacts (Side Mount)R00 1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag OnlyR01 1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag OnlyR10 1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag OnlyR11 1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag OnlyM11 1 N.O. Mag Only + 1 N.C. Mag Only

Control Options1 Push Button — 103H Start-Stop / 107H For-Rev-Stop

1M Multifunction Push Button — 103H Start-Stop / 107H For-Rev-Stop14RM Multifunction Push Button — 103H Start-Stop-Pilot Light

3 Selector Switch — 103H Hand-Off-Auto / 107H For-Off-Rev4R Pilot Light (red, ON)

4RW Pilot Light (red—FOR, White — REV)6P Control Transformer ➌ (not available with enclosure size A)KY External Handle — Red/Yellow

ModificationsUV⊗ Undervoltage TripSN⊗ Shunt Trip

Additional 140M Auxiliaries (Side Mount)A02 2 N.C.A20 2 N.O.A11 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

Additional 140M Trip Contacts (Side Mount)R00 1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag OnlyR01 1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag OnlyR10 1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag OnlyR11 1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag OnlyM11 1 N.O. Mag Only + 1 N.C. Mag Only

Line Voltages 208V 230V 240V 380V 400V 415V 480V 600V60 Hz H — A — — — B C50 Hz — F — N KN G — —

Standard Coil Voltages 24 110 120 208 220…230 240…260 277 380…400 415 480 600

50 Hz K C — — F — — N B — —60 Hz J — D H — A T — — B UB

259


Wiring Diagrams

Cat. No. 103H-AFBD2-DB40X-1-4R-6P

44

A20

33

43

2L1

2L2

2 4

L3L2L1

INCOMING LINES

L1 L2 L3

T12

1L11

L1

T24

3L2

1L2

L351L3

6T3

A2

T1T1

2

A1

L111L1

MMS

(X1) (X2)

(1-2)

1

(1-3)(1-1)

3

(1-4)

2

2L2

H1

X1

1F

H2

X2

U

2F

LINESINCOMING

(T1)(L1)

(T3)

(L2)

(L3)

1L1

1L2

1L3

L1

L2

L3

(T3)(6)

(L3)(5)

(T2)(4)

(T1)(2)

(L1)

(L2)(3)

(1)

T1

T3

MS(34)

(33)

(3)

(5)

(1) (2)

FU

MS

M

1111111

(44)

(43)

REMOTE

1

MS

R

STARTSTOP

(13) (14)

M

(A1) (A2)M


260

Wiring Diagrams, Continued

Cat. No. 107H-AFBD3-CA16X-1M-4RW-6P

44

A20

34

33

43

L1

2L1

2L2

22 5

3

4

1L3

L3

L3

A2A2

T1

A1A2 F

L1

L1

4 6 14

T12

L2

L2

INCOMING LINES

4T2 T3

6

13 1L1

L11

1L2

L23 5

L3

MS

(2-4) (2-3)

6 7

(3-2)

1

(1-3)(3-1)

3

(1-4)

4 5

2

(X2)

(X1) (X2)

X1 X2

LINESINCOMING

(T3)(6)

(L3)(5)

(T2)(4)

(T1)(2)

(L1)

(L2)(3)

(1)

R

(T1)(L1)

(T1)(L1)

(T3)

(L2)

(L3)

1L1

1L2

1L3

L1

L2

L3

(L2)

(T3)(L3)

T1

T3

MS(34)

(33)

(3)

(5)

(1) (2)

F

1

(3)

(5)

(1) (2)

MS

FU

(14)

REVERSE

(21) (22) (A2)R

STOPFORWARD

F

(21)

R

(A2)F

R

(44)

(43)

MS

(22)

REVERSE

W

F

(A1)

(13) (14)

(A1)

44

261


Enclosure Dimensions

Dimensions in mm. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.Enclosure Style A

Enclosure Style B

Enclosure Style C

Bulletin 109IEC Non-Reversing Starters

262


Fast Shipment of Bulletin109 IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos. printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.Your order must include: Cat. No. of the starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection — AC-Operated StartersEnclosed Type — Molded Plastic

Enclosed Type — Sheet Metal

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09A⊗ becomes Cat. No.109-C09AB .

Overload Relay CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 274 to complete the Cat. No. Bimetal and MSC-E2 overload relays are not available in molded plastic enclosed starters.

➊ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 276), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09FB -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09FBJ -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil. Control Circuit transformers are not available in molded plastic enclosures

Bulletin 109 IEC Non-Reversing Starters• Impact-Resistant Molded Enclosures (9…23 A)

IP42 (Type 1)IP66 (Type 4/4X/12)

• Selection of Metal Enclosures (9…85 A)IP42 (Type 1)IP66 (Type 3/4/12)

• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays• Compact Design• Meets International Standards

Bulletin 109 enclosed starters are designed using Bulletin 100 contactors (9 A…85 A) and Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relays in a metal or molded plastic enclosure. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard.

Product Selection ...........262Accessories.....................270Modifications...................276Approximate Dimensions ....... 278 and 280

Conformity to StandardsEN/IEC 60947-4-1VDE 0660CSA C22.2 No. 14UL 508

ApprovalscULus Listed (File E3125, Guide No. NLDX)

Ratings (AC3, AC4) IP42 (Type 1)General-Purpose

Molded Plastic Enclosure

IP66 (Type 4, 4X, 12)Watertight, DusttightCorrosion Resistant

Molded Plastic EnclosureMax Ie[A]

kW Hp

3∅ 1∅ 3∅Cat. No. ➊ Cat. No. ➊

380V/ 415V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V9 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/2 109-C09B⊗ 109-C09K⊗

12 5-1/2 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 10 109-C12B⊗ 109-C12K⊗

16 7-1/2 1 3 5 5 10 15 109-C16B⊗ 109-C16K⊗

23 11 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 15 109-C23B⊗ 109-C23K⊗

Ratings (AC3, AC4) IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose

Sheet Metal Enclosure (Lift-off Cover)

IP66 (Type 3, 4, 12)Watertight, Dusttight

Sheet Metal Enclosure(Hinged Cover)Max Ie

[A]

kW Hp

3∅ 1∅ 3∅Cat. No. Cat. No.

380V/415V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V9 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/2 109-C09A⊗ 109-C09F⊗

12 5-1/2 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 10 109-C12A⊗ 109-C12F⊗

16 7-1/2 1 3 5 5 10 15 109-C16A⊗ 109-C16F⊗

23 11 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 15 109-C23A⊗ 109-C23F⊗

30 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 25 109-C30A⊗ 109-C30F⊗

37 18-1/2 3 5 10 10 25 30 109-C37A⊗ 109-C37F⊗

43 22 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 30 109-C43A⊗ 109-C43F⊗

60 30 5 10 15 20 40 50 109-C60A⊗ 109-C60F⊗

72 37 5 15 20 25 50 60 109-C72A⊗ 109-C72F⊗

85 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 60 109-C85A⊗ 109-C85F⊗

AC Voltage 24 48 110 120 208 208-240 220 240 277 380-400 400-415 440 480 500 600

Common Control ➊Coil Voltage Code

50 Hz — — — — — — A T — N G B — M —

60 Hz — — — — H L — A — — — N B — C

Separate Control (without transformer)Coil Voltage Code

50 Hz K Y D — — — — — — — — — — — —

60 Hz J X — D — — — — T — — — — — —

Cat. No. 109-C09ABA1F-1-4R-6PIP42 (Type 1) Metal

Enclosure with Lift-off Cover

Cat. No. 109-C09KDA1E-1-4R1-7

Molded Plastic Enclosure

263

Bulletin 112IEC Combination Starters


Fast Shipment of Bulletin112 IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos. printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.Your order must include: Cat. No. of the combination starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection — AC-Operated StartersFusible Disconnect Type

Non-Fusible Disconnect Type

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 112-C09A⊗ becomes Cat. No. 112-C09AB .

Overload Relay CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 274 to complete the Cat. No.

➊ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 277), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 112-C09FB- -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 112-C09FBJ- -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

Bulletin 112 IEC Combination Starters• Compact Design• Can Be Modified in the Field• Selection of Enclosures

IP42 (Type 1)IP66 (Type 3/4/12)

• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays• Fusible or Non-Fusible Versions• Handle with Defeater Mechanism• Padlockable Handle with up to Three Padlocks

Bulletin 112 is the first true IEC combination starter on the market, in that the enclosure and components have been designed to specific IEC standard requirements. The Bulletin 112 combination starter consists of a Bulletin 100 Contactor, Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relay and Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch installed in a com-mon enclosure. These full-voltage combination starters are designed to provide the discon-necting means, short-circuit protection (with suitable fuses), control and overload protection for three-phase squirrel-cage motors. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard.

Product Selection........... 263Accessories .................... 270Modifications .................. 277Approximate Dimensions.......279 and 281


ApprovalscULus Listed (File E125316, Guide No. NKJH)

Ratings (AC3, AC4) IP42 (Type 1)General Purpose

Sheet Metal Enclosure(Hinged Cover)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)Watertight, Dusttight


[A]

Hp Fuse ClipRating

Amperes/ UL Class3 ∅Cat. No. Cat. No.

200V 230V 460V 575V9 2 2 5 7-1/2 30A/Class CC 112-C09A⊗ 112-C09F⊗

12 3 3 7-1/2 10 30A/Class J 112-C12A⊗ 112-C12F⊗

23 5 7-1/2 15 15 30A/Class J 112-C23A⊗ 112-C23F⊗

30 7-1/2 10 20 25 60A/Class J 112-C30A⊗ 112-C30F⊗

43 10 15 30 30 60A/Class J 112-C43A⊗ 112-C43F⊗

60 15 20 40 50 100A/Class J 112-C60A⊗ 112-C60F⊗

72 20 25 50 60 100A/Class J 112-C72A⊗ 112-C72F⊗





[A]

Hp

3 ∅Cat. No. Cat. No.

200V 230V 460V 575V9 2 2 5 7-1/2 112-C09A⊗ -DNF 112-C09F⊗ -DNF12 3 3 7-1/2 10 112-C12A⊗ -DNF 112-C12F⊗ -DNF23 5 7-1/2 15 15 112-C23A⊗ -DNF 112-C23F⊗ -DNF30 7-1/2 10 20 25 112-C30A⊗ -DNF 112-C30F⊗ -DNF43 10 15 30 30 112-C43A⊗ -DNF 112-C43F⊗ -DNF60 15 20 40 50 112-C60A⊗ -DNF 112-C60F⊗ -DNF72 20 25 50 60 112-C72A⊗ -DNF 112-C72F⊗ -DNF

Voltage 208V 230…240V 460…480V 575…600V

Common Control ➊Coil Voltage Code

60 HzH A B C

120V — Separate Control (without transformer)Coil Voltage Code AD AD CD CD

Cat. No. 112-C09FBA1F-1-7

IP66 (Type 3,4,12) Metal Enclosure with Hinged

Cover

Bulletin 113IEC Combination Starters

264


Your order must include: Cat. No. of the combination starter selected, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product SelectionCircuit Breaker Type - AC Operated

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 113-C30A⊗ -33 becomes Cat. No. 113-C30AB -33.

Overload Relay CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 274 to complete the Cat. No.

➊ For design “E” motor applications, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.➋ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 276), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer

primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 113-C30FB3 -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 113-C30FBJ -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

Bulletin 113 IEC Combination Starters• Compact Design• Can Be Modified in the Field• Selection of Enclosures

IP42 (Type 1)IP66 (Type 3/4/12)

• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays• Handle Defeater Mechanism• Padlockable Handle with up to Three Padlocks• Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breaker

Bulletin 113 combination starter consists of a Bulletin 100 contactor, Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relay and a motor circuit protector installed in a common enclosure. These full-voltage combination starters are designed to provide the disconnect-ing means, short-circuit protection, control and overload protection for three-phase squirrel-cage motors. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard.

Product Selection ...........264Accessories.....................270Modifications...................276Approximate Dimensions ...... 279 and 281


ApprovalscULus Listed (File E125316, Guide No. NKJH)





Max Ie[A]

Hp ➊

3∅

200V 230V 460V 575V Cat. No. Cat. No.

30

1/2 1/2 — — 113-C30A⊗ -33 113-C30F⊗ -33

3/4…1 3/4…1 1/2…1 — 113-C30A⊗ -35 113-C30F⊗ -35

— — — 1/2…1-1/2 113-C30A⊗ -36 113-C30F⊗ -36

1-1/2…3 1-1/2…3 1-1/2…3 2…3 113-C30A⊗ -38 113-C30F⊗ -38

5 — — — 113-C30A⊗ -39 113-C30F⊗ -39

7-1/2 5…7-1/2 5…7-1/2 — 113-C30A⊗ -40 113-C30F⊗ -40

— 10 — 5…10 113-C30A⊗ -41 113-C30F⊗ -41

— — 10 — 113-C30A⊗ -42 113-C30F⊗ -42

— — 20 15…20 113-C30A⊗ -43 113-C30F⊗ -43

— — — 25 113-C30A⊗ -44 113-C30F⊗ -44

43

7-1/2…10 10 — — 113-C43A⊗ -41 113-C43F⊗ -41

— 15 — — 113-C43A⊗ -42 113-C43F⊗ -42

— — 20…25 — 113-C43A⊗ -44 113-C43F⊗ -44

— — 30 25…30 113-C43A⊗ -45 113-C43F⊗ -45

60

15 — — — 113-C60A⊗ -42 113-C60F⊗ -42

— 15…20 — — 113-C60A⊗ -43 113-C60F⊗ -43

— — 40 40 113-C60A⊗ -46 113-C60F⊗ -46

72

15…20 — — — 113-C72A⊗ -43 113-C72F⊗ -43

— 20…25 — — 113-C72A⊗ -44 113-C72F⊗ -44

— — 40…50 — 113-C72A⊗ -47 113-C72F⊗ -47

— — — 40…60 113-C72A⊗ -48 113-C72F⊗ -48

Voltage 208V 230…240V 460…480V 575…600V

Common Control ➋Coil Voltage Code

60 HzH A B C

120V — Separate Control (without transformer)Coil Voltage Code HD AD BD CD

Cat. No. 113-C30FBA1H-4R-43IP66 (Type 3,4,12) Metal Enclosure with

Hinged Cover

265

Bulletin 105IEC Reversing Starters


Fast Shipment of Bulletin 105 IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos. printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.Your order must include: Cat. No. of the reversing starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product SelectionAC-Operated


Overload Relay Code The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 274 complete the Cat. No.

➊ For single-phase (1∅ ) applications, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.➋ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 277), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer

primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09FB -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09FBJ -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

Bulletin 105 IEC Reversing Starters• Selection of Metal Enclosures

IP42 (Type 1)IP66 (Type 3/4/12)

• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays• Compact Design• Meets International Standards

Bulletin 105 enclosed starters use Bulletin 104 reversing contactors and Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relays. These reversing starters (9…85 A) incorporate a “dual” interlock that provides both mechanical and electrical interlocking in a single unit. A normally open auxiliary contact is also included on each contactor.

Product Selection........... 265Accessories .................... 235Modifications .................. 276Approximate Dimensions..................... 279




Sheet Metal Enclosure(Lift-off cover through 105-C72)


Sheet Metal Enclosure(Hinged Cover)Max

Ie[A]

kW Hp

3∅ 1∅ ➊ 3∅Cat. No. Cat. No.380V/

415V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V

9 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/2 105-C09A⊗ 105-C09F⊗

12 5-1/2 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 10 105-C12A⊗ 105-C12F⊗

16 7-1/2 1 3 5 5 10 15 105-C16A⊗ 105-C16F⊗

23 11 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 15 105-C23A⊗ 105-C23F⊗

30 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 25 105-C30A⊗ 105-C30F⊗

37 18-1/2 3 5 10 10 25 30 105-C37A⊗ 105-C37F⊗

43 22 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 30 105-C43A⊗ 105-C43F⊗

60 30 5 10 15 20 40 50 105-C60A⊗ 105-C60F⊗

72 37 5 15 20 25 50 60 105-C72A⊗ 105-C72F⊗

85 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 60 105-C85A⊗ 105-C85F⊗

AC Voltage 24 48 110 120 208 208…240 220 240 277 380…

400400…415 440 480 500 600

Common Control ➋Coil Voltage Code

50 Hz — — — — — — A T — N G B — M —

60 Hz — — — — H L — A — — — N B — C

Separate Control (without trans-former)Coil Voltage Code

50 Hz K Y D — — — — — — — — — — — —

60 Hz J X — D — — — — T — — — — — —

Cat. No. 105-C09ABA1F-1-6PType 1 Metal Enclosure with Lift-off Cover

Bulletin 106IEC Reversing Combination Starters

266

Overview/Product Selection — Fusible Disconnect Type

Your order must include: Cat. No. of the reversing combination starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection Fusible Disconnect TypeAC Operated


Overload Relay CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 274 complete the Cat. No.

➊ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 277), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 106-C09FB -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 106-C09FBJ -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

Bulletin 106 IEC Reversing Combination Starters• Selection of Metal Enclosures

IP42 (Type 1) andIP66 (Type 3/4/12)

• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays• Compact Design• Meets International Standards• Can be Modified in the Field• Handle with Defeater Mechanism• Padlockable Handle (up to three padlocks)

Bulletin 106 Combination starters use a Bulletin 104 reversing contactor, a Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relay, and a Bulletin 194R rotary disconnect switch. Reversing starters (9 A…72 A) incorporate a “dual” interlock that provides both mechanical and electrical interlocking in a single unit. A normally open auxiliary contact is also included on each contactor.

Product Selection ...........266Accessories.....................270Modifications...................276Approximate Dimensions ....... 279 and 281



Ratings (AC3, AC4) IP42 (Type 1)General-Purpose


IP66 (Type 3, 4, 12)Watertight, Dusttight


[A]

kW HpFuse Clip Rating

Amperes/ UL Class3∅ 3∅Cat. No. Cat. No.

380…415V 200V 230V 460V 575V9 4 2 2 5 7-1/2 30A/Class CC 106-C09A⊗ 106-C09F⊗

12 5-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 30A/Class J 106-C12A⊗ 106-C12F⊗

23 11 5 7-1/2 15 15 30A/Class J 106-C23A⊗ 106-C23F⊗

30 15 7-1/2 10 20 25 60A/Class J 106-C30A⊗ 106-C30F⊗

43 22 10 15 30 30 60A/Class J 106-C43A⊗ 106-C43F⊗

60 30 15 20 40 50 100A/Class J 106-C60A⊗ 106-C60F⊗

72 37 20 25 50 60 100A/Class J 106-C72A⊗ 106-C72F⊗

Voltage 208V 230…240V 460…480V 575…600V

Common Control ➊ Coil Voltage Code60 Hz

H A B C

120V — Separate Control (without transformer)Coil Voltage Code AD AD CD CD

Cat. No. 106-C30FBA1H-4RW-6PIP66 (Type 3,4,12)

Metal Enclosure with Hinged Cover

267

Bulletin 120EIEC Multi-Speed Starters


Fast Shipment of Bulletin 120E IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos. printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.Your order must include: Cat. No. of the multi-speed starter selected, coil voltage code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product SelectionEnclosed Type — AC Operated

2-Speed Separate Winding, Constant or Variable Torque (Constant Horsepower—Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.)

⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 120E-C09A⊗ becomes Cat. No. 120E-C09AB .

Overload Relay CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select (2) overload relay codes and price adder from page 274 to complete the cat. no. The first code will denote the high speed overload relay, and the second code will denote the low speed overload relay.

➊ For single-phase (1∅ ) applications, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor. ➋ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 277), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer

primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 120E-C09FB -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 120E-C09FBJ -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

Bulletin 120E IEC Multi-Speed Starters• Compact Design• Selection of Enclosures

IP42 (Type 1) andIP66 (Type 3/4/12)

• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays

Bulletin 120E multi-speed starters are designed to control “two-speed, separate-winding” AC squirrel-cage induction motors. These starters are available for constant torque, vari-able torque, or constant horsepower three-phase motors. Multi-speed motors are com-monly used on machine tools, fans, blowers, pumps, conveyors and many other types of equipment.

Bulletin 120E multi-speed motor starters use Bulletin 100 contactors and Bulletin 193 bime-tallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relays. A normally open auxiliary contact is also included on each contactor. A wide variety of factory- and field-installed options are avail-able.

Product Selection........... 267Accessories .................... 270Modifications .................. 277Approximate Dimensions.......279 and 280




Sheet Metal Enclosure(Lift-off Cover through 120E-C72)



MaxIe[A]

kW Hp

3∅ 1∅ ➊ 3∅Cat. No. Cat. No.

380V/ 415V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V9 4 1/2 1-1/2 2 2 5 7-1/2 120E-C09A⊗ 120E-C09F⊗

12 5-1/2 1/2 2 3 3 7-1/2 10 120E-C12A⊗ 120E-C12F⊗

16 7-1/2 1 3 5 5 10 15 120E-C16A⊗ 120E-C16F⊗

23 11 2 3 5 7-1/2 15 15 120E-C23A⊗ 120E-C23F⊗

30 15 2 5 7-1/2 10 20 25 120E-C30A⊗ 120E-C30F⊗

37 18-1/2 3 5 10 10 25 30 120E-C37A⊗ 120E-C37F⊗

43 22 3 7-1/2 10 15 30 30 120E-C43A⊗ 120E-C43F⊗

60 30 5 10 15 20 40 50 120E-C60A⊗ 120E-C60F⊗

72 37 5 10 20 25 50 60 120E-C72A⊗ 120E-C72F⊗

85 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 60 120E-C85A⊗ 120E-C85F⊗

AC Voltage 24 48 110 120 208 208…240 220 240 277 380…

400400…415 440 480 500 600

Common Control ÀCoil Voltage Code

50 Hz — — — — — — A T — N G B — M —

60 Hz — — — — H L — A — — — N B — C

Separate Control (without transformer)Coil Voltage Code

50 Hz K Y D — — — — — — — — — — — —

60 Hz J X — D — — — — T — — — — — —

Cat. No. 120E-C09FDA1FA1D-3-4RW-7IP66 (Type 3,4,12)

Metal Enclosure with Hinged Cover

Bulletin 132/133IEC Pump Control Panels

268


Your order must include: Cat. No. of the pump control panel, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product SelectionFusible Disconnect Type

Circuit Breaker Type

Bulletins 132 and 133 IEC Pump Control Panel Starters• IP32 (Type 3R)• Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays• Solid-State Overload Relays• Enclosure with Extra Panel Space for Mounting Accessory Devices• Factory-Installed Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker• Handle with Defeater Mechanism• Service Entrance Rated

Bulletin 132 and 133 pump control panels are specifically designed for irrigation and similar outdoor pumping applications.The Bulletin 132 pump control panel includes a Bulletin194R IEC fusible rotary disconnect switch, a Bulletin 100 IEC contactor, a Bulletin 193 bimetallic overload relay or solid-state overload relays, a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch, and a START button. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard. The Bulletin 133 pump control pan-els are supplied with a motor circuit protector instead of a fusible disconnect switch.IEC pump control panels include an IP32 (Type 3R) weather-resistant enclosure with a rug-ged, outdoor finish and brackets for pole or cross-bar mounting. Conduit knockouts are located at the bottom of the enclosure. Padlock provisions are furnished on the door latches and the handle (both the ON and OFF positions).

Product Selection ...........268Accessories.....................270Modifications...................276Approximate Dimensions .....................281

Conformity to StandardsUL 508

ApprovalsUL Listed

Ratings (AC3, AC4)

Fuse Clip RatingAmperes/UL Class

IP32 (Type 3R)Sleet Resistant, OutdoorSheet Metal Enclosure

(Hinged Cover)Max. Ie

[A]

kW Hp

3∅ 3∅

380/415V 200V 230V 460V 575V Cat. No.9 4 2 2 5 7-1/2 30 A/Class CC 132-C09M⊗

12 5-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 30 A/Class J 132-C12M⊗

23 11 5 7-1/2 15 15 30 A/Class J 132-C23M⊗

30 15 7-1/2 10 20 25 60 A/Class J 132-C30M⊗

43 22 10 15 30 30 60 A/Class J 132-C43M⊗

60 30 15 20 40 50 100 A/Class J 132-C60M⊗

72 37 20 25 50 60 100 A/Class J 132-C72M⊗

Ratings (AC3, AC4) IP32 (Type 3R)Sleet Resistant OutdoorSheet Metal Enclosure

(Hinged Cover)Max. Ie

[A]

Hp ➊

3∅

200V 230V 460V 575V Cat. No.

30

1/2 1/2 — — 133-C30M⊗ -333/4…1 3/4…1 1/2…1 — 133-C30M⊗ -35

— — — 1/2…1-1/2 133-C30M⊗ -361-1/2…3 1-1/2…3 1-1/2…3 2…3 133-C30M⊗ -38

5 — — — 133-C30M⊗ -397-1/2 5…7-1/2 5…7-1/2 — 133-C30M⊗ -40

— 10 — 5…10 133-C30M⊗ -41— — 10 — 133-C30M⊗ -42— — 20 15…20 133-C30M⊗ -43— — — 25 133-C30M⊗ -44

43

7-1/2…10 10 — — 133-C43M⊗ -41— 15 — — 133-C43M⊗ -42— — 20…25 — 133-C43M⊗ -44— — 30 25…30 133-C43M⊗ -45

6015 — — — 133-C60M⊗ -42— 15…20 — — 133-C60M⊗ -43— — 40 40 133-C60M⊗ -46

72

15…20 — — — 133-C72M⊗ -43— 20…25 — — 133-C72M⊗ -44— — 40…50 — 133-C72M⊗ -47— — — 40…60 133-C72M⊗ -48

Cat. No. 132-C09MBA1F

269

Bulletin 132/133IEC Pump Control Panels


⊗ Coil Voltage CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 132-C12M⊗ becomes Cat. No. 132-C12MB

Overload Relay CodeThe Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 274.

➊ For horsepower ratings less than those shown, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.➋ When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 277), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer

primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 132-C09MB -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 132-C09MBJ -6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

Voltage 208V 230…240V 460…480V 575…600VCommon Control ➋Coil Voltage Suffix Code

60 HzH A B C

120V Separate Control (without transformer)Coil Voltage Suffix Code AD AD CD CD

Bulletin 100 LineAccessories — Field Installed

270


(For Bulletins 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132, and 133)

➊ Does not include legend plate. See page 11-299 for Bulletin 800E Legend Plate. Legend Plates for use on metal-hinged enclosures only.➋ Requires mounting bracket Cat. No. 198-BR1 when using metal lift-off enclosures.➌ An auxiliary contact adaptor, Cat. No. 194R-AA, is required when installing auxiliary contact, Cat. No. 195-GA10.➍ 3 required for disconnect switch.

Description For Use WithBulletin No. Enclosure Style Cat. No.

Red “ON” Pilot LightDiode Type

120V

109 Molded Plastic

198-PL13R

240V 198-PL14R

Red “ON” Pilot LightTransformer Type ➊

120V

All Metal Lift-off and Metal Hinged

198-PL21R ➋208V 198-PL25R ➋240V 198-PL22R ➋480V 198-PL23R ➋600V 198-PL24R ➋

Dual “ON” Pilot LightForward — RedReverse — White ➊

120V

105,106 Metal Hinged

198-PL21RW

240V 198-PL22RW

480V 198-PL23RW

Pilot Device Mounting Bracket(required when mounting pilot devices in metal lift-off enclosures)

105, 109, 120E Metal Lift-off 198-BR1

Control Circuit TransformerWith Top-Mounted Fuse Block All Metal Lift-off and Metal

Hinged 1497-_ _ P

Control Circuit Fuse BlockFor Class CC Rejection Type Fuses (Fuses Not Included) All Metal Lift-off and Metal

Hinged 1491-R162

Grounding Bushing Adapts to 1/2″ N.P.T., PG 16.5 & BS20 mm threads 109 Molded Plastic 198-GR1

Single Pole N.O. Auxiliary Contact for Disconnect Switch 106, 112, 132 Metal Hinged 195-GA10 ➌

Fuse Cover for Disconnect Switch

106,112,132-C09…C23

Metal Hinged

194R-FCA2

106,112,132-C30…C43 194R-FCJ60

106,112,132-C60…C72 194R-FCC1 ➍

Closing ButtonFor 22.5mm Round Panel Hole All All 198-N1

“OFF-ON” Selector Switch2-Position Maintained All

Metal Hinged &

Lift-off198-MT3

271



(For Bulletins 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132, and 133)Description For Use With Cat. No. Enclosure Style Cat. No.

“HAND-OFF-AUTO”Selector Switch3-Position Maintained, Includes Legend Plate

AllMetal Hinged

& Lift-off

198-MT1

“FORWARD-OFF-REVERSE”Selector Switch3-Position Maintained

105,106Metal Hinged

& Lift-off

198-MT2

“START” Push ButtonFlush green “I/START” 109-C09…C23 Molded Plastic 198-MS10

“STOP/RESET” Push ButtonExtended red “STOP/RESET” 109-C09…C23 Molded Plastic 198-MS11

“STOP” Push ButtonFlush red “STOP” 109-C09…C23 Molded Plastic 198-MS12

“ON” Push ButtonFlush green “ON” 109-C09…C23 Molded Plastic 198-MS19

“OFF/RESET” Push ButtonExtended red “OFF/RESET” 109-C09…C23 Molded Plastic 198-MS20

“OFF” Push ButtonExtended red “OFF” 109-C09…C23 Molded Plastic 198-MS21

“START-STOP” Push ButtonFlush green “I/START”Extended red “O/STOP”

105, 109, and 120E Metal Lift-off 198-MS3

“START” Push ButtonFlush green “START” All Metal Hinged 198-MS13

“ON-OFF” Push Button 105, 109, and 120E Metal Lift-off 198-MS6

“FORWARD, REVERSE-STOP” Push Button 105 Metal Lift-off 198-MS7


272


(For Bulletins 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132, and 133)

Description For Use WithCat. No. Enclosure Style Cat. No.

“HIGH, LOW-STOP” Push Button 120E Metal Lift-off 198-MS8

“FAST, SLOW-STOP” Push Button 120E Metal Lift-off 198-MS9

“STOP” Push ButtonExtended red “STOP” All Metal Hinged 198-MS14

“ON” Push ButtonFlush green “ON” All Metal Hinged 198-MS15

“OFF” Push ButtonExtended red “OFF” All Metal Hinged 198-MS16

“FORWARD, REVERSE-STOP”Push Buttons 105, 106 Metal Hinged 198-MS17

“HIGH, LOW-STOP” Push Buttons 120E Metal Hinged 198-MS18

“RESET” Push Button All Metal Hinged 198-MR6

“RESET” Push Button 109 Molded Plastic 198-MR5

“RESET” Push Button 105, 109, 120E Metal Lift-off 198-MR3

273

Bulletin 198EIEC Enclosures

Product Selection

IEC Enclosures

➊ Without control circuit transformer.➋ With control circuit transformer.

➌ Without control circuit transformer.➍ With control circuit transformer.

IP42 (Type 1) — General Purpose Molded Plastic Lift-Off EnclosuresBulletin No.

Cat. No.105 106 109 112 113 120E— — C09…C23 — — — 198E-AAC845

IP66 (Type 4, 4X, 12) — Raintight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Molded Plastic EnclosuresBulletin No.

Cat. No.105 106 109 112 113 120E— — C09…C23 — — — 198E-AKC845

IP42 (Type 1) — General Purpose Metal Lift-Off EnclosuresBulletin No.

Cat. No. Mounting Plate Cat. No.105 106 109 112 113 120E — — C09…C23 ➊ — — — 198E-BA966 —

C09…C23 ➊ — — — — C09…C23 ➊ 198E-BA996 —

— —C30,C37,C43 ➊C09,C12,C16 ➋

C23 ➋— — — 198E-BA1176 —

C30,C37,C43 ➊C09,C12,C16 ➋

C23 ➋— C30,C37,C43➋ — —

C30,C37,C43 ➊C09,C12,C16 ➋

C23 ➋198E-BA11116 —

— — C60…C72 ➊ — — — 198E-BA1278 —C60…C72 ➊

— C60…C72 ➋ — —C60…C72 ➊

198E-BA12138 —C30,C37,C43 ➋ C30,C37,C43➋

— — C85 ➊➋ — — — 198E-BA23108 198E-P2310

IP42 (Type 1) — General Purpose Metal Hinged EnclosuresBulletin No.

Cat. No. Mounting Plate Cat. No.105 106 109 112 113 120E— — — C09…C23 ➌➍ — — 198E-DA1488T 198E-P148T— C09…C43 ➌➍ — C30…C43 ➌➍ — — 198E-DA14168T 198E-P1416T

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) — Raintight, Dusttight, Metal Hinged Enclosures

Bulletin No.Cat. No. Mounting Plate Cat. No.

105 106 109 112 113 120E

C09…C23 ➌ — — — — C09…C23 ➌ 198E-DF10106 198E-P1010

— —C09…C43 ➌

— — — 198E-DF1286 198E-P128C09…C23 ➍

C09…C23 ➍— C30…C43 ➍ — —

C09…C23 ➍198E-DF12126 198E-P1212

C30…C43 ➌ C30…C43 ➌

— — C60…C72 ➌ — — — 198E-DF1488 198E-P148

C30…C43 ➍— C60…C72 ➍ — —

C30…C43 ➍198E-DF14168 198E-P1416

C60…C72 ➌ C60…C72 ➌

— — — C09…C23 ➌➍ — — 198E-DF1488T 198E-P148T

— C09…C43 ➌➍ — C30…C43 ➌➍ — — 198E-DF14168T 198E-P1416T

Molded Plastic Lift-Off Metal Lift-Off Metal Hinged Enclosure

Bulletin 100 LineOverload Relay Code Selection

274

Overload Relay Selection

MCS-E1 Overload Relay for 3∅ Applications: Phase Loss Protection, Class 10 or 20

➊ Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from A1_ to A2_. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09ABA1A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABA2A.

➋ Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from A4_ to A5_. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09ABA4A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABA5A.

MCS-E1 Overload Relay for 1∅ Applications: Class 10 or 20

➊ Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from S1_ to S2_. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09ABS1A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABS2A.

➋ Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from S4_ to S5_. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09ABS4A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABS5A.

MCS-E2 Overload Relay: Auto/Manual Reset, Selectable Trip Class 10, 15, 20 or 30, Phase Loss, Ground Fault, and Jam Protection

➊ Not available on Bulletin 109 Molded Plastic Enclosed Starters.

MCS E3 Overload RelayConsult your local Allen-Bradley distributor for price, availability, and dimensions.

For Use with Bulletin 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132 and 133

Full LoadCurrent Adjustment

Range (A)

3∅ OverloadRelay Code

Manual Reset ➊


Auto/Manual Reset ➋

C23 C16C12 C09

0.1…0.32 A1A A4A

0.32…1.0 A1C A4C

1.0…2.9 A1D A4D

1.6…5.0 A1E A4E

C30,C37 3.7…12 A1F A4F

12…32 A1G A4G

C30,C37 12…37 A1H A4H

C43 14…45 A1J A4J

C85 C72 C60 26…85 A1K A4K

All Sizes — No overload relay XXX XXX

For Use with Bulletin 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132 and 133

Full LoadCurrent Adjustment Range

(A)


Manual Reset ➊


Auto/Manual Reset ➋

C23 C16C12 C09

2….7 S1A S4A

5…15 S1B S4B

12…32 S1C S4C

C30,C37 12…37 S1D S4D

C43 14…45 S1F S4F

C85 C72 C60 26…85 S1H S4H

All Sizes - No overload relay XXX XXX

For Use with Bulletin105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132

and 133

Full LoadCurrent

Range (A)

OverloadRelayCode

For Use with Cat. No.105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120, 132 and 133 ➊

Full LoadCurrent Range

(A)

OverloadRelayCode

C23 C16C12 C09

0.1….32 B1A C435…15 B1S

C30, C37 14…45 B1J

0.32…1.0 B1C23…75 B1M

C85 C72 C6060…85 B1N

1.0…2.9 B1D

1.6…5.0 B1E

3.7…12 B1F

12…32 B1G

All Sizes — No overload relay XXX

275

Bulletin 100 LineOverload Relay Code Selection

Overload Relay Code Selection, Continued

Bimetallic Overload Relay: Auto/Manual Reset, Class 10

➊ Not available on Bulletin 109 Molded Plastic Enclosed Starters.

For Use With Bulletin105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132 and 133 ➊

Full Load Current

Range (A)

Overload Relay Code

For Use With Cat. No.105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120, 132 and 133

Full Load Current

Range (A)

Overload Relay Code

C37 C30C23

C16 C12C09

0.10…0.16 TA16

C72C60

C43 C37 30…45 TC45

0.16…0.24 TA24

C85

45…60 TC60

0.24…0.40 TA40 60…75 TC75

0.40…0.60 TA60 70…90 TC90

0.60…1.0 TB10

1.0…1.6 TB16

1.6…2.4 TB24

2.4…4.0 TB40

4…6 TB60

6…10 TC10

10…16 TC16

16…24 TC24

C60 C43 18…30 TC30

All Sizes — No Overload Relay XXX

Bulletin 100 LineModifications — Factory Installed

276

Modifications

Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters and Lighting Contractors (Bulletins 109, 100L)Listed on this and the following pages are factory-installed modifications and special features which are available for the low voltage (600V maximum) starters listed in this catalog. To order, add a dash followed by the suffix number listed in these tables to the end of the product Cat. No. and add the price addition to the base price. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09ADA1E-1

Non-Reversing Circuit Breaker Combination Starters (Bulletin 113, 133)

A=Available OptionNA=Not Available

➊ Transformer Type.➋ When ordering in Canada, use suffix 6. Primary fusing is not required by the Canadian Electrical Code.

Description of Modification Suffix Code

Enclosure Design C09 C12 C16 100L-C20 C23 C30 C37 C43 C60 C72 C85

START-STOP Push Button 1Plastic Lift-off A A A NA A NA NA NA NA NA NAMetal Lift-off A A A NA A A A A A A AMetal Hinged A A A NA A A A A A A A

ON-OFF Push Button 1EPlastic Lift-off A A A NA A NA NA NA NA NA NAMetal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A A AMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A A

HAND-OFF-AUTO Selector Switch 3

Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A A AMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A A

OFF-ON Selector Switch 3E


Red Pilot Light ➊ 4RMetal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A A AMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A A

Red LED Pilot Light (120V) 4R1 Plastic Lift-off A A A NA A NA NA NA NA NA NARed LED Pilot Light (240V) 4R2 Plastic Lift-off A A A NA A NA NA NA NA NA NAControl Circuit Transformer2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Provided (Standard Capacity)

6P➋Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A A A

Metal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A A

External Reset 7Plastic Lift-off A A A NA A NA NA NA NA NA NAMetal Lift-off A A A NA A A A A A A AMetal Hinged A A A NA A A A A A A A

Control Circuit Fuse Block2 Fuses Provided 22


Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Contactor (100L only)

90Metal Lift-off NA NA NA A NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

Metal Hinged NA NA NA A NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Contactor

901Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A A A


Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Front Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Contactor

901TMetal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A A A



Enclosure Design C09 C12 C16 C23 C30 C37 C43 C60 C72 C85

START-STOP Push Button (113 Only) 1 ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NAHAND-OFF-AUTO (113 Only) 3 ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NARed Pilot Light ➊ 4R ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NAControl Circuit Transformer 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Provided (Standard Capacity) 6P ➋ ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NA

External Reset 7 ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NAControl Circuit Fuse Block 2 Fuses Provided 22 ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NAAdditional 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Contactor 901 ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NA

Additional 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Front Mount)Auxiliary Contact on Contactor 901T ALL NA NA NA NA A NA A A A NA

277

Bulletin 100 LineModifications — Factory Installed

Modifications, Continued

Full Voltage Reversing and Multi-Speed Starters (Bulletins 105, 120E)

Reversing and Non-Reversing Fusible Combination Starters (Bulletins 106, 112, 132)

A=Available OptionNA=Not Available

➊ Transformer Type.➋ When ordering in Canada, use suffix 6. Primary fusing is not required by the Canadian Electrical Code.

Description of Modification Suffix Code Enclosure Design C09 C12 C16 C23 C30 C37 C43 C60 C72 C85

FOR-REV-STOP Push Buttons (105 Only) 1Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A NAMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A

HIGH-LOW-STOP Push Buttons (120E Only) 1Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A NAMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A

FOR-OFF-REV Selector Switch (105 Only) 3Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A NAMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A

HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch (120E Only) 3Metal Lift-off A A A A A A A A A NAMetal Hinged A A A A A A A A A A

Red FOR/ White REV Pilot Lights ➊ (105 Only) 4RW Metal Hinged

A A A A A A A A A AA A A A A A A A A A

Red HIGH/White LOW Pilot Lights ➊(120E Only) 4RW Metal Hinged

A A A A A A A A A AA A A A A A A A A A

Control Circuit Transformer2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Provided(Standard Capacity)

6P ➋ ALL A A A A A A A A A A

1 External Reset (105 Only) 7 ALL A A A A A A A A A A2 External Resets (120E Only) 7 ALL A A A A A A A A A AControl Circuit Fuse Block 2 Fuses Provided 22 ALL A A A A A A A A A AAdditional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Each Contactor 901 ALL A A A A A A A A A A

Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Front Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Each Contactor 901T ALL A A A A A A A A A A


Enclosure Design C09 C12 C16 C23 C30 C37 C43 C60 C72 C85

START-STOP Push Button (112 Only) 1 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NAFOR-REV-STOP Push Buttons (106 Only) 1 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NAHAND-OFF-AUTO Selector Switch (112 Only) 3 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NAFOR-REV-STOP Selector Switch (106 Only) 3 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NARed Pilot Light ➊ 4R ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NARed FOR/ White REV Pilot Lights ➊ (106 Only) 4RW ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NAControl Circuit Transformer 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Provided (Standard Capacity) 6P ➋ ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

External Reset 7 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NAFuse Cover For Disconnect Switch 8 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NAControl Circuit Fuse Block 2 Fuses Provided 22 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

N.O. Auxiliary Contact On Disconnect Switch 98 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Contactor (112 and 132 Only) 901 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on each Contactor (106 Only) 901 ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Front Mount) Auxiliary Contact on Contactor (112 and 132 Only) 901T ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

Additional 1 N.O. – 1 N.C. (Front Mount) Auxiliary Contact on each Contactor (106 Only) 901T ALL A A NA A A NA A A A NA

Bulletin 100 LineIEC Enclosures and Starters

278


Plastic Lift-off Enclosure Type 1 (IP42)Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Plastic Lift-off Enclosure Type 12/4/4X (IP66)

Bulletin 109 Metal Lift-Off Enclosures Type 1 (IP42)

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E F GIP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Molded Plastic Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Transformer N/A)

C09…C23 205(8-5/64)

96.6(3-47/64)

131(5-5/32)

185(7-9/32)

10(25/64)

27(1-3/64)

185(7-9/32)

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E F GIP66 (Type 4/4X) Water-Tight Corrosion-Resistant Molded Plastic Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Transformer N/A)

C09…C23 205(8-5/64)

96.6(3-47/64)

131(5-5/32)

185(7-9/32)

10(25/64)

27(1-3/64)

185(7-9/32)

Contactor size A Height B Width C Depth D E FIP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Without Transformer)

C09…C23 220(8-21/32)

140(5-33/64)

152(5-31/32)

175(6-57/64)

95(3-3/4)

22.5(57/64)

C30…C43 290(11-27/64)

188(7-23/64)

152(5-31/32)

245(9-41/32)

140(5-33/64)

24(15/16)

C60…C72 315(12-27/64)

188(7-23/64)

203(8)

270(10-5/8)

140(5-33/64)

24(15/16)

C85 585(23-1/32)

257(10-7/64)

203(8)

540(21-17/64)

210(8-17/64)

23.5(59/64)

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (With Transformer)

C09…C23 290(11-27/64)

188(7-23/64)

152(5-31/32)

245(9-41/64)

140(5-33/64)

24(15/16)

C30…C43 290(11-27/64)

270(10-5/8)

152(5-31/32)

245(9-41/32)

225(8-55/64)

22.5(57/64)

C60…C72 315(12-27/64)

325(12-51/64)

203(8)

270(10-5/8)

280(11-1/64)

22.5(57/64)

C85 585(23-1/32)

257(10-7/64)

203(8)

540(21-17/64)

210(8-17/64)

23.5(59/64)

B

F

D

E

Back View.272

(9/32) .212

(7/32)

A

CPilot Light K.O.

16.5(.650 dia.)

Push Button K.O.22.3

(.898 dia.)

External Reset K.O.22.13

(.898 dia.)

G G

X

.272(9/32)

.212(7/32) X

A

E

B

F

D

23.4(.921)

C

7.1 (.28) DIA.FOR 1/4 OR M6 SCREW3 MTG. HOLES

Metal Lift-Off

279

Bulletin 100 LineIEC Enclosures and StartersApproximate Dimensions, Continued

Bulletins 105 and 120E Metal Lift-Off Enclosures Type 1 (IP42)Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletins 106, 112, and 113 Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 1 (IP42)

Contactor size A Height B Width C Depth D E F G (dia)

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-off Enclosure for Bulletin 105 and 120E (Without Transformer)

C09…C23 220(8-21/32)

235(9-1/4)

152(5-31/32)

175(6-57/64)

190(7-31/64)

22.5(57/64) —

C30…C43 290(11-27/64)

270(10-5/8)

152(5-31/32)

245(9-41/32)

225(8-55/64)

22.5(57/64) —

C60…C72 315(12-27/64)

325(12-51/64)

203(8)

270(10-5/8)

280(11-1/64)

22.5(57/64) —

C85 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/16)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7-16)

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosure for Bulletin 105 and 120E (With Transformer)

C09…C23 290(11-7/64)

270(10-5/8)

152(5-31/32)

245(9-41/32)

225(8-55/64)

22.5(57/64) —

C30…C43 315(12-27/64)

325(12-51/64)

203(8)

270(10-5/8)

280(11-1/64)

22.5(57/64) —

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E F G (Dia.)IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 106 (With and Without Transformer)

C09…C43 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 112 (With and Without Transformer)

C09…C23 350(13-25/32)

200(7-7/8)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

76(3)

64(2-1/2)

5.5(7/32)

C30…C43 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 113 (With and Without Transformer)

C30…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

A

E

B

F

D

23.4(.921)

C

7.1 (.28) DIA.FOR 1/4 OR M6 SCREW3 MTG. HOLES

Metal Lift-Off

D

F G

B

A

E

C

Bulletin 100 LineIEC Enclosures and Starters

280


Bulletin 109 Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 3/4/12 (IP66)Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletins 105 and 120E Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 3/4/12 (IP66)

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E F G (Dia.)IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Without Transformer)

C09…C43 300(11-13/16)

200(7-7/8)

160(6-5/16)

265(10-7/16)

76(3)

62(2-7/16)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 350(13/25/32)

200(7-7/8)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

76(3)

64(2-1/2)

5.5(7/32)

C85 762(30)

305(12)

276(10-7/8)

724(28-1/2)

267(10-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (With Transformer)

C09…C23 300(11-13/16)

200(7-7/8)

160(6-5/16)

265(10-7/16)

76(3)

62(2-7/16)

5.5(7/32)

C30…C43 300(11-13/16)

300(11-13/16)

160(6-5/16)

236(9-5/16)

178(7)

61(2-13/32)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C85 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/16)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E (Mtg.) F G (Dia.)IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletins 105 and 120E (Without Transformer)

C09…C23 250(9-13/16)

250(9-13/16)

160(6-5/16)

186(7-5/16)

76(3)

87(3-13/32)

5.5(7/32)

C30…C43 300(11-13/16)

300(11-13/16)

160(6-5/16)

236(9-5/16)

178(7)

61(2-13/32)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C85 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletins 105 and 120E (With Transformer)

C09…C23 300(11-13/16)

300(11-13/16)

160(6-5/16)

236(9-5/16)

178(7)

61(2-13/32)

5.5(7/32)

C30…C43 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

C85 762(30)

610(24)

281(11-1/16)

724(28-1/2)

572(22-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

D

F G

B

A

E

C

D

F G

B

A

E

C

281

Bulletin 100 LineIEC Enclosures and StartersApproximate Dimensions, Continued

Bulletins 106, 112 and 113 Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 3/4/12 (IP66)Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletins 132 and 133 Metal Hinged Enclosures with Extra Space Type 3R (IP32)

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E (Mtg.) F G (Dia.)IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 106 (With and Without Transformer)

C09…C43 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 112 (With and Without Transformer)

C09…C23 350(13-25/32)

200(7-7/8)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

76(3)

64(2-1/2)

5.5(7/32)

C30…C43 350(13-25/32)

400(15-3/4)

210(8-9/32)

315(12-13/32)

178(7)

111(4-3/8)

5.5(7/32)

C60…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 113 (With and Without Transformer)

C30…C72 610(24)

406(16)

230(9-1/06)

572(22-1/2)

368(14-1/2)

19(3/4)

11(7/16)

Contactor Size A Height B Width C Depth D E F G H J K

IP 32 (Type 3R) Rainproof Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletins 132 and 133 (With and Without Transformer)

C09…C43584(23)

320(12-19/32)

187(7-5/16)

711(28)

105(4-1/8)

108(4-1/4)

679(26-3/4)

667(26-1/4)

105(4-1/8)

105(4-1/8)

C60…C72864(34)

447(17-19/32)

238(9-5/16)

991(39)

105(4-1/8)

171(6-3/4)

959(37-3/4)

946(37-1/4)

105(4-1/8)

169(6-21/32)

B1101067(42)

762(30)

305(12)

1118(44)

686(27)

38(1-1/2)

1092(43)

1092(43)

— —

B180…B2501219(48)

914(36)

305(12)

1270(50)

686(27)

114(4-1/2)

1245(49)

1245(49)

— —

D

F G

B

A

E

C

JK

B

HD

A

EFG

6(15/64)

C 7.1(.28)

4 – 5.5 (.22) Dia.7.1 (.28) Mtg. Holes

4 – 5.5 (.218) Dia.Mtg. Holes

Bulletin 100-C/104-CIEC Renewal Parts

282

Renewal Parts

Coils

AC Standard Control Voltages AC Coil Code

100-C09…100-C16 100-C23…100-C37 100-C43 100-C60…100-C8550 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

12V Q TA006 TC006 TD006 TE00612V R TA404 TC404 TD404 TE404

24V J TA013 TC013 TD013 TE01324V K TA407 TC407 TD407 TE407

24V KJ TA855 TC855 TD855 TE85532V 36 V V TA481 TC481 TD481 TE48136V W TA410 TC410 TD410 TE41042V 48V X TA482 TC482 TD482 TE48248V Y TA414 TC414 TD414 TE414

48V KY TA860 TC860 TD860 TE860100V 100…110V 100V KP TA861 TC861 TD861 TE861110V 120V D TA473 TC473 TD473 TE473

110 V KD TA856 TC856 TD856 TE856120V P TA425 TC425 TD425 TE425127V S TA428 TC428 TD428 TE428200V 200…220V 200V KG TA862 TC862 TD862 TE862

208V H TA049 TC049 TD049 TE049200…220V 208…240V L TA296 TC296 TD296 TE296

200…230V KL TA864 TC864 TD864 TE864220V 240 V A TA474 TC474 TD474 TE474

220…230V F TA441 TC441 TD441 TE441230V KF TA851 TC851 TD851 TE851

230…240V VA TA440 TC440 TD440 TE440240V 277V T TA480 TC480 TD480 TE480

240V KA TA858 TC858 TD858 TE858347 V I TA065 TC065 TD065 TE065380 V E TA067 TC067 TD067 TE067

380…400V 440 V N TA071 TC071 TD071 TE071400V KN TA863 TC863 TD863 TE863

400…415V G TA457 TC457 TD457 TE457440V 480V B TA475 TC475 TD475 TE475

440V KB TA859 TC859 TD859 TE859500V M TA479 TC479 TD479 TE479550V 600V C TA476 TC476 TD476 TE476

283

Bulletin 100-C/104-CIEC Renewal Parts

Renewal Parts

Coils, Continued

➊ Voltage operating range: 0.65…1.3 x Us.➋ Voltage operating range: 0.7…1.25 x Us.

DC Standard Control Voltages DC Coil Code

100-C09…100-C16 100-C23…100-C37 100-C43 100-C60…100-C85

V DC Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.9V➊ ZR TA766 TC766 TD766 —

9V Diode➊ DR — — — TE766M12V ZQ TA708 TC708 TD708 —

12V Diode DQ — — — TE708M24V➋ ZJ TA714 TC714 TD714 —

24V Diode➋ DJ TA714M TC714M TD714M TE714M36V ZW TA719 TC719 TD719 —

36V Diode DW — — — TE719M48V ZY TA724 TC724 TD724 —

48V Diode DY — — — TE724M60V ZZ TA774 TC774 TD774 —

60V Diode DZ — — — TE774M64V ZB TA727 TC727 TD727 —

64V Diode DB — — — TE727M72V ZG TA728 TC728 TD728 —

72V Diode DG — — — TE728M80V ZE TA729 TC729 TD729 —

80V Diode DE — — — TE729M110V ZD TA733 TC733 TD733 —

110V Diode DD — — — TE733M115V ZP TA734 TC734 TD734 —

115V Diode DP — — — TE734M125V ZS TA737 TC737 TD737 —

125V Diode DS — — — TE737M220V ZA TA747 TC747 TD747 —

220V Diode DA — — — TE747M230V ZF TA749 TC749 TD749 —

230V Diode DF — — — TE749F250V ZT TA751 TC751 TD751 —

250V Diode DT — — — TE751F

Bulletin 100-DIEC Renewal Parts

284

Accessories

Replacement coils for 100-D contactors

➊ Not available with 100-D140…D180.➋ Electronic replacement coils consist of coil bobbin, supply module, and possibly an external surge suppressor.➌ Not available with 100-D300.

AC StandardControl Voltages AC Coil

Code

100-D95…100-D180

100-D210…100-D300 100-D420 100-D630…

100-D860DC

StandardControlVoltages

DC CoilCode

100-D95…100-D140

100-D210…100-D300 100-D420 100-D630…

100-D860

50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

Conventional AC Conventional DC24V — — K TG407 — — — 12V ZQ TG708 — — —— 24V — J TG013 — — — 24V ZJ TG714 — — —— — 24V ➊ KJ TG855 — — — 36V ZW TG719 — — —

32V 36V — V TG481 — — — 48V ZY TG724 — — —36V 42V — W TG410 — — — 60V ZZ TG774 — — —48V — — Y TG414 — — — 110V ZD TG733 — — —42V 48V — X TG482 — — — 125V ZS TG737 — — —— — 100V ➊ KP TG861 — — — 130V ZF TG738 — — —

110V 120V — D TG473 — — — 220V ZA TG761 — — —— — 110V ➊ KN TG856 — — — 240V ZL TG750 — — —— 208V — H TG049 — — — 250V ZT TG751 — — —— — 200V ➊ KG TG862 — — —— — 220V ➊ KL TG857 — — —

220…230V 240V — A TG441 — — —240V 277V — T TG480 — — —

— — 277V ➊ KT TG060 — — —— — 230V ➊ KF TG851 — — —— — 240V ➊ KA TG858 — — —

380…400V 440V — N TG071 — — —415V 480V — B TG475 — — —440V — — G TG478 — — —500V — — M TG479 — — —550V 600V — C TG476 — — —

Electronic AC ➋ Electronic DC ➋

50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz AC CoilCode Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. DC

StandardControlVoltage

DC CoilCode Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.— — 24V EJ TGE855 THE855 ➌ — —

— — 42…64V EY TGE864 THE864 TKE864 —— — 100V EP TGE861 THE861 TKE861 TJE861

24V EZJ TGE708 THE708 — —— — 110…130V ED TGE865 THE865 TKE865 TJE865— — 200V EG TGE862 THE862 TKE862 TJE862

48…72V EZY TGE779 THE779 TKE779 —— — 208…277V EA TGE866 THE866 TKE866 TJE866— — 380…415V EN — — — TJE867

110…130VEZD TGE780 THE780 TKE780 —

— — 380…500V EN TGE867 THE867 TKE867 —— — 440…480V EB TGE868 THE868 TKE868 TJE868 ED — — — TJE865— — 500V EM — — — TJE869

200…255VEZA TGE781 THE781 TKE781 —EA — — — TJE866

Conventional Coil

Electronic Coil

285

Bulletin 100-DIEC Renewal Parts

Renewal Parts

Description Coil For Use With Contactor Cat. No. Cat. No.

Arc Chambers for Contactors• For 3-Pole 100-D contactors

Conventional

100-D95100-D110100-D140100-D180

100-DA-95100-DA-110100-DA-140100-DA-180

Electronic

100-D95100-D110100-D140100-D180100-D210100-D250100-D300100-D420

100-DAE-95100-DAE-110100-DAE140100-DAE-180100-DAE-210100-DAE-250100-DAE-300100-DAE-420

Main Contacts for Contactors• Set for 3-Pole 100-D contactors

Conventional

100-D95100-D110100-D140100-D180

100-DC-95100-DC-110100-DC-140100-DC-180

Electronic

100-D95100-D110100-D140100-D180100-D210100-D250100-D300100-D420100-D630100-D860

100-DCE-95100-DCE-110100-DCE-140100-DCE-180100-DCE-210100-DCE-250100-DCE-300100-DCE-420100-DCE-630100-DCE-860

Terminal Hardware• Set of 6• Includes all hardware for line and load connections

100-D95…D110100-D140…D180100-D210…D420100-D630…D860

100-DTH110100-DTH180100-DTH420100-DTH860

Bulletin 100-GIEC Renewal Parts

286

Renewal Parts

Renewal Parts

Coils and Supply Modules

➊ Coils sold in pairs.

Description For use with Cat. No.

Arcing Chamber• For 3 poles

100-G550 100-AC550

100-G700, 100-G860 100-AC860

Arcing Chamber• For 1 pole 100-G1000, 100-G1200 100-AC1200

Main Contact Sets• Set for 1 pole

100-G550 100-CP550

100-G700 100-CP700

100-G860 100-CP860

100-G1000 100-CP1000

100-G1200 100-CP1200

Auxiliary Contact Block• Special two-pole design: 1 N.O. delayed make,

1 N.C.• N.O. delayed make contact used for operation of

the Feeder Group/Coil mechanism• One supplied standard with contactor

100-G1000100-G1200 100-EB11DC

AC StandardControl Voltages

DCStandardControl Voltages

Coil Code

100-G550 100-G700…100-G860 AC StandardControl Voltages

Coil Code

100-G1000…100-G1200

Coil Cat. No. ➊

Supply Module Cat.

No.

Coil Cat. No. ➊

Supply Module Cat.

No.

Coil Cat. No. ➊

Supply Module Cat. No.50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

110…120V 100…110V KD TX734 TXS734 TY734 TYS734 110…115V KD TZ734 TZS734220…240V 200…220V KF TX747 TXS747 TY747 TYS747 220…230V KF TZ747 TZS747380…415V 345…380V KN TX779 TXS779 TY779 TYS779 380…400V KN TZ779 TZS779440…480V 400…440V KB TX780 TXS780 TY780 TYS780 440V KB TZ780 TZS780

31

32

43

44

287


Notes


288

Notes

289


Notes


290

Notes

www.rockwellautomation.com

Corporate HeadquartersRockwell Automation, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1400, Milwaukee, WI, 53202-5302 USA, Tel: (1) 414.212.5200, Fax: (1) 414.212.5201

Headquarters for Allen-Bradley Products, Rockwell Software Products and Global Manufacturing SolutionsAmericas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444Europe: Rockwell Automation SA/NV, Vorstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36-BP 3A/B, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 27/F Citicorp Centre, 18 Whitfield Road, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846

Headquarters for Dodge and Reliance Electric ProductsAmericas: Rockwell Automation, 6040 Ponders Court, Greenville, SC 29615-4617 USA, Tel: (1) 864.297.4800, Fax: (1) 864.281.2433Europe: Rockwell Automation, Brühlstraße 22, D-74834 Elztal-Dallau, Germany, Tel: (49) 6261 9410, Fax: (49) 6261 1774Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, 55 Newton Road, #11-01/02 Revenue House, Singapore 307987, Tel: (65) 351 6723, Fax: (65) 355 1733

Publication 100-SG003C-EN-P – February 2003 Copyright © 2003 Rockwell Automation. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.

DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association (ODVA).DeviceLogix and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary are trademarks of Rockwell Automation.

Bulletin 100 Line - Rockwell Automation · Circuit Breaker Type Page 264 • Bulletin 105 Reversing...

Documents

Transcript of Bulletin 100 Line - Rockwell Automation · Circuit Breaker Type Page 264 • Bulletin 105 Reversing...